diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/60290-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60290-0.txt | 14458 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 14458 deletions
diff --git a/old/60290-0.txt b/old/60290-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6450c65..0000000 --- a/old/60290-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14458 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Nineteenth and Their Times, by J. (John) -Biddulph - - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - - - - -Title: The Nineteenth and Their Times - Being an Account of the Four Cavalry Regiments in the British Army That Have Borne the Number Nineteen and of the Campaigns in Which They Served - - -Author: J. (John) Biddulph - - - -Release Date: September 12, 2019 [eBook #60290] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - - -***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NINETEENTH AND THEIR TIMES*** - - -E-text prepared by Brian Coe, John Campbell, and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made -available by Internet Archive (https://archive.org) - - - -Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this - file which includes the original illustrations. - See 60290-h.htm or 60290-h.zip: - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/60290/60290-h/60290-h.htm) - or - (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/60290/60290-h.zip) - - - Images of the original pages are available through - Internet Archive. See - https://archive.org/details/nineteenththeirt00bidduoft - - -Transcriber’s note: - - Text enclosed by equal signs is in bold face (=bold=). - - A caret character is used to denote superscription. - The superscripted characters are enclosed by curly - brackers following the caret character (example: XIX^{TH}). - - Footnote anchors are denoted by [number], and the footnotes - have been placed at the end of the book. - - Footnote [64] has two anchors on page 204. - - Basic fractions are displayed as ½ ⅓ ¼ etc. In the table on - page 7, 1/2 means one shilling and two pence. - - There is no Appendix J; Appendix K follows Appendix I. - - Some other minor changes to the text are noted at the end - of the book. - - - - - -THE NINETEENTH AND THEIR TIMES - - - I ordained that the rights of the Warrior should not be - infringed; that the soldier who had grown old in the service - should not be deprived of his place or his pay; and that the - deeds of the soldier should not be concealed. For men who - exchange their comfort for perishable glory deserve to be - compensated, and are worthy of reward and encouragement. - - --_Institutes of Timour._ - - -[Illustration: Alexandra 1899. (signature of the Princess of Wales) - -_Copyright by permission of Miss Alice Hughes._ - - Walker & Boutall ph. sc.] - - -THE NINETEENTH -AND THEIR TIMES - -Being an Account of the Four Cavalry -Regiments in the British Army That -Have Borne the Number Nineteen and -of the Campaigns in Which They Served - -by - -COLONEL JOHN BIDDULPH - - -[Illustration: FROM AN OLD SEAL] - - - - - - -London -John Murray, Albemarle Street -1899 - - - - - DEDICATED - - BY PERMISSION TO - - HER ROYAL HIGHNESS - - THE PRINCESS OF WALES - - - - -PREFACE - - -Four cavalry regiments in the British Army have borne the number -Nineteen. - -The first was raised in Ireland, in 1759, during the Seven Years’ -War, and was known as Drogheda’s Horse. In 1763, its number was -changed to Eighteen, which number it bore till it was disbanded in -1821. The history of its achievements has been written by Captain H. -Malet. - -The second regiment that bore the number was raised at a critical -period in our history, in 1779. It had but a brief and uneventful -existence, and was disbanded in 1783. - -The third regiment was raised as the Twenty-Third Light Dragoons in -1781, for service in India, where it was immediately sent; the first -British cavalry regiment that went to India. On the disbandment of -the second regiment, in 1783, the Twenty-third was re-numbered the -Nineteenth, and, for fourteen years, it continued to be the only -British cavalry regiment in India. During the twenty-four years -of its sojourn in the East it bore a conspicuous share in every -important military undertaking of the time, with the exception of the -campaign against Holkar when it was too far distant from the scene of -action to take part. Those twenty-four years, from Warren Hastings -to Wellesley, mark the turning point of our power in India. When -the Nineteenth landed at Madras our very existence in Southern India -hung in the balance. The gallantry of our army was paralysed by the -feebleness of the administration that directed their efforts. When -the regiment re-embarked for England, the supremacy of our military -power had been fully established. Under their distinguished leader, -John Floyd, the Nineteenth played no small part in the campaigns -of 1790, ’91, and ’92, against Tippoo, attracting to themselves an -amount of interest in Southern India that no other regiment did. They -assisted at the capture of Pondicherry, and the crowning victory of -Seringapatam. It was their good fortune to serve under the Duke of -Wellington in the first independent commands he held in the field. -They took part in the destruction of the noted freebooter Dhoondia -Wao; a short but stirring campaign that deserves more notice than -it generally receives. At Assaye, the charge of the Nineteenth and -the native cavalry brigaded with them restored the fortunes of the -fight at a critical moment. They played their part at Argaum, and, -a few months before sailing from India, were actors with Gillespie -in his remarkable feat at Vellore. Soon after the declaration of -war by the United States against Great Britain, in 1812, they were -sent to Canada. The conditions of that war afforded little scope for -cavalry action, so that the share of the Nineteenth in the various -operations was a subordinate one. The campaigns on the Canadian -frontier have been so completely eclipsed by our struggles against -Napoleon in Europe, that the arduous nature of the lake and forest -warfare carried on by a mere handful of British troops and Canadian -militia is hardly known. A squadron of the Nineteenth, under an -officer whose whole career was identified with the regiment, formed -for eighteen months part of the small band that upheld the honour -of the British arms under Sir Gordon Drummond, at Lundy’s Lane and -other actions on the Niagara frontier. In the course of the wholesale -reductions that took place after Waterloo this fine regiment ceased -to exist, and its place in the Army List knew it no more. - -The fourth regiment, the one that now bears the title of the -Nineteenth Princess of Wales’ Own Hussars, was originally raised -by the East India Company on the outbreak of the Mutiny of the -Bengal Army, and received its present number on the transfer of its -services to the Crown. In 1882, they formed part of the expedition -to Egypt under Lord Wolseley, to put down the rebellion of Arabi -Pasha. In 1884, they formed part of the expedition to Suakin under -Sir Gerald Graham, and fought at El-Teb and Tamai, suffering severe -losses in the first of the two actions. In 1885, they were selected -by Lord Wolseley to form part of the expedition to Khartoum; the -only horsemen that accompanied the force. The Head Quarters of the -regiment formed part of the Desert Column, under Sir Herbert Stewart, -and fought at Abu Klea and Abu Krou, while a squadron of the regiment -accompanied the River Column, under General Earle, and were present -at the action at Kirbekan. A third portion of the regiment was at the -same time employed at Suakin, where it experienced serious losses. -For its services in 1885 the regiment was granted the distinctive -title it now bears; a proof that it is no unworthy successor of the -regiment that helped to strengthen the foundations of our power in -India, under Cornwallis, Harris and Wellington, and whose honourable -badges it wears, in addition to those it has won for itself. - -The history of a regiment of the British Army is part of the history -of the Empire at some of its most momentous epochs. To understand -it properly, requires a setting of general history that cannot be -dispensed with. In compiling these annals I have chiefly aimed at -providing a work that shall be of interest and use to those who have -served, or, in the future may serve, in the regiment. At the same -time there is much which will, I believe, be of interest to the -student of Indian Military History, and will not be unacceptable to -the general reader. - -The bones of British soldiers lie scattered far and wide. In every -portion of the globe, their unmarked graves are strewed on mountain -and plain, by stream and forest, by swamp and desert; silent -witnesses of their devotion to their Sovereign and country. But they -have not died in vain, if the remembrance of their achievements -survives, to swell the hearts and nerve the arms of their successors, -and to remind their countrymen what they owe to their sufferings and -their valour. - -In compiling these Annals I have received assistance from many -unexpected sources. To Mr W. C. L. Floyd I am indebted for much -assistance from the papers of his grandfather, under whom the 19th -Light Dragoons won their spurs in the Mysore campaigns; to Major -General Gillespie, who has kindly placed at my disposal the only -authentic portrait of his celebrated grandfather; and to Lieut. -General Sir Francis Norman, who collected notes of the career of -the old 19th Light Dragoons, many years ago. My thanks are also due -to Mr James Wilson and Major Ernest Cruikshank of the Lundy’s Lane -Historical Society, who have done so much to rescue from oblivion -the details of the war on the Niagara frontier, and to Mr Douglas -Brymner, the Dominion Government Archivist at Ottawa. I am also -indebted to Mr S. M. Milne for the kindly interest he has taken -in my work; to Lt. Colonel Frank Barrow who placed at my disposal -the letters written by his distinguished brother during the Soudan -campaigns of 1884 and 1885, to Colonel K. J. W. Coghill, C.B., who -commanded the regiment at Tel-el-Kebir, and to Colonel J. C. Hanford, -C.B. (formerly Hanford-Flood) who commanded the squadron with the -River Column, without whose encouragement and aid this work would not -have been undertaken. I refrain from adding more names, but the list -of those to whom my thanks are due is not exhausted. - - - - - CONTENTS - - - PART I - - THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - - DROGHEDA’S HORSE--1759-1763 - - PAGE - - State of affairs in Europe in 1756--Declaration of War against - France--Increase of the Army--Early Years of the War--Invasion - expected--Orders for raising the 19th Light Dragoons--Death of - George II.--End of the Seven Years’ War--Reduction of Military - Establishments--19th Light Dragoons become the 18th--Uniform of - the Regiment 1 - - - PART II - - THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - - 1779-1783 - - War in America--Declaration of War by France--Increase - of the Army--Orders for raising the 19th Light - Dragoons--Uniform--Peace proclaimed--Reduction of Military - Establishments--Regiment disbanded 10 - - - PART III - - THE TWENTY-THIRD, AFTERWARDS THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - - (1781-1822) - - CHAPTER I.--1781-1782 - - THE TWENTY-THIRD LIGHT DRAGOONS. - - Alarming state of Public Affairs--Want of Cavalry in - India--Orders for raising the 23rd Light Dragoons--Colonel - Sir John Burgoyne--Regiment embark for India--Arrive - in Madras--Desperate State of Affairs--Madras - Misgovernment--Horses for the Regiment 19 - - - CHAPTER II - - TROUBLES AT MADRAS--1783-1785 - - Sultan Tippoo Sahib of Mysore--Operations in Southern - India--Death of Sir Eyre Coote--Attack on Cuddalore--Peace - with France--Tippoo makes Peace--Strained relations between - civil and military in India--The E.I. Company’s military - establishment--The King’s troops in India--Misconduct of - Madras Government--Quarrel between Council and General - Stuart--Complaints of Council against Burgoyne--Arrest of - Stuart--Council appoint Lang to supersede Bourgoyne--Burgoyne - refuses to give over command of the King’s troops--Strange - delusions of the Council--Imminent Conflict between King’s - and Company’s troops--Unworkable arrangement--Fresh - quarrel--Burgoyne arrested--Mutiny of native cavalry--Court - Martial on Burgoyne--His acquittal--His death--End of the - quarrel--Burgoyne justified 35 - - - CHAPTER III - - CHANGE OF NUMBER--1786-1789 - - Regiment moved to Shevtamodoo--John Floyd--Number of regiment - changed to 19th--Uniform--Sir William Howe appointed - Colonel--Foundation of Indian native cavalry system laid by - Floyd and the 19th Light Dragoons 58 - - - CHAPTER IV - - WAR WITH TIPPOO--1790 - - War with Tippoo--19th take the field--Advance on - Coimbatore--Division under Floyd detached towards Guzzulhutti - Pass--Frequent skirmishes--Satyamunglum--Dispersion - of the Army--Advance of Tippoo--19th hotly - engaged--Tippoo’s Body-Guard destroyed--Retreat from - Satyamunglum--Casualties--March in pursuit of Tippoo--Private - Parkes--The Tapoor Pass--Tippoo eludes pursuit, and ravages the - Carnatic--Army returns to Madras 66 - - - CHAPTER V - - CORNWALLIS’ CAMPAIGNS--1791-1792 - - Cornwallis takes command of the Army--Advance on - Bangalore--Order of March--Floyd’s reconnoissance--Imprudent - advance--Floyd badly wounded--Casualties--Capture of - Bangalore--Advance on Seringapatam--Battle of Arikera--Army - in great straits--Forced to retreat--Junction of Mahratta - contingent--19th sent to Madras--Rejoin Cornwallis--Advance - on Seringapatam--Night attack--Floyd detached to meet - Abercromby--Seringapatam invested--Peace made--Tippoo’s - hostages--19th return to Shevtamodoo 81 - - - CHAPTER VI - - FALL OF MYSORE--1793-1799 - - France declares War--Expedition against Pondicherry--Surrender - of Pondicherry--Peace reigns in India--Lunkia Naik--Floyd’s - large allowances--French adventurers in India--Tippoo’s - growing hostility--Disarmament of Nizam’s force under - French officers--Army formed under General Harris--Tippoo’s - intrigues--Galloper Guns--Advance on Mysore--Battle of - Mallavelly--Seringapatam invested--The Bombay Army--The Rajah - of Coorg--Signal guns--Seringapatam taken--Tardy recognition in - England of services performed in India--Badge of “Seringapatam” 99 - - - CHAPTER VII - - DHOONDIA WAO--1800-1802 - - Floyd leaves 19th--Dhoondia Wao--Force formed under Colonel - Wellesley to capture him--Advance on Ranee Bednore--Capture - of Koondgul, Dummul, Gudduck--Division of Dhoondia’s force - destroyed at Manoli--Dhoondia doubles back--Again hemmed - in--Dhoondia crosses Malpurba river--Pursuit drawing to a - close--Dhoondia caught at Conaghul--Dhoondia killed, and - his force destroyed--19th return to Mysore--The Rajah of - Bullum--Regiment ordered to Arcot 114 - - - CHAPTER VIII - - INDIA IN 1803 - - State of affairs in India in 1803--The Mahratta - Confederacy--The Peishwa--Scindia--European Adventurers in - India--Scindia’s disciplined forces--Perron--Quarrels among - the Mahratta Chiefs--Peishwa takes refuge in Bombay--Places - himself under protection of the British--Scindia’s hostility - aroused--Mahratta combination against the British--Peishwa - restored to Poona--Preparations for hostilities--Summary of - campaign that followed 125 - - - CHAPTER IX - - ASSAYE AND ARGAUM--1803-1804 - - Capture of Ahmednuggur--Battle of Assaye--Death of Lieut. - Colonel Maxwell--Honorary Colour granted to 19th--Battle of - Argaum--Capture of Gawilghur--Berar Rajah makes peace--Scindia - makes peace--March against banditti--Their dispersal--Grant of - badges for Assaye 136 - - - CHAPTER X - - THE VELLORE MUTINY--1805-1807 - - Lieut. Colonel Gillespie--19th at Arcot--Mutiny of Vellore--A - military wonder--19th ordered to England--A quarter of a - century’s changes--The “Terrors of the East”--Farewell - orders--19th land in England 157 - - - CHAPTER XI - - WAR WITH UNITED STATES--1808-1813 - - 19th in Ireland--United States declare War--19th - ordered to Canada--United States’ plans--Operations of - 1812--Mackinaw--Detroit--Armistice--Battle of Queenston - Heights--General Brock killed--Montreal threatened--Operations - of 1813--Proctor’s victory at Frenchtown--Fort Meigs--United - States’ victory on Lake Erie--Battle of the Thames; Proctor’s - defeat--York captured--Fort George and Erie evacuated--Stoney - Creek: Harvey’s brilliant exploit--Fitzgibbon’s success - at Beaver Dam--Arrival of squadron of 19th on Niagara - frontier--Engagement on Lake Ontario--Fort George - re-occupied--Fort Niagara surprised--Black Rock and Buffalo - captured--Abortive attack on Sackett’s Harbour--United States’ - operations against Montreal--Battle of Chateaugay--Battle of - Chrystler’s Farm--Importance of Kingston and Sackett’s Harbour 172 - - - CHAPTER XII - - THE NIAGARA FRONTIER--1814-1821 - - United States’ plans--Attempt on Mackinaw--La - Colle--State of affairs on Niagara frontier--Drummond’s - raid on Oswego-Dover--Advance of U.S. force--Capture - of Fort Erie--Battle of Chippewa--Critical position of - British force--Battle of Lundy’s Lane--Retreat of U.S. - forces--Fort Erie invested--Assault on Fort Erie--Sergeant - Powell--Conclusion of operations on Niagara frontier--Prevost’s - abortive attack on Plattsburgh--Defeat of British squadron - on Lake Champlain--Other operations--Bladensberg--Capture - of Washington--General Ross killed--Victory at - Baltimore--Expedition against New Orleans--Its defeat--Fort - Bowyer captured--Treaty of Ghent--Sir William Payne--Sir - John Vandeleur--Badge “Niagara” granted--Regiment returns to - England--Equipped as Lancers--Embark for Ireland--Disbanded 193 - - - PART IV - - THE NINETEENTH “PRINCESS OF WALES’ OWN” HUSSARS - - 1858-1899 - - - CHAPTER I - - RAISING OF THE REGIMENT--1858-1882 - - The East India Company raises European Cavalry regiments--Their - formation--The Bengal 1st European Light Cavalry--Services - transferred to the Crown--The “White Mutiny”--Made 19th Light - Dragoons, afterwards Hussars--General Pattle--Regiment at - Meerut--General Hall--Regiment ordered to England--Badges - of old 19th Light Dragoons granted--Regiment ordered to - Ireland--Guidons of old 19th Light Dragoons presented to the - regiment--Regiment returns to England--Ordered on active - service 220 - - - CHAPTER II - - TROUBLES IN EGYPT--1882-1884 - - Troubles in Egypt--Arabi’s rebellion--Capture of - Ismailia--Kassassin--Tel-el-Kebir--End of the War--19th at - Cairo--Badges granted--Troubles in Eastern Soudan--Osman - Digna--Regiment ordered to Suakin--Wreck of the _Neera_--Battle - of El Teb--Heavy losses of the 19th--Battle of Tamai--Osman - Digna’s camp burned--Regiment returns to Cairo--Badges granted 233 - - - CHAPTER III - - CAMPAIGN ON THE NILE--1884-1899 - - Troubles in the Western Soudan--Expedition to relieve - Khartoum--19th ordered up the Nile--Korti--The Desert - Column--Action at Abu Klea--Action at Abu Krou--Quartermaster - Lima killed--The horses--Metemmeh--Fall of Khartoum--Return - of the Column--The River Column--Action at Kirbekan--Return - of the Column--Summer Quarters--Regiment returns to - Cairo--Squadron sent to Suakin--Serious losses--Returns to - Cairo--Designation granted of “Princess of Wales’ Own”--Death - of Colonel Barrow--19th returns to England--Badge of “Mysore” - granted--19th embarks for India--Bangalore--Secunderabad 246 - - - APPENDIX A. - - Yearly Lists of the Officers of the Nineteenth 271 - - - APPENDIX B. - - Casualties in the Nineteenth Hussars during the Egyptian - Campaign of 1882 304 - - - APPENDIX C. - - Special Honours granted to Nineteenth Hussars for Egyptian - Campaign of 1882 305 - - - APPENDIX D. - - Casualties in the Nineteenth Hussars during the Campaign near - Suakin, 1884 306 - - - APPENDIX E. - - Special Honours granted to Nineteenth Hussars for Campaign near - Suakin, 1884 307 - - - APPENDIX F. - - Addresses to Nineteenth Hussars by Major General G. Graham, - C.B., V.C., and Brigadier General H. Stewart. Trinkitat, 5th - March 1884 308 - - - APPENDIX G. - - Casualties in the Nineteenth Hussars during the Soudan Campaign - of 1885 310 - - - APPENDIX H. - - Special Honours granted to Nineteenth Hussars for Soudan - Campaign, 1885 311 - - - APPENDIX I. - - Address to Nineteenth Hussars by General Lord Wolseley, G.C.B. - Korti, 23rd March 1885 312 - - - APPENDIX K. - - Report by Colonel Barrow on the Arab horses ridden by the - Nineteenth Hussars during the Nile Campaign of 1885 313 - - - - - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - - - HER ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCESS OF WALES-- - _Photogravure--From a Photograph by Miss - Alice Hughes_ _Frontispiece_ - - - AN OLD NINETEENTH--_From an old Seal_ _On Title page_ - - - GENERAL SIR JOHN FLOYD, BART.--_Photogravure_ _To face page_ 59 - - - MYSORE CAMPAIGNS--_Map_ ” ” 69 - - - AN OFFICER IN THE UNIFORM OF THE NINETEENTH LIGHT - DRAGOONS, 1792--_Coloured Plate_ ” ” 99 - - - THE MARCH OF THE ARMY IN PURSUIT OF DHOONDIA WAO - IN JULY, AUGUST, AND SEPTEMBER 1800--_Map_ ” ” 117 - - - BATTLE OF ASSAYE--_Map_ ” ” 139 - - - MAJOR GENERAL R. R. GILLESPIE--_Photogravure--From - a Miniature_ ” ” 168 - - - GUIDONS OF THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS--_Coloured - Plate_ ” ” 172 - - - THE CANADIAN FRONTIER IN 1812--_Map_ ” ” 175 - - - BATTLE OF LUNDY’S LANE, 9 P.M., 25TH JULY 1814--_Map_ ” ” 204 - - - OFFICERS IN THE UNIFORM OF THE NINETEENTH LANCERS, - 1817--_Coloured Plate_ ” ” 218 - - - AN OFFICER IN THE UNIFORM OF THE NINETEENTH HUSSARS, - 1882--_Coloured Plate_ ” ” 232 - - - COLONEL PERCY BARROW--_From a Photograph, Half-tone_ ” ” 264 - - - - -PART I - -THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - -DROGHEDA’S HORSE - -1759-1763 - - State of affairs in Europe in 1756--Declaration of War against - France--Increase of the Army--Early Years of the War--Invasion - expected--Orders for raising the 19th Light Dragoons--Death of - George II.--End of the Seven Years’ War--Reduction of Military - Establishments--19th Light Dragoons become the 18th--Uniform of - the Regiment. - - -From the signing of the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle (1748), to the -outbreak of the Seven Years’ War (1756), the peace, nominally -existing between England and France, was continually broken, out of -Europe, by both parties. In India, under the veil of alliance with -opposing Native Princes, war was actively prosecuted, and it was with -difficulty that British interests maintained a precarious footing -in that country. In North America, the French claimed the whole -continent, except the ill defined New England settlements along the -coast, and denied the right of the English to trade in the interior. -Keeping themselves in the background, they waged a bloody war against -the English settlers, by means of the Indians, whom they subsidized, -and whose disguise they often adopted. Both in the East and the West, -French officials were acting with the support and countenance of the -Court of Versailles, and the English officials on the spot were not -slow to retaliate when occasion offered. It was evident that a crisis -could not long be averted, but it was advantageous to the French to -postpone an open rupture as long as possible, while the French navy -was being strengthened. On the other hand, it was the interest of -England to hasten the rupture, when war was seen to be inevitable, -since the objects to be fought for were beyond the seas. The English -navy was, at that time, greatly superior in strength to the French -navy, while the French military forces were eight or ten times as -strong as the English army, which had been greatly reduced since the -conclusion of the late war. As time went on, less pains were taken -to conceal the warlike measures undertaken on either side. In the -beginning of 1755, Braddock’s ill-fated expedition was dispatched to -New England, while a counter-expedition for Canada was sent out from -Brest and Rochefort, a few weeks later. Neither side was acting in -good faith: on both sides, secret instructions for active hostilities -were given to the commanders. In June, two French ships, with troops -on board, were captured by Boscawen off the coast of Newfoundland. -Exactly a month later, Braddock’s force was cut to pieces by the -French and Indians. Still the pretence of peace was preserved. In -April 1756, a French expedition sailed from Toulon to attack Minorca, -which for half a century had been a British possession. Byng’s -well-known failure to relieve Minorca ensued, and the place fell on -27th June. - -Meanwhile the absurdity of maintaining the semblance of peace under -such circumstances had become patent to the British cabinet, and in -May, war was formally declared. In August, the coalition of France -and Austria, soon to be joined by Russia, was declared against -Prussia, and Great Britain found herself engaged in hostilities in -Germany, India and America at the same time. - -The early years of the war were neither fortunate nor creditable to -Great Britain. After the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, the Army within -the three kingdoms had been reduced to about eighteen thousand men. -In December 1755, an increase of fifteen thousand men had been voted. -But armies are not made in a day, and the direction of affairs was -in incompetent hands. Pitt, who alone commanded the confidence of -the country, was regarded with disfavour by the King. In November -1756, Pitt was recalled to office, and a new spirit was infused -into the management of affairs. A Militia Bill was introduced, the -regular Army was increased to forty-five thousand men, and steps -were taken for enlisting into the service of the State the Highland -clans who had so recently been in arms against the Crown. In April -1757, Pitt was dismissed from office, and all again was confusion. -For three months England was without a Government; at the end of that -time, Pitt was again in office. But the ill effects of the political -contest at home were reflected in the ill-success of our arms abroad, -and two years were to elapse before the nation felt secure. The year -1757 was a gloomy one in England. A French invasion was believed to -be imminent: an expedition, dispatched in May, against Louisbourg in -America, failed, owing to the feebleness and tardiness of execution -on the part of those to whom it was entrusted: Fort William Henry -was taken by Montcalm, and its garrison massacred by the Indians. In -Europe, an expedition, dispatched in September, against Rochefort, -failed, through the disagreements of the naval and military officers -in command. The Duke of Cumberland was forced to evacuate Hanover, -and sign the convention of Kloster-Severn, and many months were -to elapse before the triumph of Clive at Plassy became known in -England. In 1758, matters improved somewhat. In July, Louisbourg was -taken, but an attack on Ticonderago in the same month was defeated, -and Lord Howe, described by Wolfe as “the noblest Englishman that has -appeared in my time, and the best soldier in the British army,” was -slain in a skirmish. In Germany, the British troops, under Prince -Ferdinand of Brunswick, drove the French out of Hanover, while two -successful raids were made on the French coast, in which Cherbourg -and St. Servan were temporarily occupied, and a great quantity of -warlike stores destroyed or captured. - -Pitt’s genius was now beginning to be felt in every branch of the -service, and, from this time, matters improved steadily, by land and -sea. In May 1759, Guadaloupe was captured. In July, Rodney destroyed -the French boats in Havre prepared for the invasion of England, while -Hawke blockaded Brest. In August, Boscawen defeated a French fleet -in the Bay of Lagos. In the same month, the French were decisively -defeated at Minden by an inferior English and Hanoverian force: -on the 13th September, Quebec was taken by Wolfe, who fell in the -moment of victory, and French interests in America received their -death blow. To complete the year’s triumphs, on 20th November, Hawke -destroyed a French fleet under Conflans in Quiberon Bay, in an action -fought in the midst of a tempest. The nation could breathe freely -again; there was no more fear of invasion, and England was confident -of ultimate success. But Pitt’s efforts were not relaxed, and many -regiments of Cavalry and Infantry were added to the Army during the -year. - -By Royal Warrants, dated respectively 17th March, 4th August, 10th -October and 17th November 1759, the 15th, 16th, 17th, and 18th Light -Dragoons were raised for service abroad and at home. In December, -steps were taken to raise the 19th Regiment of Light Dragoons in -Ireland, and, in the following month, a Notification to that effect -was issued from Dublin Castle. - - -_By the Lord Lieutenant General and General Governor of Ireland._ - -[Sidenote: 1760.] - - Bedford, - - His Majesty having been pleased to Order a Regiment of Light - Dragoons to be forthwith raised in this Kingdom, under the - Command of the Earl of Drogheda,[1] to consist of one Lieutenant - Colonel Commandant, one Lieutenant Colonel, one Major, three - Captains, six Lieutenants, six Cornets, one Chaplain, one - Surgeon, one Surgeon’s Mate, one Adjutant, six Quartermasters, - eighteen Serjeants, eighteen Corporals, twelve Drummers, six - Hautboys, and six Troops of seventy Men per Troop: and His - Majesty’s Letter being shortly expected for placing the said - Regiment upon the Military Establishment of this Kingdom from the - seventh day of December last past inclusive, to be paid at such - times and in such manner as other Regiments of Dragoons in this - Kingdom are paid, the pay of such Commission and Staff Officers - and the Subsistance of the Non Commission Officers to commence - from the date of their respective Commission, Warrants, and - Appointments, and the Subsistance of the private Men, approved - by the Officer who shall be appointed to review them from the - Days of their being severally attested inclusive. And whereas We - have authorized and required the said Earl of Drogheda by Beat - of Drum or otherwise, forthwith to raise such number of able - bodied Protestants in this Kingdom, as shall be willing to enlist - themselves and may be wanting to compleat the said Regiment to - the Establishment before mentioned, in the Execution of which - Service the said Earl of Drogheda or one of the Field Officers - of the said Regiment is to make the like returns to your Office - as are usually made upon raising Regiments: We do hereby give - you Notice thereof and do direct you upon Receipt of the Returns - aforesaid to allow the names of all such Recruits on the Muster - Rolls of the said Regiment in Order to their being entered for - Pay, pursuant to His Majesty’s Letter aforesaid. Given at His - Majesty’s Castle of Dublin the 15th Day of January 1760. - - By His Grace’s Command - - RICHARD RIGBY. - - - To the Muster Master General of this Kingdom or his Deputy. - -A month later followed the Royal Warrant. - -[Sidenote: 1760.] - - _George R._--Right Trusty and Right Entirely Beloved Cousin and - Councillor. We greet you well. Whereas the Commissioners of our - Treasury have laid before us your Letter of the 29th of December - last transmitting unto them the following Establishment of a - Regiment of Light Dragoons to be raised according to a Proposal - from Charles Earl of Drogheda which had been laid before and - approved by Us and also an Estimate of the Expence of each - particular to be provided and defrayed by Us for the use of the - said Regiment which said Establishment for One Year commencing - from the seventeenth day of December last will amount to the - sum of seventeen thousand four hundred and thirteen pounds ten - shillings and tenpence according to the following particulars - thereof that is to say-- - - Per day. Per annum. - For one Lieutenant Colonel - Commandant £0 7 0 £127 15 0 - One Lieutenant Colonel 0 7 0 127 15 0 - One Major 0 5 0 91 5 0 - One Chaplain 0 6 8 121 13 4 - One Surgeon 0 4 0 73 0 0 - One Mate 0 2 6 45 12 6 - One Adjutant 0 4 0 73 0 0 - - For One Troop - - Captain 10 sh. and two - servants at 1/2 each £0 12 4 £225 1 8 - Lieutenant 6 sh. and one - Servant at 1/2 0 7 2 130 15 10 - Cornet 5 sh. and one Servant - at 1/2 0 6 2 112 10 10 - Quarter Master 0 4 0 73 0 0 - Three Sergeants at 2/8 each 0 8 0 146 0 0 - Three Corporals at 1/10 each 0 5 6 100 7 6 - Two Drummers at 1/8 each 0 3 4 60 16 8 - One Hautboy at 1/6 0 1 6 27 7 6 - Seventy Men at 1/6 each 5 5 0 1,916 5 0 - -------- ------------- - 7 13 0 2,792 5 0 - For five Troops more 38 5 0 13,961 5 0 - -------- ------------- - General Total £47 14 2 £17,413 10 10 - -------- ------------- - - And We being graciously pleased to approve thereof and also of - the several Particulars by you proposed in your said Letter - Our Will and Pleasure is and we do hereby direct authorize and - require that you give the necessary orders and Directions for - placing the said Regiment on the Military Establishment of that - our Kingdom from the seventh day of December last past inclusive - for the several allowances of Pay in the said Establishment - specified as aforesaid to be paid at such times and in such - manner as other Regiments in that Kingdom are paid the Pay of - each Commissioned and Staff Officers and the subsistence of - the Non Commissioned Officers to commence from the date of - their respective Commissions Warrants and Appointments and the - subsistence of the private Men approved by the Officer who - shall be appointed to review them from the days of their being - severally attested inclusive as also for issuing out of our - Revenues at Large in that Kingdom to the said Charles Earl of - Drogheda or his Agent the sum of seventeen hundred and seventy - pounds five shillings clear of all Fees and Deductions for four - hundred and seventy four Cloaks at the rate of one pound twelve - shillings and sixpence for each Cloak as also for issuing out - of our said Revenues at large in that our Kingdom to the said - Charles Earl of Drogheda or his Agent the sum Six Thousand Seven - hundred and Fifty pounds clear of all Fees and Deductions for - Four hundred and Fifty horses at the rate of Fifteen pounds for - each Horse and likewise for issuing out of our said Revenues at - large there to the Master and Principal Officers of the Ordnance - the sum of Seven hundred and Sixty Six pounds clear of all - Fees and Deductions for defraying the expense of four hundred - and thirty two Firelocks and Bayonets at the rate of one pound - fifteen shillings for each Firelock and Bayonet for the use of - the said Regiment and for so doing this shall be as well to you - as to our Lieutenant Deputy or other Chief Governor or Governors - of that our Kingdom as to all other our Officers and Ministers - who shall or may be concerned herein a Sufficient Warrant and - so we bid you very heartily farewell. Given at our Court of St. - James the 12th day of February 1760 in the 33rd Year of our reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command, - - HOLLES NEWCASTLE. - H. B. LEGGE. - JAMES OSWALD. - - Entered at the Signet office - the 25th February 1760 - - GEO. BROWN, _Dy._ - - To Our Right Trusty and Right Entirely Beloved Cousin and - Councillor John Duke of Bedford Lieutenant General and General - Governor of our Kingdom of Ireland and to Our Lieutenant Deputy - or other Chief Governor or Governors of that Our Kingdom for the - time being. - -On the 24th March, the Muster Master General was again addressed, -and instructed that, in consequence of an application from the Earl -of Drogheda, “the orders relating to the Magistrates attesting the -men raised to be Protestants and to making returns of the several -places where the recruits were enlisted may be dispensed with, proper -certificates that the men are Protestants having been obtained from -the Clergymen of the Parishes where such men were severally enlisted, -and all other requisites in the Earl of Rothes’ said instructions -having been complied with.” - -On 25th October 1760, George II. died; in February 1763, the Peace of -Paris was concluded, and the Seven Years’ War came to an end. During -the whole of this time, the Regiment, which was generally known as -“Drogheda’s Horse,” remained in Ireland; but little or nothing can -be learned concerning it. Considerable reductions of establishment -were made directly peace was assured. The 17th (Aberdour’s Horse), -which had never been able to complete its strength, ceased to exist, -and the 18th Light Dragoons became the 17th. The 19th in the same way -became the 18th, under which number it gained much distinction in -the West Indies, Holland, the Peninsula, and Waterloo, being finally -disbanded in 1821. Lord Drogheda, who had raised the regiment, -continued to be its Colonel Commandant till its disbandment, nearly -sixty two years afterwards, an unbroken term of service with one -regiment probably unparalleled. - -It is impossible at this date to ascertain what was the uniform of -the regiment, before its number was changed. It certainly wore the -red light dragoon coat of the period, and the facings were probably -white, with red and white lace, similar to what it wore after its -number was changed, until blue was substituted for red in all the -Light Dragoon regiments. - - - - -PART II - -THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - -1779-1783 - - War in America--Declaration of War by France--Increase of the - Army--Orders for raising the 19th Light Dragoons--Uniform--Peace - proclaimed--Reduction of Military Establishments--Regiment - disbanded. - - -“The year of which we treat, presented the most aweful appearance -of public affairs, which this country had perhaps beheld for many -ages.”[2] The condition of affairs in England, in 1779, was truly -alarming. Since the spring of 1775, Great Britain had been striving -to subdue her rebellious colonies in America. The war was mismanaged, -the Ministry was incapable: the successes gained were barren of -results, while serious disasters had been experienced. In March 1778, -France, which had long been secretly aiding the rebellious colonies, -threw off the mask, and openly espoused their cause. The warlike -spirit of the country was roused, and those who would have conceded -peace on almost any terms to American demands, refused to consider -it at the intervention of France. The French forces however effected -nothing of importance during the year; towards the end of it, the -probability of Spain joining the coalition against England became -known, though the actual declaration of war was delayed till June -1779. The national spirit was now thoroughly roused, but there was -great apprehension of invasion. Supplies were freely voted, great -additions were made to the naval and military establishments, camps -were formed in many places in the south of England, the militia were -embodied, and militia camps formed at Cox Heath, Warley, Portsmouth, -Plymouth, Chatham, and Aldborough. The most strenuous efforts were -made to place the defences of the country on an efficient footing. - -In April, the following Letter of Service was addressed to Major -General Russell Manners, Lieutenant-Colonel of the 2nd Dragoon Guards. - - - _Warrant._ - - _George R._ Whereas we have thought fit to order a Regiment of - Light Dragoons to be forthwith formed under your Command which - is to consist of six troops with four Sergeants four Corporals - one Trumpeter one Hautboy and fifty-four private men and horses - in each Troop beside the usual number of Commissioned Officers: - These are to authorize you by beat of drum or otherwise to raise - so many men in any County or part of our Kingdom of Great Britain - as shall be wanted to complete the said Regiment to the numbers - above mentioned. And all Magistrates Justices of the Peace - Constables and other our Civil Officers whom it may concern are - hereby required to be assisting unto you in providing Quarters - impressing carriages and otherwise as there shall be occasion. - - Given this 25th day of April 1779 in the 19th year of our Reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command - C. JENKINSON. - - To Our Trusty and Wellbeloved Russell Manners Esq. - &c. &c. &c. - -On the same day, similar Warrants were issued for raising the 20th -and 21st Light Dragoons. - -In July, a small Corps of Light Dragoons, known as Lister’s Corps, -was raised, and in August, the 22nd Light Dragoons was formed. At the -same time, all out pensioners of Chelsea were inspected to see which -of them “were fit for garrison or other duty.” - -The 19th Light Dragoons were formed by drafts from the 1st and -2nd Dragoon Guards, and the 4th and 10th Dragoons, and encamped -at Salisbury; where also were the 11th Light Dragoons. The 15th, -20th, and 21st Light Dragoons were encamped on Lexden Heath near -Colchester. On the 9th October 1779, the 19th were inspected by -Lieutenant-General James Johnston, when the effective strength was -355 Non-Commissioned Officers and Privates, and 347 horses. The -Inspecting Officer reported that the Officers wore scarlet, with -silver button holes and green lappels, and “were mostly young genteel -men with a good air, and great attention, and tolerable horsemen.” -The Non-Commissioned Officers were said to be too tall for Light -Dragoons, few of them being under 5 ft. 10 in. - -Further orders for recruiting were issued in February 1780, and -again in February 1781. Regimental clothing accounts were formidable -things in those days, and two years after the Regiment was raised -it was found that the clothing money of the men drafted to the 19th -Light Dragoons from other Regiments had been paid, for two years, to -the wrong person; so the following warrant, directing Major-General -Manners to refund, was issued. - - _“Warrant to make good a deficiency in the Offreckonings of the - several Regiments of Dragoon Guards and Dragoons within specified - from 25th April 1779 to 5th July 1781 out of ye Offreckonings of - ye 19th 20th and 21st Regiments of Light Dragoons which were - formed by sundry Non Commissioned Officers and Private Men turned - over from the said Regiments of Dragoon Guards and Dragoons.”_ - - _George R._ - -[Sidenote: 1781.] - - Whereas we were pleased to direct that our several Regiments of - Dragoon Guards and Dragoons should be augmented from the 25th - March 1778 and also further augmented from 25th August following - and Whereas on the 25th April 1779 We were pleased to order three - Regts. of Light Dragoons to be formed (out of a proper number - of Non Commissioned Officers and Private Men turned over to - them from the several Regiments of Dragoon Guards and Dragoons - as specified in the State hereunto annexed), and whereas in - Consequence of this We were pleased to direct that each Troop of - our said Regiments of Dragoon Guards and Dragoons should from the - 25th April 1779, be reduced so as to consist of Two Sergeants, - Two Corporals, One Trumpeter, One Hautbois and thirty seven - Private Men, and no more besides the usual Commissioned and other - Officers, whereby a Deficiency hath arisen in the Assignment of - the Offreckoning of each of our said Corps between 25th April - 1779 and 5th July 1781 and We having been most humbly besought to - grant Our Warrants to make good the said deficiency It appearing - that the several Colonels above mentioned did turn over the Non - Commissioned Officers and Private Men (Specified against each of - their names in the State annexed) fully clothed and appointed - according to our Regulations, Our Will and Pleasure therefore - is that out of the Offreckonings arising on the Establishment - of each of the new Corps specified in the annexed State and - directed by our Warrant of the 29th March 1781, to be retained - in your hands, you do pay from time to time to the said several - Colonels or their Assigns the Amount (as the same hath or shall - become payable according to the custom of the Service) of the - Offreckonings of the Non Commissioned Officers and Private Men - turned over to the New Corps that have accrued from 25th April - 1779 to 5th July following as also that shall accrue from 6th - July 1779 to 5th July 1781, in full satisfaction of the Claims of - the said several Colonels of Our said Regiments of Dragoon Guards - and Dragoons for the deficiency on their respective Assignments - already passed by them up to 5th July 1779 and 5th July 1781, And - for so doing &c. Given &c. this 20th day of June 1781 in the 21st - Year of our Reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command - - C. JENKINSON. - - _“State of the numbers of Non Commissioned Officers and Privates - the amount of whose Offreckonings, from 25th April 1779 to 5th - July following, as also from 6th July 1779 to 5th July 1781 are - to be paid over from the three new Regiments of Light Dragoons.”_ - - From Major General Russell Manners’ 19th Regiment of Light - Dragoons as follows Viz: - - Serjts. Corpls. Ptes. - To the 1st Regt: of Dragoon Guards Assignees - of late Gen. John Mostyn 6 6 78 - 2nd Dragoon Guards Lord Viscount Townshend’s 6 6 84 - 4th Dragoons Lieut: Gen: Carpenter’s 6 6 84 - 10th Dragoons Assignees of late Sir John - Mordaunt 6 6 60 - ------------------- - Total to be paid out of Major Gen: Manners’ - Offreckonings 24 24 306 - =================== - -From Salisbury the 19th Light Dragoons were moved to Shropshire, and -were quartered at Ludlow and Bridgenorth during the summer of 1780, -with three troops at each place. The declaration of war by Holland, -in January 1781, caused their transfer to Norwich, and, during -the summer of that year, they were distributed between Saxmundham, -Bungay, Beccles, Yarmouth, Halesworth, and Woodbridge, with a troop -at each place. In October, the Regiment was inspected at Yarmouth by -Major-General Tryon, who reported “This Regiment is a good corps, and -fitt for any Service.” Each Dragoon was armed with a sword, a pair of -pistols, carbine and bayonet. - -In the following spring, the Regiment was at Bury St. Edmunds and -Sudbury, three troops at each place. Soon afterwards they were moved -to the neighbourhood of London, for employment on revenue duties, -and, in August, we find the Head quarters of the Regiment with three -Troops at Epsom; the other three troops being quartered at Croydon, -Mitcham, and Horsham. Soon afterwards, a Troop was sent to Bromley, -and another to Ewell, one Troop being withdrawn from Epsom. - -But the Regiment was not destined to see active service. In November -1782, the preliminary articles of peace had been signed, by which -England recognised the independence of the United States, and the -usual reduction of military establishments took place. In June 1783, -the Regiment was disbanded under the following order-- - -_Orders and Instructions for Disbanding the 19th Regiment of Light -Dragoons._ - -[Sidenote: 1783.] - - Whereas We have thought fit to Order that Our 19th Regiment of - (Light) Dragoons, under your Command be forthwith disbanded, - Our Will and Pleasure is, that you, or such person or persons - as you shall appoint for this Service, do immediately repair to - the respective Quarters of the Troops of Our Said Regiment, and - disband them accordingly and that in the disbanding of them the - following Rules be observed-- - -[Sidenote: 1st.] - - Before such disbanding You are to cause an exact Muster to be - taken of the several Troops of the said Regiment, which You may - draw together at some convenient place and You are to transmit - to Our Secretary at War, for Our Information, an Account of their - Condition and Numbers at the time of Disbanding, together with an - exact List of the Names and Rank of the Officers, specifying also - if any of them holds their Commissions to which Pay is annexed. - -[Sidenote: 2nd.] - - It being Our Intention only to pay off at present, and clear the - Non Commissioned Officers and Private Men of Our Said Regiments, - (and give an allowance of Half Pay to the Commissioned Officers - entitled thereto, from the time of their Disbanding), You are - to take care before their Disbanding, that the Quarters of each - Troop be duly satisfied, that the Accounts between the Non - Commissioned Officers and Private Men hereby disbanded, and their - Officers, be made up, and that they be fully satisfied, and paid - their Arrears, Grass Money, and all other just pretentions, to - the day of their being disbanded, whereof the said Officers, are - to take Acquittances, and Discharges from them respectively, - distinguishing each head of Payment. - -[Sidenote: 3rd.] - - That care be taken, that the Arms delivered out of Our Stores - of Ordnance, and indented for, be returned into Our said Stores - again, and Acquittances taken for the same, from such persons as - shall be appointed to receive them. - -[Sidenote: 4th.] - - That care be taken that each Non Commissioned Officer and Private - Man hereby to be disbanded be permitted to carry away with him - his Cloak and Clothes which he now wears, and that their Horses - be disposed of according to the regulation following. - -[Sidenote: 5th.] - - Where any Dragoon who shall be discharged in pursuance hereof, - hath served Us, One whole year, He shall be entitled to Three - Pounds in lieu of His Horse, and all the Horses of the disbanded - Men are to be Sold, and an account kept, in order to the disposal - of the Surplus Money in such Manner as We shall direct. - -[Sidenote: 6th.] - - That the Dragoons who in pursuance of the above Regulation are - entitled to £3 as aforesaid, be paid six days full pay, and - those who are not so entitled, be paid Eighteen days full pay, - from the day of Disbanding, exclusive; which We are pleased to - give them, as of Our Royal Bounty, to carry them to the places - of their former Residence: You are therefore to cause payment - thereof to be made to each of them respectively and to take - Receipts for the same from each Non Commissioned Officer, and - Private Dragoon, And all such Acquittances, Discharges, and - Receipts, are to be transmitted to the Agent of the Regiment, to - be produced to Our Secretary at War, as Vouchers for the several - Payments herein directed, and for which You are to draw Bills on - the said Agent. - -[Sidenote: 7th.] - - You are also to send to Our Secretary at War, an Authentic List, - attested in the best manner by Yourself, or Officer performing - this Service; of the names of the Non Commissioned Officers and - Private Men, so disbanded, and to give them passes in case they - shall desire the same, to the places of their former Residence, - allowing them a convenient time to repair thither, and giving - them a strict charge that they do not presume to travel with - Arms, nor more than three in Company together, upon pain of - the severest punishment, And to the end that the said Non - Commissioned Officers and Private Dragoons may be sensible of - the care We have taken of them upon their dismission, You are to - cause these Our directions to be read at the head of each Troop, - for a more ready compliance with Our Pleasure hereby signified, - and see the same put into Execution--Given at Our Court at St. - James’s, this 12th day of June, 1783, in the twenty third Year of - Our Reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command, - R. FITZ PATRICK. - - To Our Trusty and Welbeloved Russell Manners Esq. Lt. Gen. - Commandant of our 19th Regt, of (Light) Dragoons or to the - Officer Commanding in Chief of our said Regt. - -In a “Report of the Lt. Generals Johnston, Mocher and Sloper, -relative to the appointments of the 19th, 20th and 21st Regts. of -Light Dragoons &c.,” it is stated that the appointments are little -better than lumber. The following paragraph refers to the 19th Light -Dragoons-- - - “In regard to the seventh regiment, no report having been sent - us with your letter, and no officer having appeared before us to - give us any insight into the transaction between the Colonels of - that and the 19th Regiment of Light Dragoons, we can only say, - that as the 19th light Regt. was raised at the same time, and has - had pretty near the same duty, we imagine the same objections - will lay against the appointments of that regiment, as to the - others. - - To Lt. Gen. FAWCETT, - Adjt. Gen. &c.” - - - - -PART III - -THE TWENTY-THIRD, AFTERWARDS THE NINETEENTH LIGHT DRAGOONS - -(1781-1822) - - - - -CHAPTER I.--1781-1782. - -THE TWENTY-THIRD LIGHT DRAGOONS. - - Alarming state of Public Affairs--Want of Cavalry in - India--Orders for raising the 23rd Light Dragoons--Colonel - Sir John Burgoyne--Regiment embark for India--Arrive in - Madras--Desperate State of Affairs--Madras Misgovernment--Horses - for the Regiment. - - -Alarming as was the state of our affairs in 1779, it was much worse -in 1781. In January, a rupture occurred with Holland, so that Great -Britain found herself simultaneously at war with France, Spain and -Holland, while engaged at the same time with her revolted Colonies -in America. The navy was overtaxed and inadequate to the demands -made on it, and the command of the sea had passed into the hands of -our enemies. Gibraltar had been besieged since July 1779, the siege -continuing till February 1783, the only assistance that could be -given being in the shape of stores and reinforcements at uncertain -intervals. In America, things had gone from bad to worse. On 19th -October 1781, Cornwallis was forced to capitulate at Yorktown with -the whole of his army, a disaster which practically brought the -war in America to a close, though it lingered on for nearly a year -and a half longer. In India, affairs were nearly as bad. The three -most important of the native powers at that time were Hyder Ali of -Mysore, the Mahrattas, and the Nizam of Hyderabad, and matters had so -turned out that we were at war with them all three. On the outbreak -of war between England and France, the French settlements quickly -fell into our hands. Hyder Ali was much under French influence, and -the fall of the French Settlement at Mahé, which was detrimental to -his interests, aroused his resentment. He was an able soldier and -administrator, and his army was, at that time, the best organised -among the native powers. Collecting his forces, he fell like an -avalanche on the Carnatic which he desolated. Some troops sent -against him, under Colonel Baillie, were literally annihilated; -another force, under Sir Hector Munro, was obliged to retreat, so -that at the end of 1780, the Company’s authority in the South of -India extended little beyond the precincts of the town of Madras. -Reinforcements were sent from Bengal under Sir Eyre Coote. The -results of the campaign of 1781 were, however, indecisive, in spite -of a victory gained by Sir Eyre Coote, at Porto Novo (1st July), and -some minor successes. It was estimated that one-third of the British -forces were lost in the campaign. In Western India, the Bombay -Government had engaged in hostilities against the Mahrattas, and met -with disaster. On the coast a powerful French fleet had appeared -under Suffren, one of the ablest seamen France ever produced. The -European forces of the East India Company were at that time in a -miserable state. Public recruiting in England was forbidden, and the -ranks were filled with the refuse of society. Felons with fetters -on them were shipped as soldiers; foreigners and adventurers of all -ranks were received; many of whom only wanted a passage to India, in -order that they might desert, as soon as possible, after they landed -in the country; invalids, vagrants, and men under the proper size -for military service. The whole were “in a most wretched condition, -almost indeed without subordination.” The only reliable European -troops in the country were the King’s troops, and the Company’s -Artillery into which the best of their recruits were drafted. Lord -Cornwallis, writing six years later of some troops he had recently -inspected, says: - - “What shall I say of the Company’s Europeans? I did not think - Britain could have furnished such a set of wretched objects--I - would infinitely rather take the 73rd regiment upon service with - me, than the whole six Company’s battalions--Indeed I have great - doubts whether by drafting the whole six, I could complete one - serviceable battalion to the present establishment.” - -It is only by appreciating the condition and circumstances of our -military services in India at this time, and the jealousy existing in -the highest quarters in England of the exercise of the authority of -a Government by the East India Company, that the almost independent -position held by the King’s troops in India can be understood. The -chief want was in Cavalry, and it is a proof of the ill-judged -parsimony or poverty of the Company that, in a country so well -adapted for that arm, where the cavalry of the enemy were counted by -tens of thousands, they should have failed, till the time treated of, -to produce an efficient mounted Corps. M. le Maitre de la Tour, a -French officer in the service of Hyder Ali, writing about the events -then occurring, says: - - “ ... The English have never yet succeeded in the attempt to form - a good troop of European horse in India. As they have sent a - regiment of dragoons[3] from England, it is probable that their - arrival may place the affair on another footing. Though it may - not immediately be conceived, the reason of the want of success - in forming their intended troop of horse, consisted in the good - discipline to which they were desirous of subjecting them. - - “The excellence of the English cavalry is sufficiently - acknowledged in Europe: and its advantages consist less in the - goodness of the horse, than in the choice of the horsemen. The - pay of a horseman in England is such as renders his situation - very eligible; so that the sons of rich farmers and tradesmen are - very desirous of entering into the service. This being the case, - it is in the power of the officers to select handsome well-formed - men of good character, and to keep them in good discipline merely - by the fear of being dismissed. The officers who were first - entrusted with the formation of a body of cavalry in India, - thought to establish and preserve the same discipline among them, - without attending to the great difference of time, place, and - persons. The recruits sent from England to India are in general - libertines, and people of bad character: and, as the Company will - not dismiss a soldier, all the punishment inflicted on a horseman - is, to reduce him to serve in the infantry; so that a man is no - sooner put among the cavalry, than he is sent back to his former - station. The French have succeeded in forming very good cavalry - in India, by attending more to their horsemanship, and less to - their discipline and manners.” - -Hyder Ali’s cavalry numbered at that time about twenty-five thousand -horsemen, among which was a body of French dragoons and hussars. The -Company maintained no Cavalry establishment, beyond a small European -troop formed, as related by M. le Maitre de la Tour. When at war, -they borrowed a few hundreds of horsemen from the Nawab of Arcot, -unpaid, undrilled, and undisciplined. - -Sir Eyre Coote, the Commander-in-chief in India, was loud in his -demands for Cavalry. In his dispatch on his victory at Porto Novo he -wrote: - - “From the want of a corps of cavalry on our side equal in - number to the service required, we were, with victory decidedly - declared, obliged to halt just beyond the enemy’s grounds, not - being able to take advantage of so distinguished a day; for with - a corps of cavalry, the enemy’s guns, stores, &c., would, to a - certainty have fallen into our hands.” - -Again, after the battle of Arnee, (2nd June 1782) he wrote: - - “There was nothing wanting to have enabled me on this occasion - to ruin and disperse Hyder’s army, but a respectable body of - cavalry. One thing is certain, that had I such a corps we should - have captured the greatest part, if not the whole of his cannon.” - -Under the urgent demands made on them, the Court of Directors applied -to the Crown for the loan of a Cavalry Regiment, and, in accordance -with the usual practice at that date, it was determined to raise a -Regiment for service in India. On the 24th Sept. 1781, the following -Warrant was issued to Colonel Sir John Burgoyne Bart., of the 14th -Light Dragoons, a cousin of General Burgoyne who surrendered at -Saratoga in 1777. - - _Warrant for forming a Regiment of (Light) Dragoons under the - Command of Colonel Sir John Burgoyne Bart._ - -[Sidenote: 1781.] - - George R. - - Whereas We have thought fit to Order a Regiment of Light Dragoons - to be forthwith formed under your Command which is to consist of - Six Troops with Four Serjeants, Four Corporals, One Trumpeter, - One Hautboy, and Fifty four Private Men in each Troop, beside the - usual Number of Commissioned Officers; These are to Authorize you - by beat of Drum or otherwise to raise so many men in any County - or part of Our Kingdom of Great Britain, as shall be wanted to - complete the said Regiment, to the Numbers above mentioned. And - all Magistrates, &c., Given &c. this 24th day of September 1781, - in the Twenty first Year of Our Reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command, - C. JENKINSON. - - To Our Trusty and Well-beloved Sir John Burgoyne Bart. Colonel - of Our 23rd Regiment of (Light) Dragoons, or to the Officer - appointed by Him to raise Men, for Our said Regiment. - -In the London Gazette, for the same date, the following appointments -are made. - - _23rd Light Dragoons._ - - Colonel Sir John Burgoyne, Bart. of 14th Dragoons is appointed to - be Colonel. - - Major John Floyd of 21st Dragoons to be Lieutenant Colonel. - - Captain Thomas Nash of 16th Dragoons to be Major. - - _To be Captains of Troops._ - - Captain Jonathan Thomas of 15th Dragoons. - - Captain Lieutenant Lewis Majendie of 15th Dragoons. - - Captain Lieutenant John Campbell of 20th Dragoons. - - Lieutenant John Beckwith of 15th Dragoons to be Captain - Lieutenant. - - _To be Lieutenants._ - - Lieutenant William Gilbert Child of 21st Dragoons. - - Lieutenant William Walton of 21st Dragoons. - - Cornet John Fullerton of 21st Dragoons. - - Cornet Guy Henry Crawford of 21st Dragoons. - - Cornet T. J. Venables Hinde of 16th Dragoons. - -The roll of officers was completed in subsequent Gazettes, but -several changes took place before the embarkation of the Regiment. - -Colonel Sir John Burgoyne, Bart, of Sutton Park in Bedfordshire, -was an officer who had served in several Regiments, the 7th -Royal Fusiliers, the 52nd Foot, the 58th Foot, and was Lieutenant -Colonel of the 14th Light Dragoons at the time of his appointment -as Colonel of the 23rd Light Dragoons. He also held the offices of -Comptroller of the Port of Chester, and Muster Master of foreign -troops serving in North America. On being appointed to serve in -India, he was granted local rank as Major General in the East Indies -from 1st June 1781, and was subsequently made Major General in the -Army, 20th November 1782.[4] It is probable that the regiment was -largely composed of drafts from the regiments that furnished it with -officers, viz.: the 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 20th, and 21st Light -Dragoons. The Regiment was first brought together in the vicinity -of his home, and, under order dated 28th December, marched from -Bedford to Portsmouth to embark for India. The following orders and -instructions had previously been issued, and subsequent events were -to show how much the admonition as to disputes with the officers of -the East India Company were needed. - - _Orders and Instructions to Sir John Burgoyne Colonel of the 23rd - Regiment of (Light) Dragoons for the Conduct of his Regiment on - their passage to the East Indies dated 29th November 1781._ - - George R. - - You will before embarking call together the Officers of the - Regiment under Your Command, and recommend to them in a - particular manner the avoiding all manner of disputes with the - Officers of the East India Company, and that they use their - utmost Endeavours to live with them in the greatest harmony, as - the contrary behaviour will be very displeasing unto Us, as well - as detrimental to the Service they are jointly to be employed - in;--the respective Officers of Companies are to recommend the - same to the Non Commissioned Officers and Soldiers under their - Command; The Officers of the East India Company having the same - orders, as to their behaviour to Our Land Forces. - - You will give the strictest orders for keeping up good discipline - and regularity both whilst the Troops are on board the East India - Companie’s Ships, and on Shore, and if any Commissioned, Non - Commissioned Officer or Soldier shall be guilty of any Crime or - disorder whilst on board the said Ships, he shall be immediately - confined, and you will order Courts Martial to be held and the - delinquent to be punished there. - - The Officers of our said Forces on board the said Ships, shall - give the necessary orders for the Men under their Command, - consulting with the Commanders of the said Ships, in every - thing relating to their Service on board, dividing the Men into - Watches, with a proportionable Number of Commissioned and Non - Commissioned Officers. - - The necessary Orders shall likewise be given for airing the - bedding daily, for keeping the births (_sic_) clean and sweet, - for preventing gaming, and selling Drams or spirituous liquors - and putting out the Lights between Decks with all which - Commissioned Officers shall be chargeable. - - No Officers or Soldiers shall go on Shore out of any of the said - Ships, without the Consent of the Captain of the Ship as well - as ye Commanding Officer of the Land Forces, and whenever any - men are allowed to go on Shore, Commissioned or Non Commissioned - Officers are to be sent with them, who are to be answerable for - their Conduct whilst on Shore, and are to make a report thereof - upon their return on board. - - Weekly returns of the Officers and Men of Our said Forces, on - board each Ship, shall be constantly made out, and sent to You, - as often as opportunity offers, and Monthly returns of Our said - Forces under your Command shall be transmitted by You for Us, - to Our Secretary at War, as also a Report of every thing that - happens when you have an opportunity of sending them. - - You will transmit with as much expedition as the opportunity of - time, distance and place can admit, the original proceedings and - Sentences of every General Court Martial, to the Commander in - Chief in the East Indies who is to send the same to the Judge - Advocate General in London. - - In every thing you will consider the honour of Our Forces, - the good of Our Service, and the Interest of the East India - Company whose Territories and Commerce You are sent to protect - and establish, You will therefore chearfully (_sic_) concur - in all things which the principal Officers of the East India - Company shall judge conducive thereto, and for that purpose you - will use your utmost endeavours to preserve a good harmony and - understanding betwixt Our Land Forces and those of the East India - Company. - - Given at Our Court at St James’s this 29th day of November 1781, - in the Twenty first Year of Our Reign. - - By His Majesty’s Command - BARRINGTON. - -In a letter, dated London 25th January 1782, from the East India -Directors to the President and Council at Fort St. George, the Madras -authorities were thus advised of the dispatch of the Regiment to -India-- - - “His Majesty having been graciously pleased to order a Regiment - of Light Dragoons, dismounted, and two Regiments of Foot[5] to - proceed to the East Indies for the protection and defence of the - Company’s possessions, we hereby inform you that they embark on - board the ships now under dispatch for India. Instructions have - been given by our Chairman and Depy. Chairman to provide horses - to be in readiness for the Dragoons, in order to render them fit - for immediate service upon their arrival: and we rely upon these - instructions having been duly complied with. The strength of the - Regiments and Lists of the Officers are as follows-- - - _Establishment of a Regiment of Light Dragoons commanded by - Colonel Sir John Burgoyne, Bart._ - - 1 Colonel and Captain. - 1 Lt.-Colonel and Captain. - 1 Major and Captain. - 3 Captains more. - 6 Lieutenants. - 6 Cornets. - 6 Quarter Masters. - 1 Chaplain. - 1 Adjutant. - 1 Surgeon. - 1 Surgeon’s Mate. - 24 Serjeants. - 24 Corporals. - 6 Trumpeters. - 6 Hautbois. - 324 Private men. - --- - 412 - === - - _List of the Officers of the Twenty Third Regiment of Light - Dragoons._ - - Regiment. Army. - _Colonel_ _Sir_ John 24 Sept. 1781. 29 Aug. ’77. - Burgoyne, Bt. Maj.-Gen. - E. Indies, - 1st June ’81. - - _Lt. Colonel_ John Floyd do. - - _Major_ Thomas Nash do. - - _Captains_ Jonathan Thomas do. 28 June 1779. - John Beckwith 27th. - Thomas Crewe Dodd 28th. - - _Capt.-Lieut._ John Petley 29th. - - _Lieutenants_ Wm. Gilbert Child 24th. 26 Feb. 1780. - William Walton 25th. 23 March ’81. - Guy Henry Crawford 27th. - T. S. Venables Hinde 28th. - William Sage 3rd Dec. 9 Oct. ’78. - - _Cornets_ George Williams 24th Sept. - John Campbell 25th do. - Thomas Eyre 26th. - John Horsefall 27th. - John Jaffrey 28th. - Robert Anstey 29th. - - _Adjutant_ Robert Hilton 24th Sept. ’81. - - _Surgeon_ John M‘Cullock 24th Sept. ’81.” - -On the 5th January 1782, the Regiment embarked at Portsmouth, on -board the ships _Ceres_ and _Royal Henry_ forming part of the -East India fleet sailing under convoy of Vice Admiral Sir Richard -Bickerton. In the same fleet sailed the two newly raised Infantry -Regiments, a Hanoverian regiment raised to serve the East India -Company for seven years, drafts for four King’s regiments then -serving in India, and some recruits, raised in Ireland, for the -Company’s service. Lieutenant Colonel Floyd, with the greater part -of the Regiment, was on board the _Ceres_. Sir John Burgoyne, with -the rest of the Regiment, sailed in the _Royal Henry_. Floyd was -in command of the Regiment: Sir John Burgoyne being apparently in -command of the whole of the Troops. The voyage was an uneventful -one, though not without some apprehension of meeting a French -fleet. It was known that a French fleet was fitting out in Brest, -under the Comte de Guiche, to intercept them. On the 27th February, -intelligence was received of a combined French and Spanish fleet of -41 sail of the line and 18 frigates, that was cruising to intercept -the convoy. The frigate that brought the intelligence had also passed -close to a French squadron of 14 sail, that had only just missed the -convoy: probably the squadron from Brest. But no enemy was seen, and -on 28th April, the fleet was safely anchored in Rio, where it lay -till 3rd June. In those days it was the custom to carry beer for -troops at sea, as a protection against scurvy. The log of the _Ceres_ -records that on 3rd March the beer had come to an end, and spirits -were served to the troops. On the 15th March, the log records that -there was “delivered to Lieut. Colonel Floyd, Commanding Officer of -the troops on board, 1 Chest of Tea belonging to the Honble Company, -for the use of the military.” Later on again the issue of spruce -beer to the troops is recorded. It is evident that much attention, -according to the medical lights of that day, was paid to the health -of the troops, with a view to landing them in India in as healthy -a condition as possible. On the 31st March, they crossed the line -with all the ceremonies observed on those occasions, now long since -obsolete. The log records that at P.M. the Captain “mustered the -ship’s Company to know who had crossed the Line before, when we found -81 who had not, who all agreed to pay the usual forfeit except one -Seaman and two Boys who were accordingly ducked three times from ye -Lee Main Yard Arm.” We may be sure that all on board relieved the -monotony of the voyage by taking part in the rough festivities of the -day. Lt. Colonel Floyd says in a private letter, “Our dragoons are -divided into two watches, and relieve each other every four hours, so -the half of them are always on deck, chiefly for the sake of their -health, and to assist the seamen in the operations of the ship, -at which they now begin to be very handy.” On the 15th July, when -nearing the Cape, a Danish ship “fresh from the Cape” was spoken, -and gave news that, on the 13th, 4 French sail of the line and 9 -transports were to have sailed for the Mauritius: also, that on 26th -June, a French frigate and 12 transports with troops had sailed from -the Cape. But nothing more eventful occurred, and on 6th Sept., the -whole fleet anchored in Bombay. There the convoy was broken up, and, -on 15th, the _Ceres_ and _Royal Henry_ sailed for Madras, where they -cast anchor on 19th and 20th October. Hardly had they done so, when -bad weather set in; the ships were blown from their anchorage, and, -it was not till 26th and 27th October, that the Regiment disembarked; -the first British Cavalry Regiment to land in India. Three deaths -occurred among the men during the voyage, Private Jonas Bateman on -23rd April, Private Joseph Gardner on 4th June, and Private Simon -Kemp on 23rd September. - -The reinforcements were sorely needed. So badly had the East India -Company’s affairs prospered that, in October, there appeared a -probability of the whole of the British establishments in southern -India being destroyed. Every where was discord, and disaster. The -relations of the Madras Council, both with the naval and military -commanders, were greatly strained. Sir Eyre Coote had been obliged -to return to Bengal for a time on account of his health, and Sir -Hector Munro, Commander-in-Chief in Madras, had resigned his command, -while the pay of the Native Army was many months in arrears. So -great had been the losses among the European officers, that, in -spite of the stringent orders of the Court of Directors, the Madras -Government had granted Commissions to anybody they could lay their -hands on. Four naval actions had taken place off the coast during -the year, between the French fleet under Suffren and the English -fleet under Hughes, without any decisive result, though the balance -of advantage was with the French. Trincomalee had been captured by -the French, and the shattered English ships had no place nearer than -Bombay where they could refit. By land, operations had been equally -unsuccessful. In February, a British detachment consisting of about -100 Europeans, 1500 sepoys, 360 Cavalry, and 9 field pieces under -Colonel Brathwaite, was forced to surrender to a combined Mysore and -French force, and, in April, Cuddalore yielded to the same enemy. -The operations of Sir Eyre Coote, who was at that time Commander in -Chief in India had not been successful. In an attempt on Arnee he was -outmanœuvred by Hyder, several small reverses were experienced, and, -finally, he had fallen so seriously ill that he was forced to resign -his command, and sail for Bengal. Negapatam was attacked by Suffren -and Hyder in July, and was only saved by the timely appearance of the -British fleet. To make matters worse, famine was raging in Madras. -The country had been abandoned to the undisturbed possession of -the enemy; great numbers of natives had flocked into the town for -protection from Hyder’s Cavalry, and the ill success of our arms, -together with scarcity of funds and bad management, prevented the -collection of adequate supplies. “Hundreds perished daily.”[6] - -In the beginning of October, there were only 30,000 bags of rice in -the place, the monthly consumption being 50,000. A large quantity of -rice was afloat in the roads but could not be landed, owing to all -the harbour boats being taken up for the service of the fleet.[7] On -15th October, a terrible storm arose: the fleet was blown off the -coast, the flag ship being so much damaged that she was kept afloat -with difficulty; several merchant ships were stranded or foundered -at their anchors, and all the rice afloat was lost. “The shore for -several miles was covered with wrecks and with the bodies of the -dead and dying.”[8] Before the storm, the Admiral had declared his -intention of carrying his ships round to Bombay, and had positively -refused to stop on the coast, though the absence of the fleet -imperilled the safety of Madras. Some relief had been gained by the -establishment of peace with the Mahrattas, in May (treaty of Salbye), -though the final ratifications were not exchanged till February 1783: -so that even in this quarter peace was not definitely secured. - -It was under these depressing circumstances that the 23rd Light -Dragoons landed in India, not to leave it again until the British -arms were triumphant everywhere; a result to which the Regiment -contributed in no small degree. Their arrival gave promise that -future successes in the field should not be so barren in results -as had frequently been the case in the past. In their dispatch of -31st October 1782, the Madras Government, showing their satisfaction -at the arrival of the 23rd Light Dragoons, quote Sir Eyre Coote’s -opinion that “a body of cavalry would have procured him the most -solid and decisive advantages over the enemy” in the earlier -operations. - -The regiment landed with a strength of 360 privates fit for duty, -and, by all accounts, appears to have been a splendid lot of men. -Madras letters described the troops landed as “remarkably healthy, -and as fine a body of men as ever came to India ... particularly -Burgoyne’s men, who, when mounted, will be as fine a body of men -as ever went into the field.” A contemporary writer mentions them -as “this sightly corps,” and Burgoyne himself, in the midst of his -troubles two years later, writes, “the men are now the finest you -can imagine.” Immediately after landing, firelocks were served out -to the men, and a party of them were exercised in heavy gun drill. -In the course of the general mismanagement that distinguished the -Madras administration at that day, the regiment was first quartered -in Fort St. George, in what has been described as “a suffocating -bombproof, from which three or four hundred French prisoners, -afflicted with various pestilential diseases had been recently -removed. The consequences were such as might have been expected. A -fatal mortality so much prevailed that no less than two or three -of the men were daily sent to their graves.” In consequence of the -scarcity of provisions, biscuit was issued to all the European troops -instead of rice. After a time, the regiment was moved to San Thomé, -four or five miles from Madras. The four hundred horses ordered to -be in readiness for the regiment, were not forthcoming, the few -horses available in Madras not being large enough to carry European -dragoons. An application for horses had been made to Bengal, but -received a discouraging reply. An allowance of Rs. 600 per horse was -therefore made to Sir John Burgoyne, to do his best with in mounting -the regiment. The Bengal government were ready to send horses but -could not find means of transport. In the Calcutta _Gazette_ for -21st December an advertisement appears, asking owners and freighters -of ships to quote rates, and state what number of horses they would -convey to Madras for government. A week later, the _Gazette_ mentions -that “Lt. Colonel Eyre’s regiment of (native) cavalry is arrived at -Cowgatchy from Monghyr. It is reported that this regiment is to be -dismounted, and the horses sent to Madras for the European cavalry -lately arrived there.” But freight for the horses was not obtained. -Bengal had been denuded of troops, and it was impossible to send -the horses by land without a strong escort. It was not till June -following that four hundred horses arrived from Bengal, by land, and -the regiment was at last complete. - - - - -CHAPTER II - -TROUBLES AT MADRAS - -1783-1785 - - Sultan Tippoo Sahib of Mysore--Operations in Southern - India--Death of Sir Eyre Coote--Attack on Cuddalore--Peace - with France--Tippoo makes Peace--Strained relations between - civil and military in India--The E. I. Company’s military - establishment--The King’s troops in India--Misconduct of - Madras Government--Quarrel between Council and General - Stuart--Complaints of Council against Burgoyne--Arrest of - Stuart--Council appoint Lang to supersede Burgoyne--Burgoyne - refuses to give over command of the King’s troops--Strange - delusions of the Council--Imminent Conflict between King’s and - Company’s troops--Unworkable arrangement--Fresh quarrel--Burgoyne - arrested--Mutiny of native cavalry--Court Martial on - Burgoyne--His acquittal--His death--End of the quarrel--Burgoyne - justified. - - -In little more than a month after the Regiment landed, the death -of Hyder Ali occurred. It brought no relief to British interests. -His son and successor, Tippoo, was an experienced soldier, though -inferior to Hyder in ability. He was noted for his religious -fanaticism and a violent temper, joined to a most barbarous cruelty -of disposition. To this was added a spirit of implacable hostility -to the English, the only European power in the country that appeared -formidable to him. Possessed of a full treasury and a powerful -army, he at once took the field with a force that contained 900 -European troops, 250 Topasses,[9] and 2000 French sepoys, besides -many thousands of his own Mysore troops. To oppose him, the Madras -Government could dispose only of some 2950 European, and 11,500 -native troops. With this force, Major General Stuart took the field -in January, and made his way by slow marches to Vellore. Meanwhile, -Tippoo was forced to withdraw to the westward to defend Mysore from -an attack on that side. On the arrival at Bombay of reinforcements in -Sir Richard Bickerton’s convoy, about 500 of the Company’s recruits, -destined for Madras, were detained, and, on the arrival of the King’s -troops at Madras, about 400 of them were at once sent back to Bombay. -Out of this material a force had been organized, under Major General -Matthews, to advance against Mysore from the west coast. After the -capture of several places, the force was hemmed in at Bednore, and -obliged to surrender to Tippoo, on 30th April 1783. A great loss -was experienced at this time in the death of Sir Eyre Coote at -Madras, on 27th April, three days after his return to resume command -of the operations. After this nothing was done till June, when an -ineffective attack was made on Cuddalore by Major General Stuart. -The French were on the point of striking a counter blow which would -probably have proved successful, when the announcement of peace in -Europe changed the complexion of affairs. The French force with -Tippoo was withdrawn, but otherwise the war continued. At this point -the Mahrattas intervened. Tippoo’s character and his great power -rendered him a menace to the other native Princes, and it was no -part of the Mahratta policy that he should be allowed to crush the -English. They therefore called on him to desist from hostilities. -On his refusing to comply, they signed a treaty of alliance against -him with the English. In the meantime, a successful expedition -under Colonel Fullarton, strengthened by the troops set free by the -peace with France, had penetrated into Mysore, from the south, and -threatened Seringapatam. Under these circumstances, Lord Macartney -and the Madras Council induced Tippoo to sign a treaty of peace, 11th -March 1784; a treaty discreditable to themselves, and disapproved of -by Warren Hastings. - -In a letter, dated 6th September 1783, addressed to the Court of -Directors, the Select Committee of the Madras Council states that -Sir John Burgoyne’s regiment, being reported fit for service, had -been ordered to take the field. But the regiment did not move -from San Thomé. The Council desired to send the regiment into the -field without Burgoyne. On the latter notifying his intention of -accompanying his regiment, under orders from General Stuart, the move -was countermanded. The incident was part of the fast ripening quarrel -between the Civil Government and the King’s officers, which must be -mentioned on account of the serious results it had on the fortunes of -the Colonel of the 23rd Light Dragoons. - -From the time of their first military establishment in India, the -Company had always evinced great distrust of their military officers, -a feeling that was not without some justification in view of the -character of the adventurers, who at first took service with the -Company. The Company’s troops on their part were under the influence -of the feeling, prevalent in England, that the exercise of sovereign -rights by a company of merchants was derogatory to the dignity of -the Crown. Hence it arose that the Company’s officers were less -deferential to the authority of the Company, than they should have -been, while the Company became more exacting of the respect due to -them, and made it their policy to keep down the army, in numbers, in -rank, and in authority. This feeling of jealousy became intensified -when the services of King’s troops were placed at the disposal of the -Company; and many quarrels detrimental to the public service ensued. -At the time we are treating of, the King’s troops in India were the -mainstay of the Company’s power. The Company was under stringent -engagements to pay them regularly, instead of allowing their pay to -fall into arrears, as was always the case with their own troops. They -were to be commanded as far as possible by King’s officers only, and -the Commander in Chief at each Presidency was appointed by the Crown. -Every King’s officer, whatever the date of his commission, took rank -above all Company’s officers holding similar commissions, and every -field officer of King’s troops, while in India, was given a step of -Brevet rank above his regimental rank. This naturally caused some ill -feeling between the King’s and Company’s officers. The arrangement -had first been made when there was only a single battalion of King’s -troops in India. As the number of King’s troops increased, the extra -rank given to the officers became a very serious grievance to the -Company’s officers, which was further aggravated by the Company’s -policy of maintaining a very small number of field officers, and -of having their regiments commanded by Captains. The instructions -for avoiding disputes with the Company’s officers, that were issued -to Sir John Burgoyne, before sailing from England, had been a -stereotyped formula of orders for all officers sent with troops to -India for more than twenty years past: but such admonitions were of -little use under conditions that made friction inevitable. - -The Madras Government was possessed at that time of a perverse -spirit, that led them into all kinds of extravagancies and never -ending quarrels. The Members of the Council fought amongst -themselves; they evaded or disobeyed the orders of the Court of -Directors, and ignored the authority of the Governor General. -Individually, they commanded little respect. Collectively, they -mismanaged everything. They interfered in military matters, that in -a time of war were peculiarly in the province of the chief military -authority; and they frittered away the forces at their disposal in -ill-conceived and badly equipped expeditions that frequently ended -in disaster. Finally, they quarrelled with everybody who was not -immediately under their orders, and wrote long winded complaints to -the Court of Directors and to Bengal, instead of doing their best -under the trying circumstances of the time. The King’s officers on -their side were also difficult to deal with. They asserted their -right to direct how and where the King’s troops should be employed, -and, in other respects, claimed an independence of the Civil -Government incompatible with public interests. In 1780, when the -Commander in Chief, Sir Eyre Coote, had been sent down from Bengal, -after the disaster to Colonel Baillie’s army, he was furnished with -orders for the suspension of the acting Governor, Mr Whitehill, -against whom the gravest charges had been made, and he was specially -invested with powers that to a great extent made him independent -of the Madras Council, including the exclusive direction of the -treasure transmitted for the prosecution of the war. The temporary -grant of such powers was necessary under existing circumstances, but -was none the less resented by the Madras Council; though there was -little active opposition till the assumption of the Governorship by -Lord Macartney in June 1781. The Council complained that more was -not accomplished, Sir Eyre Coote complained that his troops were -sent into the field without supplies; the Council sent an expedition -against the Dutch settlements, without consulting the General, and an -open rupture occurred, in which the Admiral took part, in consequence -of dispatches addressed to both Commanders being opened by the -Resident at Tanjore. At this stage of the quarrel, Sir Eyre Coote’s -health forced him to leave for Bengal. The command devolved on Major -General Stuart, and the quarrel went on worse than ever. - -Lord Macartney at once assumed the direction of the campaign, and -made himself ridiculous by forcing Stuart to destroy three of his -own forts, the preservation of which was anxiously desired by Sir -Eyre Coote. Stuart, on his side, claimed the right of exercising the -special powers that had been conferred on Sir Eyre Coote. Stuart’s -position was a peculiar one. While on the King’s half pay list, in -1775, his services were lent to the Company, who conferred on him the -rank of Brigadier General. In October 1781, the Crown gave him the -commission of Major General in India, and, three months later, his -commission was antedated. His position, however, differed from that -of other General Officers, in that he was not borne on the strength -of any regiment, and his status in England was only that of a half -pay Colonel. He had done good service already in the campaign against -Hyder, in which he had lost a leg by a cannon shot. - -In December 1782, Stuart withdrew the garrison of Masulipatam for -service elsewhere, without consulting the Government, and at once -both parties entered into a paper war, that absorbed all the energies -that should have been devoted to the war with Tippoo and the French. -Each party bombarded the other with notes and minutes, that continued -to be exchanged after the army had taken the field for Cuddalore, -and the Council wrote to London and Calcutta in the gloomiest terms, -expressing their fears of General Stuart’s designs.[10] In neither -quarter did they elicit any sympathy. In terms of measured sarcasm -Warren Hastings pointed out that their “collected mass of complaint -and invective” was directed in turn against every single British -authority in India except themselves, including the Naval Commander -in Chief, as well as against the Nawab of Arcot and his ministers. - -The Madras Government had become contemptible alike in the eyes of -friends and enemies, and it was impossible to work with them. Lost -to all sense of public duty, they formed the project of refusing -to place the troops under command of Sir Eyre Coote on his return -in April. Sir Eyre Coote was, on this occasion, nominated by the -Bengal Government to take the command of all the troops on the Coast, -except the garrison actually required at Madras. Not an unreasonable -arrangement, as Sir Eyre Coote was Commander in Chief in India, and -the Madras Government was dependent for money on Bengal. The Madras -Government sent peremptory orders for Stuart to hasten his march, -in order that the troops might be far distant when Sir E. Coote -arrived, and passed a resolution that he should not have the command. -A letter addressed by the Madras Council to Sir Eyre Coote when he -was dying, drew down upon them a censure from Warren Hastings that -was calculated to penetrate the most pachydermatous self-conceit, -but it had apparently no effect on Lord Macartney and his Council. -Even before Sir Eyre Coote’s death, the feeling of Lord Macartney and -the Council against the King’s officers was shown by a minute of the -Council, at the time of the preparation of the army for the siege -of Cuddalore, wherein an attempt was made to deprive the Generals -bearing the King’s commission of any employment in the field. In it, -an endeavour was made to elicit from Major General Stuart an opinion -that the public interests would be best served by leaving those -officers, five in number, in garrison. This idea was resisted by -Stuart, and Major General Bruce was sent with the army to Cuddalore. -The frigate that conveyed the news of the cessation of hostilities -with France, to the army before Cuddalore, brought also peremptory -orders to Stuart to embark at once for Madras, to answer charges of -misconduct. Bruce was forced by ill health to return a few days later. - -The command of the force in the field then devolved temporarily on -Colonel Gordon, till Sir John Burgoyne took command of the returning -army on 13th August. But Sir John Burgoyne had likewise come under -the displeasure of the Select Committee. In the same letter[11] to -the Court of Directors in which they announced the supersession of -Stuart, and their intention to give the command to Burgoyne, they -wrote-- - - “Sir John Burgoyne expecting a Preference to be given to his men - in point of accommodations and every other respect above all - other Corps of His Majesty’s or the Company’s troops, and making - no allowance for the calamities of the times and the Exigencies - of our situation, has been loud and frequent in his complaints, - and the utmost endeavours on our Part to show attention to - himself as well as to his Regiment have fallen short of the sense - he entertained of the claims of both.” - -In another part of the same letter they stated that Burgoyne had -claimed to be a Major General, but they had only his word for it, as -the fact had not been notified to them. Yet, in the Directors’ letter -of 25th January 1782, Burgoyne’s rank as Major General in the East -Indies from 1st June 1781, is precisely stated. - -Burgoyne was justifiably angry at the treatment his regiment had -experienced. Nothing had been done by the Madras Government to -have horses in readiness for the regiment on arrival. The quarters -in which the men were first placed were so unhealthy, that by the -middle of July, less than nine months after landing, 78 had died. -His own claims to the rank and allowances of a Major General were -challenged; while, in common with all the senior officers of King’s -troops, he was exasperated by the animus displayed against them by -Lord Macartney and the Council, and the openly avowed intention to -ignore their just claims, in defiance of the intentions of the Crown. -In a letter, dated 3rd September 1783, in which he reports to the -Ministry at home, the fact of his having assumed the command of the -army returning from Cuddalore, he dwells on the grievances of the -King’s General officers, especially “the declaration of the Governor, -who says no King’s officer shall ever Command in Chief here, let -his rank be what it may; and that a junior officer in the Company’s -service should have rank given him superior to what any King’s -officer may have to entitle him to command.” It is evident that the -violent measures shortly afterwards taken by Lord Macartney, were in -pursuance of a long contemplated scheme for getting rid of the King’s -General officers. - -From the beginning, Stuart had been quarrelsome and unreasonable in -his dealings with the rest of the Council. The Council complained -loudly of the slowness of his advance on Cuddalore. For this he does -not appear to have been responsible, as the delay was caused by -his having to wait for the squadron and store ships which did not -arrive before Cuddalore till after the army had encamped before the -place. Among other causes of quarrel was the desire of the General -to give effect to the views of the Bengal Government in the affairs -of the Nawab of Arcot; views which were strenuously opposed by the -rest of the Council. Soon after the return of the army to Madras -the Council passed a resolution dismissing Stuart from the service, -and conferring the Commander in Chiefship on Burgoyne. On the 17th -September this was announced to Burgoyne, who was addressed as -Commander in Chief, and requested to attend the Council immediately. -In a General order of the same date, the Council, anticipating -objections, justified their action by arguing that Stuart held only a -half pay commission from the King, and that the Company could do as -they pleased with him as he held no position under the Crown in India. - -As Burgoyne entered the Fort a salute was fired from the ramparts, -but he at once informed the Council that, while they could dispose -of the command of the Company’s forces as they pleased, he had no -power to supersede Stuart who held the King’s commission of Major -General, and the command of the King’s troops _de jure_, and, so -long as he was able to act, could only be deprived of his command by -the King’s order. On this he was told that, if he did not accept the -command, it was intended to make Lieutenant Colonel Lang a Company’s -officer, a Lieutenant General, and appoint him Commander-in-Chief. -Burgoyne continued firm in his resolve, but was detained till 8 in -the evening on various pretexts. Meanwhile, without his knowledge, -arrangements were made for Stuart’s arrest, and a letter was sent to -Lieutenant Colonel Lang appointing him Commander-in-Chief of the army -with the rank of Lieutenant General. The order issued a few hours -previously, appointing Burgoyne Commander-in-Chief, was ignored as if -it had never existed. Burgoyne was then told that he might retire. -On leaving the Council room, he found the gates closed and the -drawbridges drawn up, and learned that Stuart had been arrested by a -company of sepoys, in his own house, and brought, a close prisoner, -into the Fort, under circumstances of much indignity. The excuse -afterwards assigned by the Select Committee for this extraordinary -proceeding was, that they believed Stuart was about to seize the -Government by force. - -On the following day Burgoyne wrote to the Select Committee, -expressing his intention of taking command of the King’s troops, -since Stuart was incapacitated from acting. He received no reply, -and, on arrival at the camp he found two orders, one constituting -Lang a Lieutenant General, and the other directing Lang to take -command of the whole army; thus superseding Burgoyne and four other -Major Generals and several Lieutenant Colonels, who had been senior -to Lang. - -Burgoyne at once assembled the King’s Officers in his tent, and -related to them what had passed. For his own part, he said, he -should consider himself wanting in his duty, to pay obedience to -any other than a senior officer of the King’s appointment: that -General Stuart being deprived of the possibility of acting, the -command of the King’s troops devolved on himself. He did not -attempt to bias the opinions of any of the gentlemen present: he -recommended the avoidance of altercation or even discussion with the -Company’s officers, lest unforeseen consequences might ensue. The -officers present said they would obey no orders but those of the -Commander-in-Chief representing the King, viz.: Sir John Burgoyne. - -The same afternoon Lang arrived in camp, and met the King’s officers -in Burgoyne’s tent, where he delivered an order from the Council -instructing Burgoyne to surrender the command of the Army to him. -Burgoyne replied that he would give over the command of the Company’s -troops to whomsoever the Council chose to appoint, but that his duty -to the King required that he should not deliver over the command -of the King’s troops to any person not regularly authorized by His -Majesty: he placed his tents at Colonel Lang’s service. Lang replied -that he had a house at the Mount, and remained silent some time, -till, on the officers calling out that they would obey Sir John -Burgoyne only, he got up and went away. On the same day a letter -was addressed to the Admiral by Sir John, asking for advice and -support, and requesting an asylum on board the flag ship, in the -event of any attempt being made on his person. The Admiral was so -situated that he might have discreetly acted as mediator between -the contending parties had he been so disposed; but, perhaps, his -previous experiences of the Madras Council made him unwilling to be -mixed up in the quarrel. Anyhow, he refused to have anything to do -with the matter. - -Very little was needed to produce a conflict between the King’s and -Company’s troops that night. The King’s troops had been exasperated -at the animosity displayed by the Council towards Sir Eyre Coote and -the King’s officers in general. They were alarmed at the violence -offered to General Stuart, and were resolved to repel by force any -repetition of this violence in Burgoyne’s case. In order to prevent -surprise, guards were posted round the Camp. The Council, on their -part, had been haunted all along by the idea that the King’s Officers -aimed at subverting the Government. Two battalions of Bengal Sepoys -with some guns were ordered down to protect Lang’s house, and the -gates of the Fort were kept shut. Each party expected to be attacked, -and, for the next forty-eight hours, a very slight occurrence might -have precipitated a disastrous conflict. - -The following day, Burgoyne summoned Major Generals Bruce, Campbell, -Ogle, and Adams to confer with him, and a remonstrance, signed by -the five, was drawn up and forwarded to the Council; to the effect -that they were determined not to act under Lang’s orders. Lang had -meanwhile issued orders for the Army to march on the following day, -in order to test their obedience. Lieut. Colonel Floyd was also -senior to Lang by the date of his commission. Several regiments gave -assurances of support to Burgoyne and Floyd. At a conference of the -senior officers a course of action was determined on, and Burgoyne -withdrew from the camp, at midnight, to his house in Madras. The -vedettes round the camp were at once withdrawn. The next morning, -Floyd likewise withdrew from the army; handing over his command to -Lt. Colonel Mackenzie of the 73rd, who was junior to Lang by date of -commission. The force marched, and took up fresh ground in rear of -their former position. - -On reaching Madras, Burgoyne addressed a letter to the Select -Committee notifying his withdrawal from the camp, and offering -himself for arrest if Government had a mind to seize his person. The -offer was somewhat embarrassing to the Select Committee, who evaded -the point by saying that, as Burgoyne had refused to take command of -the Army, Lang had been appointed in his place, and there was nothing -more to be said in the matter. On this, Burgoyne deputed Floyd to -carry a letter to Lord Macartney, in which he asserted his position -as senior officer bearing the King’s commission, and pointed out that -he alone had power to convene Courts Martial.[12] - -Lord Macartney was a man of violent temper and overbearing -disposition that kept him in continual hot water. He demanded -unhesitating submission to his views from all with whom he came in -contact. His relations with the supreme government at Calcutta were -as unyielding as with those in immediate contact with him at Madras. -His chief merit was his personal honesty in money matters, at a time -of great laxity; a merit on which he was by no means silent, and -which he did not insist on in his colleagues. He threw himself with -ardour into the chronic quarrels carried on by the Madras Council -with the Bengal Government and the military authorities, and, in -pursuit of the quarrels, lost sight of the great interests at stake, -and brought the Madras settlement to the verge of anarchy. Even -before Sir Eyre Coote’s death he had been induced to believe that -General Stuart had designs against the Government. This belief, for -which not a scrap of evidence was ever brought forward, led him into -a line of conduct that brought about corresponding and increasing -opposition from Stuart. After Stuart’s arrest, the same suspicion -was transferred to Burgoyne, with even less presumption of justice -than had existed in Stuart’s case. Burgoyne proposed an interview -in the presence of witnesses. Had Lord Macartney been less bent on -the quarrel, he would have grasped the opportunity of coming to -some understanding. Instead of this he used the most uncompromising -language to Floyd. “Government would not recede; Government must -be peremptory;” and he still affected to treat Burgoyne as having -refused the command of the army. The following day, Burgoyne received -a letter from the Select Committee arguing the old point of General -Stuart’s commission, and asserting that Burgoyne had acknowledged the -validity of Lang’s promotion to the rank of Lieutenant General, in -spite of which he had withdrawn from camp without Lang’s permission. -The Committee would not contest with him about any authority he -might undertake to exercise, unless it endangered the public safety, -but would not countenance his resumption of command. Lang’s command -extended to the King’s as well as the Company’s troops, and they (the -Committee) would convey dispatches addressed to either Commander -in Chief, to Lang. If Sir John Burgoyne thought proper to act as -Commander in Chief, and to convene Courts Martial, the Committee -had no objection “unless their duty forced them to interfere.” Such -unworkable arrangements were bound to lead to further quarrels. -On the same day, as previously proposed by him, Sir John Burgoyne -had an interview with Lord Macartney, Major General Bruce and Lt. -Colonel Floyd being present. Throughout the quarrel, Burgoyne had -been actuated by a desire to arrive at some working arrangement that -would enable the public service to be carried on, while preserving -the rights of the King whose senior representative he was. In this -spirit he sought an interview with the Governor. But there was no -corresponding desire for peace on the side of the Governor and -Council, and Lord Macartney’s behaviour was disingenuous. Burgoyne -asked for explanations to some parts of the Select Committee’s -letter, which he discussed generally. Lord Macartney would give no -direct answer, and was very guarded in what he said. He was only a -Member of the Government, not authorized to decide, but only to speak -their sentiments, and to represent matters to the other Members. -Would Sir John put down in writing what questions he pleased, he -would engage to lay them before the Select Committee, and obtain -replies to them. Lord Macartney’s intention was to obtain the same -control over the King’s troops, as he exercised over the Company’s -troops. To gain this end he was resolved to give the command to a -Company’s officer, who would naturally be more pliable than a King’s -officer, though it was a recognised principle with the British -Government to keep the command of the King’s troops under an officer -of their own appointment. It is almost incredible that this miserable -quarrel should have gone on at a time of the greatest public -distress, when Tippoo was triumphant in the field, and it was still -uncertain that the Mahrattas would not take up arms again. - -Stuart was, shortly afterwards, shipped off to England under close -arrest, in a ship specially purchased for the purpose, though, for -want of funds, the pay of the troops was in some instances over two -years in arrears. During imprisonment, he was denied the use of pen -and ink, and was only allowed to see Burgoyne on public business -in presence of the officer on duty over him. At the time of his -embarkation, he believed that it was intended to put him to death at -sea. - -Burgoyne assumed the command of the King’s troops without further -direct opposition, but the Council lost no opportunity of thwarting -him and lowering his authority, while they encouraged others to -resist it. Burgoyne, on his part, cast moderation aside, and was -bent on pushing his claims to extremity. He ignored General Lang, -and issued orders that clashed with those of the civil government, -producing confusion, perplexity, and relaxation of discipline in -every rank. The Major Generals, who had joined in signing the -protest against Lang’s promotion, and several others among the -officers commanding regiments withdrew their support from Burgoyne. -In October, Burgoyne placed Lieutenant Colonel Sterling of the -36th under arrest for disobedience of orders: the Select Committee -released him. The soldiers too had their grievances about batta which -should have been paid to them, but was withheld by Lord Macartney. -The men of the 98th were on the eve of mutiny, and the men of -Burgoyne’s own regiment formed the project of going to the Fort in a -body to ask redress. Burgoyne sternly repressed both movements, but -the Select Committee gave him credit for causing them. A fresh crisis -in the quarrel was inevitable. - -In December, General Ogle reported certain matters seriously -affecting the private character of an officer of the 73rd. The rest -of the officers of the regiment refused to allow the matter to be -patched up, as General Ogle desired. Burgoyne had no option but to -convene a General Court Martial, which he did, appointing Lieutenant -Colonel Straubenzee of the 52nd as President. The Court was also -to try two soldiers of the 98th, who had appealed from a Regimental -Court Martial. On such occasions it was customary for the Council to -appoint the Judge Advocate. They refused to nominate one for this or -any Court Martial Sir John might order to assemble, and refused to -grant a place in the Fort for the Court to assemble in. They also -forbade Straubenzee to leave Poonamallee where he was commanding. -Burgoyne then arranged for the Court to assemble at Poonamallee, -but without making the change known, and ordered Straubenzee still -to hold himself in readiness to preside. He also ordered Colonel -Sterling to appear for trial before the Court. The Select Committee -thereupon, on the 31st December, issued an order placing Burgoyne -under arrest for disobedience of orders in September, and for -exciting mutiny and sedition, and appointed Major General Alan -Campbell to command the King’s troops. No attempt was made on this -occasion to place the King’s troops under Lang. - -The absurdity of the Select Committee’s action, both in Stuart’s -and Burgoyne’s cases, was shown by their inability to form a Court -Martial for the trial of those officers. They tried to get Burgoyne -to proceed to England, but he refused to go. He proceeded, for a -time, to Pondicherry under open arrest, while the dual commands of -the King’s and Company’s forces continued. For the next eighteen -months Lord Macartney’s quarrels and intrigues, added to his unjust -measures touching the pay and allowances of the army, produced -results that bid fair to end in the ruin of the British government on -the Coast. - -In April 1784, a mutiny occurred among four newly formed Native -Cavalry Regiments at Arnee. Arrears of pay for twelve months were -owing to them, and they likewise had unsatisfied claims on the Nawab -of Arcot, from whose service they had been transferred. They seized -the fort of Arnee, and imprisoned their officers. A month’s pay -was given them, but they held out for the whole arrears. The 36th -Foot and one hundred men of the 23rd Light Dragoons were dispatched -to Arcot, to join General Lang. On the night of the 15th May they -marched for Arnee, which they reached soon after daybreak, and after -a brief parley the mutineers laid down their arms.[13] In October, -one of the King’s infantry regiments at Arcot broke out into open -mutiny, but were overawed by the men of the 23rd, and the two other -regiments in garrison, who stuck to their officers. These were by no -means the only instances of grave insubordination both among King’s -or Company’s troops, due to Lord Macartney’s ill-advised measures. -The officers had to complain of broken faith as well as the men. - -Sir John Burgoyne’s arrest did not prevent him from looking after -the welfare of the regiment. There had been many casualties among -the horses,[14] as well as among the men; and Lord Macartney is said -to have conceived the idea of gradually allowing the 23rd Light -Dragoons to disappear from want of horses and men, and of raising -a corps of European cavalry in their place. As the men died, the -extra horses were taken from the regiment, and Lt. Colonel Floyd -was forbidden to entertain recruits, of whom a certain number were -procurable, probably from Infantry regiments on the spot. Sir John -thereupon addressed the Bengal Government, by whom a reference was -made to Madras recommending the deficiencies to be made good. The -Madras Government thought the regiment was very well as it was, and -demurred to corresponding with Sir John while he was under arrest. -The Bengal Govt. pointed out that that need not prevent them from -corresponding with the next officer in the regiment. They dwelt on -the importance of maintaining the regiment in an efficient state, and -expressed their sense of the value of the services rendered by the -Regiment in dealing with the Mutiny of the Native Cavalry at Arnee, -and their “desire of giving the Company’s service the full benefit -of the good discipline of H.M.’s 23rd Light Dragoons.” The Madras -Government replied that they would be glad if the Bengal Govt. would -take over the whole of the charges of the regiment. For their part, -they thought it useless to recruit for the regiment, when there were -already more men than horses, and it would be better to transfer -the superfluous men to the Infantry, as horses were expensive, and -a diminution in their number was a useful economy. Warren Hastings -brushed all such cobwebs aside, and sent 147 horses from Hyderabad -to remount the regiment. In spite of their protests, the Madras -Government entered into a correspondence with Sir John which was -characterized on both sides by much bitterness. A detachment of the -regiment was at this time at Ellore in the Masulipatum district. - -There seems to have been some expectation at this time that the -regiment would be recalled to England, probably on account of Lord -Macartney’s recommendations to the Court of Directors. Anyhow, a -Madras letter, dated 26th May 1785, published in the _Calcutta Public -Advertiser_, says: “The 23rd Regiment is to remain in India. The -appointments and recommendations of Sir John Burgoyne, are approved -of.” In the middle of July, a detachment of the regiment was sent to -Arcot, but was almost immediately recalled to San Thomé. - -Meanwhile, Sir John Burgoyne’s troubles were coming to an end. On -the news of the quarrels, resulting in Burgoyne’s arrest, reaching -England, much interest was excited in the highest quarters. The -matter was twice discussed in the House of Commons, on the 19th July -and 9th August, and it was generally recognised that the trouble had -primarily arisen from a faulty system. Burgoyne was held to have -been correct in his behaviour, and received reassuring letters, -written by the King’s commands, pending the official settlement of -the question. It was determined to appoint at once a new Commander in -Chief of Madras, besides filling the vacancy caused by the death of -Sir Eyre Coote, and to remove the chief actors in the quarrel on both -sides. Burgoyne continued under arrest till the nearly simultaneous -arrival in Madras, at the beginning of June, of Lieut. General Robert -Sloper as Commander in Chief in India, and Lieut. General Sir John -Dalling as Commander in Chief in Madras. General Sloper brought with -him instructions to convene a Court Martial for Burgoyne’s trial, -and for Burgoyne’s return to England after the trial, whatever its -result might be. Lord Macartney, at the same time, received orders -for the surrender of the assignment to the Nawab of Arcot, and -private intelligence of the appointment of his successor. He had -been severely wounded, a few months before, in a duel with one of -the Council, due to his own overbearing temper, and his health was -bad. Believing that he was about to be recalled, he resigned his -post, and sailed for Calcutta to confer with the Bengal Government -before sailing for Europe. While in Calcutta, he received news of -his appointment to succeed Warren Hastings; but his health would not -permit him to stop in India, and he sailed for England.[15] - -General Sloper appointed a Court Martial on Burgoyne, with Sir -John Dalling as President. The Madras Council at once claimed the -right to appoint the Prosecutor, which being disallowed, they wrote -complaints in their usual style to the Court of Directors. Another -grievance with the Council was, that they were not given a copy of -the Proceedings. Their desire apparently was to prosecute the quarrel -through Lord Macartney in England. The wish of the Government in -England, and of the Court of Directors, was to bury the unseemly -quarrel as speedily as possible, and the Proceedings were withheld. -A year and a half later, the Madras Government were still writing to -the Governor General for a copy. The exact charges, of which there -were nineteen, cannot now be ascertained, but they partially related -to Sir John Burgoyne’s behaviour in September 1783, more than three -months before the date of his arrest, and charged him with causing -and exciting mutiny and sedition, and refusing to take command of the -King’s troops. On the 11th July, after sitting for nineteen days, the -Court came to the following resolutions-- - -[Sidenote: 1st.] - - That Major General Sir John Burgoyne did not refuse to take upon - him the command of the King’s troops after Major General Stuart - was put under an arrest; but that he declined superseding that - Major General, so long as he viewed him especially appointed by - the King, and he remained in the capacity of acting as such. - -[Sidenote: 2nd.] - - That the line of conduct pursued by Major General Sir John - Burgoyne on the 19th September and quitting camp the eve of that - day, was productive of the happiest consequences. - -[Sidenote: 3rd.] - - That in no instance whatsoever did Major General Sir John - Burgoyne disobey any orders immediately proceeding from the - Government. - -[Sidenote: 4th.] - - That the equivocal situation of Lieut. General Lang, from his - standing in both services,[16] and this Government having - at present no charter rights to confer such high ranks, well - warranted his Majesty’s general officers in witholding from him - their obedience. - -[Sidenote: 5th.] - - That the orders sent to Lieut. Colonel Sterling by Major - General Sir John Burgoyne, seem to be solely for promoting good - discipline in his Majesty’s troops, and to respect only their - internal economy, which, as the King’s Commander in Chief, he had - not only a right to give, but enforce also. - -[Sidenote: 6th.] - - That in the instance for which Major General Sir John Burgoyne - was originally put in arrest, it appears the government acted - from half information, not having before them the postscript to - the General Orders of Major General Sir John Burgoyne. - -[Sidenote: 7th.] - - That the letters before the Court from Major General Sir John - Burgoyne to Lord Macartney or the Presidency, so far from being - mutinous or seditious, are not even disrespectful. The facts - which they assert are strong; but in the manner and expression - they are as decent and proper as the circumstances which gave - them birth could reasonably admit. - - SENTENCE. - - The Court having thus maturely considered of the evidence and - records in support of the prosecution, and likewise the defence - and those in support of it, is of opinion that the Prisoner Major - General Sir John Burgoyne Bart. is not guilty of the charges - alledged against him; and doth therefore most fully and honorably - acquit him of all and every part of the same.[17] - - (Signed) - - JOHN DALLING, - - Lieut. General & President. - -Immediately on the close of the proceedings, the Council addressed -Burgoyne in peremptory and discourteous terms, desiring him to -leave the country; and there appeared every chance of a fresh -quarrel arising, when some influence (probably Sir John Dalling’s) -intervened, and thenceforward there was peace. Burgoyne’s claims -for arrears of pay and allowances, for himself as Commander in -Chief, his Aide-de-camp, and his secretary, for the period he had -been under arrest, were admitted; his passage money was advanced to -him, and he was preparing to sail, when death overtook him on the -23rd of September at the age of forty-six. A tablet to his memory -was placed in St. Mary’s Church in the Fort, by the officers of the -King’s troops. Lang was withdrawn from the service by the Court -of Directors who granted him a special pension of one thousand a -year. Stuart, a few years later, was given the Colonelcy of H.M.’s -31st. In consequence of these disputes, the offices of Governor and -Commander-in-Chief were, soon after, vested in the same person, in -each of the Presidencies. In order to prevent a recurrence of the -dispute in General Sloper’s case, it was ordered, at the time of his -appointment, that in the event of the Company ceasing to employ him, -his right to command the King’s troops should also cease. A project -for amalgamating the King’s and Company’s forces in India, in order -to put an end to the rivalry between the two services, was seriously -considered two years later, but the only change made was to put an -end to the supersession of the Company’s by the King’s officers. - -In studying the details of this unhappy quarrel, the conviction -forces itself upon one that there were persons in the background, -who, for their own purposes, fomented the dispute, and aggravated -the differences between the principal parties, by filling their -minds with suspicions and ideas that were equally groundless and -mischievous. This is plainly stated to have been the case by -an officer of the 73rd Highlanders who published a Narrative of -the war with Hyder. “Had it not been for the cordiality and good -fellowship which universally subsisted betwixt the King’s and -Company’s officers, who had shared the fatigues of war together, -notwithstanding the artful steps that had been taken to sow the seeds -of dissension amongst them, these broils might have terminated in -a manner very fatal to the settlement.”[18] Long afterwards, Lord -Macartney acknowledged his mistake. In December 1797, speaking to Sir -David Baird, he said, “Had I known as much of you military gentlemen, -when I was in India, as I have learned since, we never should have -had any difference.” Sir John Burgoyne’s justification was complete. - - - - -CHAPTER III - -CHANGE OF NUMBER - -1786-1789 - - Regiment moved to Shevtamodoo--John Floyd--Number of regiment - changed to 19th--Uniform--Sir William Howe appointed - Colonel--Foundation of Indian native cavalry system laid by Floyd - and the 19th Light Dragoons. - - -One of the first acts of Sir John Dalling, after composing the -quarrels between the Civil Government and the King’s troops in -Madras, was to draw up a scheme for brigading the troops in -Cantonments. The scheme never took shape, beyond the formation of a -large Cantonment, in February 1786, at Wallajabad, near Conjeveram, -about fifty miles from Madras. Among the troops detailed for the new -Cantonment were the 23rd Light Dragoons. Before leaving their -quarters at San Thomé, they were reviewed by the Commander-in-Chief. -Being the only English Cavalry regiment in the country, the review -attracted some attention, and the following account was published in -the _Madras Courier_ for 29th March 1786. - -[Illustration: - -_Lieut: General Sir John Floyd Bart._ - -_from a portrait believed to be by A. W. Devis._ - - _Walker & Boutall ph. sc._] - - “The review of the 23rd Dragoons on Saturday last, was far - superior to any expectation that had been formed of it, displayed - the most brilliant military exhibition that has ever been seen - in India, and it is presumed, equal to any that has taken place - at anytime in Europe. It reflects the highest honour on the - Commanding Officer, whose great military knowledge, joined - to indefatigable exertions, has brought the regiment to that - degree of perfection which, while it pleases and astonishes, - teaches the very useful, though long doubted lesson, that men - can be disciplined, and horses trained in this country equally - as well as in Europe. The most particularly striking manœuvre - was a charge at full speed for near three hundred yards in - a perfect line; and that of two squadrons dispersing, and - pursuing, supported by the regiment; these were performed with - the exactness of mechanical precision, and produced the most - beautiful effect; but what is very extraordinary the horses were - all perfectly obedient, and scarcely a single accoutrement of the - riders was discomposed. - - “A Correspondent observes, that too much praise cannot be given - to the 23rd dragoons, for the excellent manner in which they - performed their manœuvres, at the review on Saturday last; that - the men were in the highest perfection of discipline; and that - the officers, the finest body belonging to any one corps that - he recollects to have seen, were so perfectly masters of every - manœuvre, and led each motion with so much judgment, that it were - impossible for any troops under them to make a single mistake.” - -The 23rd Light Dragoons were not cantoned at Wallajabad, but Floyd -was directed to select a spot within a certain indicated area. He -fixed on Shevtamodoo, about two miles from Conjeveram, and nine miles -from Wallajabad. - - “The spot is extremely beautiful, exceeding anything I have met - with in India, except among the hills. My barracks are building - something within the edge of an open grove of immense tamarinds. - The Officers’ barracks are within the grove. A plain extends - about half a mile in front, and something less in breadth along - the north bank of the river Paliar, above the ordinary level of - the country, with a large lake on the other side of the ground - towards its extremity, with a small woody island in it skirting - the whole plain. The plain is sprinkled by nature’s masterly hand - with enormous banyan trees, far exceeding the size of the very - largest trees known in Europe. My own barracks will stand at some - distance, nearly in the middle of the plain, under the largest of - these extraordinary trees.”[19] - -It was here that Floyd laid the foundation of that excellence in -discipline and efficiency, that fitted the regiment to play the -distinguished part it was destined in after years to fill, with such -success, in the stirring affairs of southern India. This will be a -suitable place to give some account of this distinguished soldier. - -John Floyd, born in 1748, was the son of an officer in the 1st -Dragoon Guards who served at Minden, and died in Germany six weeks -after the battle. In recognition of his father’s services, John Floyd -was given a commission in the 15th (Elliott’s) Light Dragoons, in -the year after the regiment was raised, and was present with it at -the battle of Emsdorf, on the 16th July 1760, when only twelve years -old. There he had his horse shot under him, while charging the French -ranks, and was only saved by a brother officer who cut down his -assailant. The sword of the French hussar is still preserved in the -family. - -The 15th Light Dragoons under Sir John Elliott and Lord Pembroke were -regarded at that time as the school for British Light Cavalry. Lord -Pembroke had made a special study of military equitation, concerning -which he had written a book,[20] that went through several editions, -and was a recognized text book on military riding. He interested -himself in Floyd, and took pains to give him a complete education, -and made him a proficient horseman. Later, on Lord Pembroke obtaining -the command of the Royal Dragoons, he employed Floyd for twelve -months in teaching his system to that regiment. In 1777-78-79, Floyd, -under Lord Pembroke’s auspices, visited nearly every Court in Europe, -and reported on their armies. In December 1778, he was appointed -Major of the 21st Light Dragoons, and, on the formation of the 23rd -Light Dragoons for Indian service, he was selected to be its Lt. -Colonel. No better choice could have been made. A thorough soldier, -and a horseman from his youth up, brought up in the school of two -such cavalry soldiers as Sir John Elliott and Lord Pembroke, he was -an enthusiastic believer in the power of cavalry. Writing from San -Thomé in 1784, he says: - - “You may depend upon it, the first military miracle that is to be - performed in India, will be wrought by cavalry. No one here has - an idea of that arm; a small body of well disciplined Europeans - on horseback, judiciously led, will defeat and destroy myriads of - Indian enemies. If I am of the party, it may perhaps afford me an - opportunity of deserving your applause.” - -All soldiers know how an able commander can impress his character on -a regiment, to endure long after his connexion with it has ceased. -Such was the case with the regiment that gathered laurels as the 19th -Light Dragoons, and no small part of its glory was due to its first -Lieutenant Colonel, John Floyd. The correctness of his views as to -the great part cavalry might play, and the excellence of his system, -were demonstrated on many a field in which the regiment fought during -its career in India. - -It has already been shown[21] how, in June 1783, the 19th Light -Dragoons and all Cavalry regiments above that number, on the -establishment in England, were disbanded. For three years, the fate -of the 23rd seems to have hung in the balance. At last, on 26th -April 1786, an order was issued to the effect that henceforward -the regiment was to be numbered the 19th, instead of the 23rd, a -designation under which it was destined to win itself fame and -honour.[22] - -Before this, a change was made in the uniform of all the Light -Dragoon regiments in the service. Hitherto, all mounted regiments had -worn scarlet. In 1784, it was determined to distinguish the Light -Dragoons, by dressing them in blue, and the following order gives the -whole dress in detail. - - _Regulations for the Clothing of the Light Dragoons, April 1784._ - -[Sidenote: 1784. April.] - - The Clothing of a private Light Dragoon to consist of a Jacket - and Shell under waistcoat and leather Breeches. - - The Jacket and Shell to be of blue cloth, the Collars and Cuffs - of the Royall Regiments to be Red;--and those of the other - Regiments to be of the colour of the facing of the Regiment, - looped upon the breast, and edged with white _thread_ Cord, and - to be lined with white, the 11th and 13th Regiments excepted, - which are to be lined with Buff. - - The under waistcoat to be of flannel with Sleeves, and made so as - to be buttoned within the waistband of the Breeches. - - The Breeches to be of Buckskin. - - _N.B._--The make of the Dress and method of placing the Cord - upon the Breast of the Jacket, to be exactly conformable to the - pattern approved of by His Majesty. - - OFFICERS AND QUARTER MASTERS. - - The Dress Uniform of the Officers and Quarter Masters of the - Light Dragoons to be made according to the King’s regulation of - the 19th December 1768, excepting that the Coats are to be Blue - and faced with the same colour as the private Men, and that the - Royall Regiments are to be faced with scarlet. - - FIELD UNIFORM OF THE OFFICERS AND QUARTER MASTERS. - - The Jacket and shell to be made up in the same manner as those of - the Men, excepting that the Shell is to have Sleeves, and that - the Looping is to be of Silver, the 13th Regiment excepted which - is to be of gold. - - SERJEANTS. - - The Serjeants of the Light Dragoons to be distinguished by Gold - or silver looping. - - CORPORALS. - - The Corporals of the Light Dragoons to be distinguished by a Gold - or Silver Cord round the Collar and Cuff. - - TRUMPETERS. - - The Trumpeters to have a Jacket and Shell the Colour of the - facing of the Regiment, with Lace instead of Looping in front and - down the Seams. - - _N.B._--A Pattern Suit of Clothing made up according to these - Regulations, will be deposited at the Army-Comptroller’s - Office--Horse Guards. - -No record now exists to show what facings were worn by the Regiment -up to this date. Probably, their facings had never been decided on, -owing to their departure from England so soon after embodiment, -as, in December 1786, an order was issued, approving a pattern of -yellow cloth for their facings. The blue jacket with primrose yellow -facings and white or silver braid, continued to be the uniform of -the regiment till December 1802, when an order came into force for -Dragoon regiments, serving in India, to wear grey instead of blue. -In February 1786 an order was issued directing the Colonels of Light -Dragoon regiments to supply their men with blue cloaks instead of red. - -The vacancy caused by the death of Sir John Burgoyne was filled by -the appointment of Lieutenant General the Hon. Sir William Howe,[23] -K.B., Colonel of the 23rd Foot, to be Colonel. He was an officer who -had seen much active service, principally in America, where he had -gained the reputation of a brave rather than of a skilful soldier. -As a young man he took part in the conquest of Quebec by Wolfe, and -led the forlorn hope of twenty-four men that forced the entrenched -path by which Wolfe’s force scaled the heights of Abraham. He served -at the siege of Belleisle (1761), where he was wounded. He commanded -the British troops at the pyrrhic victory of Bunker’s Hill; and -gained victories over the revolted colonists at Long Island and at -Brandywine. - -We get a glimpse of the regiment on 15th December 1788, when they -were inspected by the Governor and Commander in Chief, Sir Archibald -Campbell, who, in a minute to the rest of the Government, recorded -that “H.M.’s 19th Regiment of Light Dragoons were complete in -horses and accoutrements, and their discipline equal to any Corps -in Europe.” In a general order he said “The rapid and accurate -manner with which the several evolutions were performed, and the -extraordinary velocity of their charge, than which nothing could -be more regular and correct, does infinite honour to Colonel Floyd -and the officers under his command, by whose unremitting zeal and -attention the discipline of the corps has been carried to so high a -state of perfection.” - -The regimental muster rolls for 1788 and 1789 show that the strength -of the 19th, in those years, varied from 300 to 350 men present at -Shevtamodoo. The strength in horses seems to have exceeded that in -men, but the wear and tear in horseflesh was apparently very great, -and remounts in considerable numbers were constantly required. - -It was during these years spent by the regiment at Shevtamodoo, that -the Madras Government dealt in earnest with the question of forming a -service of Native Cavalry. To assist them in this work they selected -Floyd, who was given a free hand in all that concerned the discipline -and equipment of the Native regiments. The system founded by him may -be said to have lasted nearly up to the present time. - -From this time up to the date of their departure from India, the 19th -Light Dragoons never ceased to furnish non-commissioned officers and -privates as instructors to the Native Cavalry, not only in Madras, -but also in Bengal. In every muster roll they are shown on duty, at -Madras, Vellore, Hyderabad, Seringapatam, Poonamallee, and other -military stations in the Madras Presidency. In Bengal there were -always from four to sixteen sergeants, corporals, and privates on -this duty, as long as the regiment was in India, and, for a time, -some were on similar duty in Bombay and Poona. A General Order, -dated Fort William 3rd December 1795, sanctions the sergeants of the -19th Light Dragoons “now on service in this presidency instructing -the native cavalry, to receive the pay and allowances of Sergeant -Majors of Cavalry.” In 1798 a General Order was issued, directing -“the brass chapes and sockets to be made up according to the pattern -furnished by Major General Floyd.” And in December 1805, a few months -before the regiment left India, each native cavalry regiment in the -Presidency was ordered to send a detachment to Arcot, for instruction -in one uniform system by Lieutenant Neville, 19th Light Dragoons. -The system observed in the Company’s native cavalry up till 1857, -may be said to have been founded by Colonel Floyd and the 19th Light -Dragoons. - - - - -CHAPTER IV - -WAR WITH TIPPOO - -1790 - - War with Tippoo--19th take the field--Advance on - Coimbatore--Division under Floyd detached towards Guzzulhutti - Pass--Frequent skirmishes--Satyamunglum--Dispersion of the - Army--Advance of Tippoo--19th hotly engaged--Tippoo’s Body-Guard - destroyed--Retreat from Satyamunglum--Casualties--March in - pursuit of Tippoo--Private Parkes--The Tapoor Pass--Tippoo eludes - pursuit, and ravages the Carnatic--Army returns to Madras. - - -In 1790, the Government of India again became involved in war with -Tippoo. He had been constrained to sign the peace of Mangalore by the -withdrawal of the French alliance, and the coalition of the British -and Mahrattas against him. But the war had been a triumph for Mysore -arms. South of the Kistna river, Mysore was the most powerful state -in India, and no single power could hold its own against the son of -Hyder Ali. But Tippoo failed to realize the increase of power of the -English Company, due to five years of peace. In 1785, a quarrel broke -out between him and the Mahrattas, who allied themselves with the -Nizam, and invaded Mysore territory. The campaign that ensued was -in Tippoo’s favour, and peace was concluded between the contending -parties in April 1787. Tippoo’s warlike restlessness continued to be -a menace to the other powers in India. In the end of 1787, overtures -for an alliance against him, were made to Calcutta by the Mahrattas. -To this, Lord Cornwallis, who had assumed the direction of affairs -as Governor General and Commander in Chief in September 1786, gave -a refusal. But nothing could keep Tippoo quiet. In 1788 he sent -an embassy to France, to propose an alliance against the English, -and, in December 1789, he attacked the Rajah of Travancore whom we -were bound by treaty to protect. Preparations were at once made to -punish the aggression, and orders were transmitted to Madras for the -commencement of operations against Mysore. - -The time had come for the 19th Light Dragoons to show their worth. -One morning, early in January, came the news that war was imminent, -and that the Regiment was to join the army ordered to assemble at -Trichinopoly. “My men were on horseback, going to water, when the -news arrived, and they received it with three most cordial cheers. -Nothing but good humour and high hope prevail in the Army. My -regiment is ready in all that depends on us, and willing beyond -description.”[24] But great delay ensued, and some weeks elapsed -before a move was made. The Madras Government disobeyed the stringent -orders of Cornwallis, to warn Tippoo that an attack on Travancore -would entail war, and to take all necessary steps for prosecuting -war if the attack was made. There was a complete want of military -preparation. Fortunately, on 19th February, Major General Medows -arrived from England with full powers as Governor and Commander in -Chief in Madras, and preparations for the campaign were made in -earnest. A force was assembled near Wallajabad, and marched for -Trichinopoly on 29th March. The 19th Light Dragoons at this time -mustered 355 sabres. Meanwhile Tippoo took advantage of the delay -to prosecute his conquest over Travancore, which he would have -completed, had not a small force from Bombay, under Colonel Hartley, -landed in Travancore, in the end of April, and taken up a strong -defensive position. On 24th May, General Medows took command of the -army at Trichinopoly, amounting to about 15,000 men. On the same day, -Tippoo turned his back on Travancore, and made his way northwards to -confront his foes. - -Mysore, the heart of Tippoo’s Kingdom, is a high plateau from 2000 -to 3000 feet above the sea, open towards the north, but fenced in -to the East, South and West by precipitous, cliff-like ranges that -overlook the low country outside, and are only passable for an army -at certain places. Tippoo had also extensive possessions in the low -country, from which he drew large revenues and plentiful military -supplies. According to the plan of operations adopted, Medows was -to advance on Mysore from the southward, and, if possible, enter it -by the Guzulhutti Pass, after making himself master of the rich low -country about Coimbatore, where abundant supplies could be obtained. -As this movement would uncover Madras, a small force was held at -Conjeveram, under Colonel Kelly, which was augmented later by a force -of six battalions of sepoys and some artillery, that were dispatched -overland from Bengal. On the west, a force from Bombay under -Major General Abercromby[25] was destined to act against Tippoo’s -possessions in Malabar, and, if events rendered it desirable, to -effect a junction with Medows. On the occurrence of Tippoo’s attack -on Travancore in December, the Peishwa had renewed his offers of -alliance to Lord Cornwallis. This time they were accepted, and a -triple convention between the Peishwa, the Nizam and the British, -was concluded. By it, the two former engaged to attack Tippoo’s -Northern possessions at once with 25,000 horse, and after the rains, -to act with their utmost means. So dilatory were their movements, -that it was not till the following year that their operations had any -share of importance in the campaign. - -[Illustration: Map - -to illustrate MYSORE CAMPAIGNS - - _Walker & Boutall sc._] - -On the 26th May, the army marched from Trichinopoly, but, owing to -badness of transport, it was not till 15th June that Karoor was -occupied. Avaracoorchi and Darapooram were occupied, on the 5th -and 10th July respectively. Tippoo was at this time at Coimbatore, -where it was hoped he would make a stand. The siege guns and stores -were therefore deposited in Darapooram, and the army advanced. -Information was soon received of his having gone northward, and -ascended the defiles on to the Mysore plateau, leaving a force of -Cavalry numbering from 3000 to 5000, under Said Sahib, as a corps -of observation. After recovering the heavy guns, the advance was -continued, watched by Said Sahib who fell back on Coimbatore, with -the intention of burning the town on the near approach of the British -force. To prevent this, Floyd with the cavalry was dispatched to -occupy the town, which was accomplished on 21st July, the main body -arriving the following day, while Said Sahib fell back to Demiacotta -on the Bhowani river. Floyd, with the 19th Light Dragoons, three -regiments of Native Cavalry, two companies of sepoys and four 6 -pr. guns, was dispatched in pursuit. About ten o’clock at night on -the 22nd, after a thirty-mile march, he surprised near Demiacotta -a small body of horse, about thirty of whom were made prisoners. -The exaggerated accounts they gave him, led him to believe that the -force with Said Sahib was larger than had been supposed. The Fort of -Demiacotta having taken the alarm, opened fire, and, there being no -forage obtainable, Floyd considered it prudent to fall back a few -miles. On the 28th, he moved forward again, and, on reaching the -banks of the river, discovered that Said Sahib had carried his force -across the river, and was encamped on the other side. The Bhowani -river, at this time, was only fordable at certain places. A few long -shots from the six pounders made Said Sahib decamp, and direct his -march towards the Guzulhutti Pass. Floyd then fell back to Velladi, -and remained in observation of the two roads leading from Coimbatore -to the Bhowani river, moving occasionally to Shawoor and Occarro. On -the 16th of August, Colonel Floyd with a Corporal and six Dragoons, -set out from Shawoor to visit Occarro, where there was a troop of -Native Cavalry on detachment duty. On arrival at Occarro, it was -reported to him that there was a body of the enemy’s horse in the -neighbourhood. Taking twelve men of the troop with his original -escort, he went in search of them, and discovered them close to -the village. He immediately charged them, and put the whole body -to flight. Four days later, Major Affleck[26] of the 19th Light -Dragoons, with two troops of the 19th and an equal number of the -5th Native Cavalry, while patrolling, fell in with a large body of -the enemy’s horsemen whom they instantly attacked, killing upwards -of forty, and capturing twenty horses. Not many days after this, an -equally successful skirmish occurred under the command of Lieut. -Bayly of the 19th Light Dragoons, who, with a troop of the 19th and -two troops of Native Cavalry, put a large body of the enemy’s horse -to rout, and drove them into the river. In a private letter written -four months later, Floyd says: “Among a great number of cavalry -skirmishes I was always successful, and fully established for the -first time in India, the infinite superiority of European over Native -horse.” - -While Floyd was thus engaged to the north of Coimbatore, a force -under Colonel Oldham was sent against Erode, which surrendered, -on the 6th August, after a feeble resistance. Another force, under -Colonel Stuart, was sent against Dindigal, which surrendered, after -one unsuccessful assault, on the 23rd August. Several other small -forts in the neighbourhood were also captured. Further reinforcements -were sent to Stuart, who was directed to proceed against Palghat. A -breach was effected, and the place surrendered on 22nd September; -but, before this, events had occurred that completely altered the -aspect of affairs. - -On the 26th of August, having been reinforced by three battalions of -sepoys and five guns, Floyd crossed the Bhowani, and made himself -master of the Fort of Satyamunglum, which was taken by surprise -without any loss. A native battalion was placed in the Fort, and all -Said Sahib’s detached horsemen were driven into the Guzulhutti Pass. -The force was then withdrawn to the south bank of the river, the -fords of which were constantly visited by strong patrols. Further -reinforcements reached Floyd, whose force now consisted of the 19th -Light Dragoons and three regiments of Native Cavalry, H.M. 36th, and -four battalions of sepoys, with eleven guns of different calibres. -Exclusive of the artillerymen, the force numbered about two thousand -eight hundred fighting men. - -So far, all had gone well in spite of much sickness in the army, and -great difficulties due to the heavy rains. A chain of posts had been -established to the foot of the Guzulhutti Pass, the flanks of the -army were well protected, and Tippoo’s garrisons had been expelled -from every important place in the Coimbatore district. The force -under Medows, at Coimbatore, had been reduced to three native and -two European battalions without their flank companies. Floyd, with -the force already mentioned, was watching the Guzulhutti Pass, some -forty miles to the northward. With Stuart besieging Palghat, some -thirty miles south west of Coimbatore, were one regiment of Native -Cavalry, one European and five Native battalions of Infantry, besides -six European companies belonging to three different Regiments, and -a detachment of Artillery. Besides this, there were detachments -occupying Karoor, Erode, Darapooram, Dindigal, and a few other -small posts. Nothing but the fall of Palghat was wanting to permit -of a concentrated forward movement on the Guzulhutti Pass. To the -eastward, the force that had been left at Conjeveram under Colonel -Kelly had been reinforced by the division from Bengal, and had -moved to Arnee, where Colonel Kelly’s death gave the command to -Colonel Maxwell. It consisted of one regiment of Native Cavalry, -three European and eight Native battalions of Infantry, and some -Artillery, amounting altogether to nine thousand five hundred men. -To the southward on the Travancore border was Colonel Hartley, -with one European and four Native battalions of Infantry, moving -towards Palghat, which he reached after its capture. The whole -force was dangerously scattered, and Tippoo, who had excellent -intelligence of all that occurred, was not slow to take advantage of -the circumstance. So far, the only active measure he had undertaken -had been the dispatch of a small body of marauding horse into the -Carnatic by the Changama Pass. They plundered and burned Porto Novo, -but did little other damage. - -Leaving Seringapatam on the 2nd September, with forty thousand men -and a large train of Artillery, Tippoo reached the Guzulhutti Pass -on the 9th, and completed the descent in the two following days. -Floyd was not unaware of the increased force in his front, and of -the reports of Tippoo’s advance, and, in his report to Medows, -suggested the advisability of his falling back towards Coimbatore. -But the intelligence was disbelieved, and he was ordered to maintain -his position. He was at that time encamped on the south side of the -Bhowani opposite to Satyamunglum. On the 12th Floyd dispatched an -express messenger to Medows telling of the increased forces of the -enemy, and that Tippoo was advancing in person. At two o’clock in the -morning of the 13th, Cavalry picquets of the 19th Light Dragoons and -2nd and 5th Native Cavalry, under Captain Child of the 19th, were -ordered to reconnoitre towards the Poongar ford, about ten miles up -the river. A few hours later, the 5th Native Cavalry, under Major -Darley, was ordered to follow in support. By some mischance, Darley -took a different road from that which Child had followed. Tippoo had -however begun to pass his troops over the river the day before, after -the withdrawal of the morning reconnoissance, and Child suddenly -found himself opposed by a considerable body of horse. Charging them -at once, he drove them into the river, whereby many were killed and -drowned: he then fell back by the same road. The country all around -was laid out in small enclosures with cactus hedges, rendering it -very difficult to see any distance. Major Darley, advancing by the -other road, charged and overthrew a body of about two hundred horse, -inflicting great loss, but was, immediately after, nearly surrounded -by some six or seven thousand of the enemy’s Cavalry. Sending back -news to the camp, he took up a position on some high ground where -his flanks were protected by cactus hedges, and kept the enemy at -bay by carbine fire. After some time he was joined by the 3rd Native -Cavalry, and, a little later, Floyd with the 19th Light Dragoons, -and the picquets under Captain Child, attracted by the firing, -came up. On seeing these reinforcements, the enemy drew off, Floyd -followed them up and inflicted heavy losses on them. Two squadrons -of the 19th charged a large body of the Sultan’s Body Guard that had -got entangled in an enclosure from which there was no outlet, and -put upwards of five hundred, it is said, to the sword. The enemy’s -leader was slain by a private dragoon, while his standard bearer -was cut down and the standard taken by a Corporal. The green flag of -Islam was also captured. The field was cleared of every opponent, -and the cavalry returned to camp. Scarcely had they dismounted when -a large force was seen approaching on the north bank of the river, -whence some heavy guns were brought to bear. At the same time, a -second force was perceived approaching the left flank along the -south bank. This necessitated a change of position by our troops, -and the Sultan contented himself with keeping up a heavy cannonade, -without a closer attack. During the whole day, the force remained in -this trying position. Floyd’s eleven guns were not only outnumbered, -but were obliged to husband their ammunition which was limited. -The cannonade ceased at nightfall, and the enemy withdrew to some -distance. Tippoo never liked camping too close to the English, for -fear of a night surprise. Of the English guns, three were disabled, -and there had been serious casualties among the troops, the horses, -and the gun bullocks. Many of the bullock drivers had also deserted. -The night was very dark with heavy rain, the Infantry lay on their -arms, and the Cavalry remained at the heads of their horses. About -midnight, it was determined to fall back upon Coimbatore, through -Shawoor, the force having been driven from the direct line of retreat -through Velladi. It was necessary first to bring the garrison of -Satyamunglum across the river. In doing this, great delay ensued, and -it was four o’clock before the troops could be put in motion. Owing -to the destruction among the gun bullocks, three guns were obliged -to be left behind. Fortunately for the English, the Sultan’s army -had been greatly inconvenienced by the heavy rain during the night, -and it was some hours before Tippoo could collect a sufficient force -to follow the retreat. When he moved, his well-equipped artillery -soon caught up the slow-moving British column, and pressed heavily -on its flanks and rear. The first attack was made by a body of -Cavalry, who fell upon the baggage, the greater part of which was -lost, and the Surgeon’s mate, Sutherland, of the 19th Light Dragoons -killed. The force reached Occarro about eleven o’clock, but after a -short halt was obliged to resume its march, as Tippoo’s army was now -moving on its flank. Owing to the exhaustion of the gun bullocks, -three more guns were obliged to be left behind there. The safety of -the remaining guns was assured by a number of officers sacrificing -their baggage, and giving their private bullocks to draw the guns. -On account of the close nature of the country, the rear guard duty -had to be taken by the Infantry, and the Cavalry was sent forward. -During the whole march, the force was exposed to a continuous fire -of musketry, heavy guns, and rockets, which was especially directed -against H.M.’s 36th. On approaching Shawoor, the enemy pressed so -closely on the column, that the Infantry were obliged to form up -and show a front, while the Cavalry, unable to act among the cactus -hedges, led the column. At this moment, a report was spread that -General Medows had arrived to their assistance, and a detachment -of the 19th Light Dragoons which had passed through Shawoor, and -appeared on the opposite side of the village, was mistaken for the -head of his column. The news was greeted with cheers; and Tippoo was -also deceived by the report which spread through both armies. The -Infantry advanced, and drove back the enemy, whose discomfiture was -completed by the Cavalry, who pursued on both flanks, and completely -cleared the field. The force remained in Shawoor during the night, -without being molested, Tippoo, who at first believed the news of -Medow’s arrival, having drawn off to some distance. Floyd fired -three signal guns to show his position to General Medows, who had -marched on the same day to Floyd’s assistance, but not being aware -of his retreat by the Shawoor route, had marched on Velladi, where -he encamped that evening. Floyd had received intelligence of Medow’s -march on Velladi, and, recognizing the great importance of forming -a junction, marched again before daylight, and reached Velladi on -the evening of the 15th. The enemy did not pursue, and the troops -were enabled to get food and rest, after being three days without -either. Medows however was not at Velladi, having gone on towards -Demiacotta, to which circumstance may be ascribed the peaceful march -of Floyd’s troops on the 15th. The junction between the two forces -was effected on the 16th. The Sultan, on hearing of Medows’ movement -towards Demiacotta, withdrew on the same day to the north side of -the Bhowani. Had he acted with greater energy, and pressed Floyd’s -force on the 15th, he might have won a great success. The troops -were exhausted, and would have yielded to determined attacks on the -third day of their retreat. In such an event, the disaster would -certainly have extended to Medows’ force, which consisted only of -five incomplete battalions, and Stuart’s force at Palghat would also -have been involved in ruin. The respect with which Tippoo treated the -retreating force was largely due to the gallant bearing of the 19th, -and especially to the severe lesson they taught the enemy on the -13th. In addition to the six guns abandoned, the losses of the whole -detachment under Floyd, during the 13th and 14th, were as follows:-- - - _Europeans_-- - Killed 43 - Wounded 98 - Missing 7 - - _Natives_-- - Killed 128 - Wounded 137 - Missing 148 - - _Horses_-- - Killed 22 - Wounded 8 - Missing 28 - -The Infantry were the principal sufferers. The losses of the 19th -Light Dragoons amounted to - - _Killed_-- - 1 Assistant Surgeon. - 5 Troopers. - - _Wounded_-- - 1 Quarter-Master. - 8 Troopers. - _Horses_-- - 5 killed. - 3 wounded. - -Five officers killed and eight wounded were among the casualties -of the force, and nearly the whole of the baggage was lost. The -losses of the enemy were very heavy, among the slain being Tippoo’s -brother-in-law and many leaders of note. In spite of their tactical -success, the result of the two days’ fighting was to depress the -spirits of Tippoo’s men, while the minds of the British troops were -proportionately elated at their successful retreat, in presence of -such an overwhelming force. Floyd received much credit, and Medows -was generous enough to acknowledge his error, in leaving the force -in such an exposed position. Tippoo ascribed his want of success to -the cactus hedges, and, some years later, ordered them to be levelled -throughout the whole district. The gallant bearing of the 19th Light -Dragoons in this portion of the campaign, made an impression that -spread to every Native Court in southern India, and gained them a -reputation for fighting, that clung to them during the whole of their -service in India. - -On the 18th, Medows marched from Velladi, and returned to Coimbatore -on the 23rd, after visiting Shawoor. At Coimbatore, he was joined by -Colonel Stuart from Palghat. On the 29th he left Coimbatore again, -marching northward to the Bhowani. Tippoo meanwhile had gone towards -Erode, which fell into his hands on the 25th. From Erode, Tippoo -marched towards Karoor, hoping to cut off a large convoy destined for -Medows’ army. Medows followed, and received his convoy safely on the -7th October. Tippoo meanwhile marched on Darapooram, which he took on -the 8th, and then marched towards Coimbatore, where Medows had left -stores and heavy guns with but a feeble garrison. Fortunately, under -orders from Medows, Colonel Hartley, on reaching Palghat, had sent -on three sepoy battalions, which reached Coimbatore in time to save -it from attack, and Tippoo turned off northwards when within a few -miles of the place. Medows reached Coimbatore on the 15th, and, after -strengthening the defences, again marched for Erode, which he reached -on the 2nd November. Some slight skirmishing with a small party of -the enemy’s horse occurred on the march, during which Private Parkes -of the 19th Light Dragoons signalised himself, while on flanking -duty, by attacking, single handed, six horsemen whom he encountered -in a narrow road, and bringing in three horses and a prisoner. - -Meanwhile, Maxwell’s force had advanced from Arnee, and entered the -Baramahal district near Vaniembadi on the 24th October. This forced -Tippoo to leave the Coimbatore district, and march northward to -intercept Maxwell. So well was the movement covered, that several -days elapsed before Medows discovered where he had gone. But Tippoo, -failing to find Maxwell in a position favourable for attack, withdrew -after threatening him for four days, and was nearly caught between -two fires by Medows’ advancing force. On the 17th, the two armies -formed a junction, 12 miles south of Cauveripatam. Supplies were -abundant, and Medows was now at the head of the finest army the -Company had ever put into the field. But Tippoo’s excellent system -of intelligence, and the greater mobility of his army gave him the -great advantage of choosing his own field of action, so long as he -was not brought to bay in the heart of his own country. He calculated -with justice that, if he moved in the direction of the Carnatic, -Medows would be obliged to follow him, and relinquish his projects -on Mysore. Accordingly, on the 18th, he put his army in motion for -Trichinopoly by the Tapoor Pass. As fortune would have it, Medows -marched on the same day, with the intention of traversing the same -Pass, and reached it after the Sultan’s army had begun to enter -it. The British advance brigade, under Colonel Floyd, consisted -of the 19th Light Dragoons, three regiments of Native Cavalry and -three sepoy battalions. The Sultan’s rear was covered by a body of -two thousand Cavalry, who showed a bold front. Medows became over -cautious, and waited for his artillery. So well were the Mysore -Cavalry handled, that no advantage was gained beyond the cutting off -from the Pass of three battalions which were forced into the jungle. -Tippoo’s baggage also was unable to enter the Pass, but suffered no -loss; the main body got through, and continued its march without -mishap. Thus was let slip an opportunity of striking a severe blow -under most advantageous conditions. - -Tippoo continued his march on Trichinopoly, wasting the country as he -proceeded, and hoping to make himself master of the place, which was -not strongly defended, before Medows could reach it. But the swollen -state of the Cauvery river saved the place from attack, and Tippoo -withdrew, in time to avoid Medows, who arrived before Trichinopoly -on the 14th December. Two days before this, Lord Cornwallis arrived -in Madras, with the intention of taking command of the army in the -field; and at once summoned Medows to bring the force to Madras. -Meanwhile, Tippoo turned northwards, and, ravaging the country as -he passed, attacked Tiaghur, a small rock fortress, under the walls -of which a great number of the country people had gathered for -protection. Here also Tippoo was rejoined by his heavy baggage, -which had become separated from him at the Tapoor Pass. After two -assaults, which were repulsed with heavy loss to the assailants, -the Sultan left Tiaghur, and marched on Trinomalli which was not -garrisoned. After a feeble resistance from the inhabitants, the place -was plundered, and great barbarities committed. Turning eastward, -Tippoo took Permacoil, where there was only a single company of -Native Infantry, whose commander had orders to retreat if threatened. -Owing to treachery, Tippoo was able to surround the place before this -could be done. Tippoo then marched towards Pondicherry, where he -remained some time, and dispatched an embassy to France, proposing -an alliance, and asking for a force of 6000 French troops to be -sent him. Medows followed the Mysore force as far as Trinomalli, -whence he turned towards Madras. The siege-guns and heavy stores -were left at Arnee, with a division under Major General Musgrave, -and the remainder of the force reached Vellout, eighteen miles from -Madras, on the 27th January 1791. Before this, a brilliant success -had been gained by Colonel Hartley, who, with three battalions, -completely routed a large Mysore force near Calicut, on the 10th -December, capturing Tippoo’s lieutenant and two thousand four hundred -prisoners, in the action and in the subsequent pursuit. The Bombay -force under General Abercromby, whose movements had been greatly -delayed, was not able to commence operations till the beginning of -December. Then Tippoo’s garrisons in Malabar were quickly captured, -and the whole province occupied. - -The Mahrattas and the Nizam had been tardy in their operations. -Both were unwilling to come within Tippoo’s reach, until they could -be certain of his being fully occupied with the English forces. On -the 25th August, the Mahrattas commenced operations, and, on 18th -September, laid siege to Dharwar. The attack was so badly conducted, -that the place did not capitulate till 4th April following, when the -Mahratta force, under Pareshram Bhow and Hari Punt, moved on toward -Seringapatam. The Nizam moved in concert with the Mahrattas, but -delayed greatly, after crossing the Kistna, before attacking Kopaul, -the siege of which was begun on the 28th October. The fortress -capitulated on the 18th April following. - -According to a muster roll taken at Clive’s Choultry on 24th -December, the 19th Light Dragoons had fifty men in hospital, out of a -total of 270 non-commissioned officers and troopers present. Fourteen -deaths occurred in the preceding six months. During the same period, -50 horses had died, and 14 had been rendered unfit for further -service, out of a total effective strength of 386. - - - - -CHAPTER V - -CORNWALLIS’ CAMPAIGNS - -1791-1792 - - Cornwallis takes command of the Army--Advance on Bangalore--Order - of March--Floyd’s reconnoissance--Imprudent advance--Floyd - badly wounded--Casualties--Capture of Bangalore--Advance on - Seringapatam--Battle of Arikera--Army in great straits--Forced - to retreat--Junction of Mahratta contingent--19th sent to - Madras--Rejoin Cornwallis--Advance on Seringapatam--Night - attack--Floyd detached to meet Abercromby--Seringapatam - invested--Peace made--Tippoo’s hostages--19th return to - Shevtamodoo. - - -Cornwallis assumed command of the army, at Vellout, on the 29th -January 1791. By taking the field in person, he ensured the fullest -co-operation of the civil and military administration, while it was -hoped that his presence at the head of the troops, would induce the -Nizam and the Mahrattas to prosecute the war with more vigour than -they had yet shown. Instead of attacking Mysore from the south, as -had been done in the preceding year, Cornwallis proposed to operate -on a more direct line. The considerations that had led to the -rejection of this line in 1790, were, that Seringapatam could not -be approached without first taking Bangalore, a place only second -to Seringapatam in strength. The siege of Bangalore would have to -be carried on at a distance of ninety miles from the nearest depôt, -Amboor; and the country between Seringapatam and Bangalore was -unfertile, and not likely to furnish much in the way of supplies. - -The army left Vellout on the 5th February. Tippoo, who had remained -in the neighbourhood of Pondicherry, on hearing of the movement, -hastily regained Mysore by the Changama and Palicode Passes. -Cornwallis, after making a feint towards Amboor, which completely -deceived the Sultan, turned northwards, and carried the army through -the Mooglee Pass without opposition. Without firing a shot, the whole -army was concentrated on the Mysore plateau by the 18th February. -Here the army was joined by sixty-seven elephants from Bengal, the -first occasion of these animals being employed in any considerable -number by a British force. Hitherto, the movements of our armies had -been greatly hampered by the difficulties of moving heavy siege guns; -but on this occasion, by yoking the bullocks four instead of two -abreast, and by the use of elephants to lift and push the guns in bad -ground, the heavy guns were able to move with nearly as much ease as -any other part of the army. - -Among other beneficial changes made by Lord Cornwallis, was an -improvement in the order of march of the army. Before this war, our -armies in India had marched with few cavalry and very small trains -of artillery. They moved in a single column two or three files deep, -with the stores, baggage and camp followers on one flank, covered by -a strong party. This order was fatiguing to the troops, made rapid -movement impossible, caused great delay in assuming any formation -on coming in contact with the enemy, and exposed the camp followers -and baggage to great losses from the enemy’s cavalry. Colonel -Fullarton, in his brief campaign of 1783, remedied this, to some -extent, by making the army move on a broad front of three brigades, -the artillery and baggage following in rear covered on each flank -by other brigades. The troops marched with intervals to permit of -speedily forming line in any direction. - -At the commencement of the campaign of 1790 the old order was -reverted to. The battering train, which marched in rear of the -column, often fell so far behind, that it did not reach the camping -ground till the following day. It was then placed in the centre of -the column. This only had the effect of delaying all in rear of -the guns, and separating the army into two portions. It was then -tried to improve matters, by placing the heavy guns in front of the -column. This answered better when the guns were few, but with a large -battering train gave bad results. The plan adopted by Cornwallis, -was to make the infantry and cavalry move in parallel columns, some -distance apart. Between them, moved two columns one composed of -artillery and stores, while the other was composed of the baggage and -camp followers, controlled by a baggage master. The army thus moved -in a huge oblong, with the fighting men on the flanks. The front -was covered by the advance guard, consisting of a cavalry regiment -and the infantry picquets coming on duty. In the same way, the rear -was covered by a regiment of cavalry and the infantry picquets last -on duty, forming the rear guard. The same order was observed in -encamping. The infantry and cavalry camped in two lines, facing -outwards, with the artillery, engineer corps, stores, baggage and -camp followers in the space between. The order thus established by -Cornwallis during this campaign, may be said to have held good in -India up till the present day. - -This appearance of a British army on the plateau of Mysore, marks -the increase that had taken place in the military power of the East -India Company during the past five years. In our previous wars with -Hyder Ali and Tippoo, the operations of our armies had been confined -to the low-lying country below the Ghauts, and the scene of warfare -had been almost always the Company’s own territories in the vicinity -of Madras, or the territories of our native allies in the Carnatic. -Now, for the first time, the war was carried into the very heart of -Mysore territory. - -Tippoo’s movements, at this time, were characterised by unwonted -indecision and want of energy. Instead of impeding and harassing -the march of the army, he contented himself with watching the -advance, with the intention rather of taking advantage of any mistake -committed by the English commander, than of following any plan of his -own. - -On the 5th March, the British force reached Bangalore, and took -up its ground without any loss, beyond a few casualties caused by -a distant cannonade on the march. On the following day, the army -changed ground, and took up a better position on the North West face -of the pettah.[27] In the afternoon, Colonel Floyd was detached -to the south west of the town, to cover a reconnoissance by the -engineers. He had with him his own brigade, consisting of the 19th -Light Dragoons under Captain Child, and five Regiments of native -Cavalry, besides a Brigade of three battalions of Infantry, with a -detachment of Artillery under Major Gowdie. - -The work was satisfactorily accomplished, and the force was about -to return, when a body of the enemy’s horse appeared. Leaving the -infantry and guns, Floyd moved against it, and, on its giving way, -discovered some Mysore infantry, and guns, with large masses of -baggage and stores, elephants, bullock carts, camels and all the -paraphernalia of an Eastern Army on the march. Tippoo was changing -his ground, and, by accident, the reconnoitring party had crossed the -rear of his line of march. Disregarding his orders, Floyd allowed -himself to be persuaded to attack, by the young officers who were -clamorous for the fray. The temptation was irresistible, and the -cavalry advanced at a gallop. Some parties of infantry were charged -and broken, and nine guns captured. As the advance continued, the -ground became much broken with ravines and low rocky hills. The -horses were exhausted, and the enemy, collecting their forces, opened -a heavy fire of musketry and rockets that checked the advance. At -this moment, Floyd fell from his horse, apparently dead, with a -musket ball in his head. At his fall, the squadron behind him made a -half wheel to avoid trampling on their leader. This threw the line -into confusion, the flank squadrons took it for a signal to retire, -and, in a few moments, the whole force was falling back. Fortunately -for Floyd, Corporal Murray and Private Buchanan remained with him, -and, examining his wound, found that it was not mortal. Murray -remained with him, while Buchanan galloped after the regiment, and in -a short time returned with a troop of the 19th, under Cornet Roderick -Mackenzie: Floyd was mounted on Buchanan’s horse and brought back to -the regiment. He was able to halt the regiment, and show a front to -the enemy, which checked them; but darkness was coming on; the enemy -pressed on, and the confusion was very great. The exhausted horses -were scarcely able to get back through the ravines they had cleared -with ease in their advance, and had it not been for the good judgment -of Major Gowdie, who had advanced a mile beyond the place where he -had been left, and covered the retreat with his brigade, the losses -would have been very great. Lord Cornwallis, who had been able to see -what was occurring from the encampment, put a division in motion, -and met the whole detachment returning. Floyd’s wound was caused by -a bullet through his cheek, which lodged in his neck. It was never -extracted, and he carried it to his grave, but he was sufficiently -recovered to take up his command again eleven days later. The losses -of the detachment were as follows:-- - - _Killed_-- - 1 Officer. - 1 Trumpeter. - 18 Rank and File. - 36 Horses. - - _Wounded_-- - 2 Officers (European). - 3 Native Officers. - 43 Rank and File. - 7 Horses. - - _Missing_-- - 2 Trumpeters. - 1 Rank and File. - 228 Horses. - -The losses of the 19th Light Dragoons were-- - - _Killed_-- - 1 Trumpeter. - 2 Rank and File. - 11 Horses. - - _Wounded_-- - 1 Lieutenant Colonel. - 7 Rank and File. - - _Missing_-- - 4 Horses. - -Major Skelly, Lord Cornwallis’ aide-de-camp, writing of the event a -short time afterwards, says: “I never saw Lord Cornwallis completely -angry before that evening. To this day he cannot speak of that -night’s business without evident signs of disapprobation.” - -The loss of so many horses at this early stage of the campaign was -a serious one, as they could not be replaced. The cavalry had been -constantly employed for the last three days, and the horses had not -been regularly fed. Those that did not succumb on this occasion were -of little use for the remainder of the campaign. - -On the following day, the pettah was taken by assault, and some -much-needed supplies were obtained: but there was great scarcity -of forage, and horses and transport animals suffered greatly. “The -draught cattle were daily dying at their pickets; grain and every -other necessary, including ammunition, were at the lowest ebb.” In -these straits, Lord Cornwallis resolved to try and take the Fort by a -_coup-de-main_. On the night of the 21st, the assault was delivered -by moonlight, and in an hour the Fort was captured under the eyes of -the Sultan, who made no serious attempt to cause a diversion. - -The capture of Bangalore was the first great blow that had -been struck against the power of Mysore, by any foe, since its -establishment by Hyder Ali. - -Leaving a garrison in the place, Cornwallis moved northward, on the -28th, with the twofold object of forming a junction with a corps of -the Nizam’s cavalry, and of meeting a convoy that was expected from -Amboor. After some delay, caused by false intelligence purposely -spread by Tippoo, the British force was joined at Cotapilli, on -13th April, by 10,000 irregular horse of the Nizam’s, and, a week -later, the much-needed convoy, escorted by four thousand men, was -met at Venkitagheri. The combined force then returned to Bangalore, -which was reached on the 28th. Arrangements were at once made for -the siege of Seringapatam, against which the Sultan sought to guard -himself, by wasting the intervening country; a measure that was not -without effect on subsequent events. - -On the 13th May, the British force reached Arikera, about nine miles -from Seringapatam. The army moved with extreme difficulty, and -there was great distress, owing to the inadequate transport and the -wasted state of the country. The Nizam’s cavalry refused to forage -beyond the outposts, and added to the scarcity: great quantities of -ammunition were dependent for carriage on the private resources of -officers and other individuals with the army. Before laying siege -to Seringapatam, it was Cornwallis’ object to cross the Cauvery -at Caniembadi, and form a junction with the Bombay force, under -Abercromby, which was shortly expected. The Sultan, who had hitherto -confined himself to harassing the line of march, found it necessary -to offer battle, to prevent if possible the threatened junction. With -this purpose he took up an extremely strong position about three -miles from Seringapatam, with his right resting on the Cauvery, and -his left on a rugged hill. His front was covered by a deep, swampy -ravine the passages of which were defended by batteries along the -whole front. Cornwallis determined to turn Tippoo’s left wing, and, -by a night march, to place himself between Seringapatam and a great -portion of the Mysore army. Halting at Arikera on the 14th, the -force marched at night, leaving the camp standing, with the heavy -guns and stores. Unfortunately, there was a storm of extraordinary -violence that lasted several hours, which added to the confusion and -difficulties of a night march, and, when day broke, the force had -only accomplished three or four miles. All hope of surprise was at -an end, but Cornwallis continued his advance. To meet the movement, -Tippoo threw back his left, and in order to cover his change of -front, detached a large corps of cavalry and infantry, with eight -guns, to occupy a strong rocky ridge on his left, at right angles -to the line of march of the British column. Owing to the depth of -the ravine to be crossed, and the weakness of the gun bullocks, it -took two hours before the British force could form up in line for -attack; during which it was exposed to a galling artillery fire, and -to some charges of cavalry, which were repulsed. The British force -was disposed, with nine battalions under Major General Medows, in the -first line, opposite to the enemy’s main body; four battalions in -the second line, under Lt. Col. Harris; while five battalions, under -Lt. Col. Maxwell, were destined to attack the enemy’s corps on the -ridge to the right. The cavalry under Floyd, consisting of the 19th -Light Dragoons and five Regiments of Native Cavalry, and the Nizam’s -horse, were left on the opposite side of the ravine, out of reach of -artillery fire. - -The action commenced by an advance of Maxwell’s force against the -ridge, which was taken, while the cavalry crossed the ravine, and -fell on the rear of the Mysore infantry, inflicting considerable -loss. But the exhausted horses could not raise a gallop, and they -were obliged to fall back from a strong body of infantry, that -had rallied and made a stand in some broken rocky ground. At this -juncture, the Nizam’s horse, which had followed the British cavalry -across the ravine, threw itself in an unwieldy mass in front of the -left wing, preventing its advance, and detaining it under the fire of -the enemy’s batteries in Seringapatam. This unfortunate circumstance, -which by many was ascribed to treachery on the part of the Nizam’s -commander, saved the enemy from destruction. The British line was -for some time unable to advance, and the enemy’s guns and infantry, -in great confusion, were able to withdraw under protection of their -batteries across the river. Four guns were taken. The British loss -was 81 killed, 339 wounded, and 6 missing. Of this, the 19th Light -Dragoons lost - - _Killed_-- - 1 Officer. Cornet James Patterson. - 2 Troopers. - - _Wounded_-- - 2 Officers. Cornet Roderick Mackenzie. - Cornet John Fortnam. - 2 Troopers. - - _Horses_-- - 13 Killed. - 11 Wounded. - -The army was now in such a state, owing to want of proper supplies, -want of carriage, and an epidemic of smallpox, that it was -necessary to join hands with the Bombay force under Abercromby, -before undertaking the siege. Abercromby had encountered great -difficulties in ascending the Passes into Mysore, and so excellent -was the work done by Tippoo’s cavalry, that Cornwallis was without -any precise information as to his advance. Nor was anything known -of the Mahratta contingent, beyond the fact that they had captured -Dharwar. Cornwallis therefore resolved on continuing his march on -Caniembadi, to meet Abercromby. “For two marches, all the battering -train and almost every public cart in the army were dragged by the -troops,” and Cornwallis came to the conclusion, that the state of -his force rendered a retirement on Bangalore imperative. The siege -train and heavy stores could be carried no farther, and it was -resolved to destroy them. On the 21st May, orders were despatched -to Abercromby, who was then at Periapatam, about 25 miles to the -westward, to destroy his heavy stores, and retire below the Passes, -and Cornwallis’ army was retained five days in position, to cover -Abercromby’s movement. On the 22nd, the whole of the battering train -and heavy stores were destroyed, and on the 26th, the first march -of six miles was made in retreat. The distress was very great: -the troops were on half rations, and the only way of carrying what -grain was available was to distribute it among the fighting men. -“Great part of the horses of the cavalry were so reduced by want -and fatigue, that they could no longer carry their riders; and -many, unable to march, were shot at their pickets. The ground at -Caniembadi, where the army had encamped but six days, was covered, -in a circuit of several miles, with the carcasses of cattle and -horses.”[28] “All that occurred of mortality among the cattle, during -the siege of Bangalore, fell far short of the horrible scene and -pestilential air of this disgusting ground.”[29] - -In the middle of the first day’s painful march, a body of two -thousand cavalry appeared on the left flank. Preparations were -made to meet them, and shots were fired, when it was suddenly -discovered that they were the advanced guard of the Mahratta force. -It was not known that they were within a hundred and fifty miles of -Seringapatam, and not one of the numerous messengers they had sent to -convey notice of their approach, had succeeded in escaping Tippoo’s -scouts. There were, in fact, two forces; one, under Hari Punt, -consisting of twelve thousand horse, and the other, under Pareshram -Bhow, of twenty thousand horse and foot, with two battalions of -Bombay sepoys, under Captain Little. They brought with them abundant -supplies, and plenty once more reigned in the British camp. Their -cavalry foraged boldly in every direction, bringing in supplies from -great distances, in striking contrast to the behaviour of the Nizam’s -force. But they came too late to permit of an attack on Seringapatam. -Had Cornwallis known of their approach five days sooner, all would -have been well, and another campaign would have been spared him. But -his siege train no longer existed, the Bombay force had descended -the Ghauts, and there was nothing for it but to adhere to his resolve -of falling back. The allied forces remained in the vicinity of -Seringapatam till the 6th June, when they leisurely moved northwards -to Nagmunglum, and thence eastward to Bangalore, taking the small -hill fort of Hooliadroog on the way. “So reduced were the horses of -our cavalry from want and fatigue, that the only service they could -now render was to walk on slowly with the sick and wounded soldiers -on their backs, for whom we were in great want of conveyance; and it -was highly pleasing to see the cheerfulness with which the troopers -walked by the side of their horses, while their distressed comrades -of the infantry rode upon the march.”[30] The Mahratta cavalry -effectually prevented the march being harassed by the enemy, from -whom they took some convoys and elephants. - -Pending the completion of arrangements for another advance on -Seringapatam, the Mahratta force withdrew northwards to Sara; the -Nizam’s force also withdrew to Gunjicotta, which, with several other -small places, had been captured by a force of the Nizam’s. - -The 19th Light Dragoons with the rest of the cavalry were sent, under -Floyd, to the Carnatic, to recruit. The regiment reached Madras early -in August; and, as horses to remount the cavalry were not procurable, -three native cavalry regiments were dismounted in order to complete -the horses required for the 19th. The 3rd and 5th Native cavalry had -their ranks partially filled in the same way, so that by the end of -the monsoon these three Regiments were ready to rejoin the army. - - “The 19th Light Dragoons, which under their gallant leader, had - made so powerful an impression on the minds of the enemy during - the war, was again completely remounted; and with the addition - of the draughts and recruits that had arrived from England, was - in nearly as great force as when it first took the field. This - favourite corps was reviewed by General Musgrave at the Mount - in the beginning of October, when it shewed near four hundred - mounted, both men and horses in perfect order.”[31] - -Meanwhile, the army at Bangalore was engaged in securing the passes -into the Carnatic, and in reducing the numerous hill fortresses -that abounded in Mysore. The most important of these, Nundydroog -and Savandroog, were taken by assault on the 19th October and 21st -December, respectively. Tippoo, on his side, had not been idle. -In the middle of June a large Mysore force invested Coimbatore, -which was weakly held. The defence was obstinate, and after a two -months’ siege the place was relieved from Palghat. In October, it -was invested a second time, and, the attempts to relieve it being -unsuccessful, Coimbatore was forced to surrender, on 3rd November. -Several parties of Mysore horse also succeeded in making raids into -the Carnatic, doing much mischief. One party penetrated to within -a few miles of Madras, early in January, after the cavalry had -marched to rejoin Cornwallis, and carried off much plunder. During -the preceding half century, the country within fifty miles of Madras -had been the constant scene of warlike operations. In that period, -Madras had fallen to a French attack, and been held by them for four -years. Again, it had been frequently threatened and once besieged, -by France, and Hyder had dictated a peace within sight of Fort St. -George. Too often, the inhabitants of Madras had heard the sound -of an enemy’s guns, and seen the sky red with the glare of burning -villages: and now again the horsemen of Mysore were plundering and -burning within sight of the Mount. But it was for the last time. -Shevtamodoo was plundered and burned by one of these parties. - -In the meantime, large convoys of supplies and material were being -forwarded to Bangalore, the last and most important, conveying -all the ammunition for the army, being escorted by the 19th Light -Dragoons under Colonel Floyd. Ascending by the Pednaikdirgum Pass, -on the 23rd December, and marching by Kolar, Ooscotta and Bangalore, -he joined Cornwallis at Magre, near Ootradroog, on the 12th January -1792. Everything was now ready for an advance on Seringapatam, -and the army was in a more efficient state than it had been at -any time since the war began. Owing to Lord Cornwallis’ excellent -arrangements, supplies of all sorts were in the greatest abundance. -The only deficiency was in horses for the Cavalry. The losses -experienced in this respect, in the previous year, had not been made -good, and this arm of the service was represented only by the 19th -Light Dragoons, six troops, the 3rd Native Cavalry, six troops, -the 5th Native Cavalry, four troops, and the Body Guards of Lord -Cornwallis and General Medows, one troop each. The force altogether -consisted of 22,033 men, of which about 15,500 were infantry. The -advance was still delayed by the absence of the Nizam’s force, which -was occupied in the siege of Gurramconda. On the 25th January it -arrived, under the command of the Nizam’s son, Secunder Jah. Part of -the Mahratta contingent, under Hari Punt, had already joined Lord -Cornwallis, but the greater part, under Pareshram Bhow, had gone off -on a plundering expedition to the northwestward, in defiance of the -agreement made six months before. It did not join the British force, -till the campaign was over. - -The Bombay army, under Abercromby, consisting of eight thousand four -hundred men, was also on the march from the westward. Ascending by -the Poodicherim Pass, Abercromby directed his march by Periapatam -and Eratoor, so as to join hands with Cornwallis in front of -Seringapatam. - -On the 31st January, Cornwallis held a review of his whole force -at Hooliadroog, for the benefit of his allies. As the Nizam’s son -reached the right of the line “a salute of 21 guns was fired from the -park, while the cavalry, with drawn swords and trumpets sounding, -received him with due honours as he passed their front. He returned -the officers’ salute, and looked attentively at the troops. The 19th -Dragoons, of which they had all heard, attracted their particular -notice.”[32] On the following day, the army marched, and encamped -within sight of Seringapatam, at about seven miles’ distance, on the -5th February. No opposition on the march was experienced. - -Seringapatam is situated on an island in the Cauvery river, four -miles in length and a mile and a half broad. At the western end of -the island was the fortress, the eastern portion being also strongly -defended by connected batteries and redoubts. On the north side, on -what may be called the main land, was an oblong space about three -miles in length, enclosed by a hedge of cactus and other thorny -plants, and commanded by redoubts on the highest points. In this -space Tippoo was encamped. He believed that he could protract the -defence, till the coming of the monsoon and the scarcity of supplies -should force Cornwallis to raise the siege; he further believed that -no serious attack would be made on the position, till the arrival -of Abercromby’s force. But Cornwallis had plans of a very different -nature. The 6th being spent in reconnoitring, orders were issued, -about sunset, for the troops to parade at once for a night attack. -About 8 o’clock all was ready, and the infantry advanced in three -columns, the centre column being headed by Cornwallis in person. The -cavalry were left to guard the camp, and the artillery were left -behind also. When all was ready, Cornwallis sent word of his plans to -his native allies, who were dismayed at hearing of an advance against -a fortified camp without artillery, and that his lordship should have -gone to fight “like a common soldier.” Moving in silence, the heads -of the columns, which were more than a mile apart, came in touch with -the enemy about half past ten. The attack was completely successful. -One redoubt after another was carried, Tippoo’s camp was taken, some -of the troops, in their ardour, crossing the stream and penetrating -to the farther side of the island. The brunt of the fighting fell on -the centre column, which, towards daylight, was heavily attacked by -the Mysore troops, who had recovered from their first surprise. The -fighting continued till five o’clock in the afternoon of the 7th, the -last serious attack being headed by Tippoo’s French regiment. But -nothing availed to dislodge the British troops from the positions -they had gained, and Tippoo was forced to withdraw on to the island, -where also our troops had made good their footing. Our loss amounted -to 535 of all ranks, killed, wounded and missing. Eighty guns and -an enormous quantity of supplies were captured. The enemy’s loss -was estimated at four thousand killed, great numbers having been -forced into the river and drowned. Greater still was the loss caused -by desertion; numbers of the enemy having taken advantage of the -confusion, to throw down their arms and make off to their homes. -The whole loss to the Sultan, in killed, wounded and missing, was -estimated at twenty thousand men. - -On the 12th, the cavalry under Floyd were detached to meet -Abercromby, with whom he effected a junction on the 14th. In a -private letter, still extant, he writes:-- - - “On the 11th February I convoyed 13,000 Brinjarries (Brinjara - bullocks carrying grain) into camp. On the 12th February, I was - detached with nine squadrons, one battalion of sepoys, and about - 1500 allied horse, to meet General Abercromby, and his army. - - On the 14th of February, I was attacked by full 4000 of the - enemy’s horse, who had got in among my baggage, and attached - themselves to my allied horse. I soon recovered every article - of my baggage, but was forced to stop there, not being able to - distinguish friend from foe. The Nizam’s Horse under a son of - the Nawab of Canoul, and the Mahratta Horse also kept firm. The - enemy drew off, rather worsted by the allied horse. Immediately, - the head of Abercromby’s column appeared at a distance, and the - enemy made for them. I posted my battalion, my allied horse, and - my baggage, and ranged along between the enemy and Abercromby’s - with the nine squadrons of our own horse; the enemy collected and - went clear off.” - -Dirom, the principal chronicler of the campaign, says:-- - - “Tippoo had meant a more serious opposition to this junction, - and for that purpose had detached the whole of his cavalry on - the evening of the 13th; they had crossed (the Cauvery) a few - miles above the fort, and lay in wait till Colonel Floyd moved in - the morning of the 14th. The detachment of allies, in spite of - the Colonel’s orders, and the remonstrance of Major Scott, who - was sent with them, remained loitering on the ground for some - time after the Colonel had marched: the Sultan’s horse seized - the opportunity, and attacked them with great vigour. They stood - their ground for some time, and then retreating towards Colonel - Floyd, he returned to support them, and soon put the enemy to the - rout.” - -On the 16th, Abercromby joined Cornwallis on the north side of -Seringapatam, without further hindrance, and preparations were made -for prosecuting the siege. On the 19th, Abercromby made a detour, -and, crossing the Cauvery, invested the place from the south. A -strong Brigade, under Colonel Stuart, was entrenched on the island, -and Floyd with the Cavalry was stationed about four thousand yards -to the eastward, linking up the distance between Cornwallis and -Abercromby. Seringapatam was completely invested. On the 22nd, -an attack on Abercromby’s force was repulsed with loss, and then -Tippoo, who had been for some days in negotiation with Cornwallis, -realised that the time for surrender had arrived. The losses he had -experienced in the fighting of the 6th and 7th, rendered prolonged -resistance impossible. - -It was no part of Lord Cornwallis’ policy to destroy the Mysore -State, but the disposition of Tippoo, “a faithless and violent -character on whom no dependence could be placed” required that his -power should be so far curtailed, as to render him less dangerous. On -the 23rd February, the preliminaries of peace were signed by Tippoo, -and warlike operations ceased, much to the disgust of the army, -whose minds were inflamed to an extraordinary degree against the -Sultan, on account of the barbarous cruelties inflicted by him on all -prisoners that fell into his hands. One of the stipulations was that -two of Tippoo’s sons should be handed over, as hostages for the due -performance of the treaty of peace. On the 26th, the young princes -were received by Lord Cornwallis with much ceremony. The occasion -seems to have made a great impression at the time. Three,[33] if not -more, pictures of the event were painted by A. W. Devis, a well-known -artist, who was present. In all of them, Colonel Floyd is prominently -represented, a fine martial figure. Cornet Hale and Captain Child of -the 19th Light Dragoons also appear in some of the pictures. This -was evidently regarded in India as the most striking event in Lord -Cornwallis’ career in the country. The base of the statue erected to -him in Madras, has another representation of the scene. - -The Princes remained in British territory till March 1794, when they -were sent back to the Sultan with all honour. - -[Illustration: AN OFFICER OF THE XIX^{TH} LIGHT DRAGOONS, 1792. - - _to face p. 99._] - -A considerable amount of prize money gained during the war was -further enhanced by the surrender of their respective shares by Lord -Cornwallis and General Medows, and by liberal gratuities from the -Government. The share of every private soldier amounted to £14, 11. -9., the shares of other ranks being in proportion. - -Sixty-seven forts and eight hundred and one guns were captured during -the three campaigns; of which, fifty-six forts and six hundred and -fifty-six guns were captured by the British forces, the remainder -falling to their native allies. - -On the 20th March, the Treaty of Peace was duly ratified, and on -the 26th, the army marched from Seringapatam, for Madras, which was -reached about the end of May. The 19th Light Dragoons returned to -their old quarters at Shevtamodoo. - -A medal for the three campaigns, 1790-92, was bestowed on the Bengal -native troops who took part in them. - - - - -CHAPTER VI - -FALL OF MYSORE - -1793-1799. - - France declares War--Expedition against Pondicherry--Surrender - of Pondicherry--Peace reigns in India--Lunkia Naik--Floyd’s - large allowances--French adventurers in India--Tippoo’s - growing hostility--Disarmament of Nizam’s force under - French officers--Army formed under General Harris--Tippoo’s - intrigues--Galloper Guns--Advance on Mysore--Battle of - Mallavelly--Seringapatam invested--The Bombay Army--The Rajah - of Coorg--Signal guns--Seringapatam taken--Tardy recognition in - England of services performed in India--Badge of “Seringapatam.” - - -On the 1st February 1793, the French National Convention declared war -against Great Britain. The news was at once dispatched to India by -the British Consul at Alexandria, and reached Calcutta on the 11th -June. Lord Cornwallis acted with great promptitude, and, without -awaiting further communications from England, issued orders for -taking possession of the French territories in India. The troops in -the vicinity of Wallajabad, among whom were the 19th Light Dragoons, -were at once put in motion under Colonel Floyd, and encamped before -Pondicherry on the 11th July, while the place was blockaded by sea by -such ships as were available. On the 28th July, Colonel Brathwaite, -who had succeeded Major General Medows as local Commander in Chief, -took command of the force, which by this time amounted to 10,500 -men. According to the returns of 1st August, the strength of the -19th Light Dragoons, at that date, was 274, exclusive of sick. Siege -operations were commenced on the 10th August, and fire was opened -on the 20th. On the 22nd Pondicherry capitulated, and was taken -possession of on the following day. The British loss amounted to 248 -killed, wounded, and missing. One hundred and sixty-six guns, with a -great quantity of military stores, fell into the hands of our troops, -and Pondicherry ceased to be a French possession until the Peace of -Amiens. The part taken in the siege by the cavalry was naturally a -subordinate one, as the enemy had no force in the field that could -interrupt operations. - -On the fall of Pondicherry, the 19th Light Dragoons returned for a -time to their old quarters at Shevtamodoo. Colonel Floyd remained -at Pondicherry, in command of the place, for a few months, when he -was appointed to command the Southern Division of the Madras forces, -with his Head Quarters at Trichinopoly. In 1794, we find the 19th -quartered at Seringham, near Trichinopoly. In the following year, -they were encamped on the Trichinopoly plain, and in 1796, they were -moved into the cavalry cantonments at Trichinopoly. - -For five years the war was confined to Europe. The French flag was -not seen on the coasts of India, nor was any Frenchman in arms, with -the exception of those in the service of Native States, to be found -in the country. While war raged in Europe, the peace of India was -practically undisturbed. In the beginning of June 1795, a detachment -of the 19th was employed in the capture of an insurgent Polygar -chief, named Lunkia Naik, under the following circumstances. On the -night of the 7th June, Lieutenant Oliphant, with a detachment of -two native officers and twenty-two sepoys, surprised and captured -Lunkia Naik, at Manapur, about twenty-four miles from Trichinopoly. -The Chief’s retainers gathered to the rescue in large numbers, and -attacked Oliphant, who had retired with his prisoner into a Choultry, -where he defended himself for nine hours, repelling several assaults. -The following morning, two troops of the 19th appeared, drove off the -assailants, and brought Oliphant’s detachment back to Trichinopoly, -with Lunkia Naik securely tied to a trooper. - -Towards the end of 1796, the 25th Light Dragoons landed in Madras -from England. - -In his first regimental order to the regiment, when it was raised, -Sir John Burgoyne took occasion to point out that service in India -was “not less honourable than lucrative.” There could be no doubt on -the latter point, so far as the senior officers were concerned. The -advantages given to the King’s officers in point of rank over the -Company’s officers, had the intended effect of throwing most of the -chief commands into their hands, and the allowances that were granted -in some cases, showed how strong a shake they were able to give to -the “pagoda tree.” Lieutenant Colonel Stapleton Cotton (afterwards -Lord Combermere) in a letter from Madras in January 1797, wrote-- - - “As the command of a station is everything here ... I am very - desirous of getting the rank of Colonel, which would ensure a - command. An officer commanding at any station receives full - batta, which, if a Colonel, is very considerable. I now only - receive half batta, as a Lieutenant Colonel, and my King’s pay. - On the Bengal establishment every officer receives full batta, - and the Commanding Officer double full batta. A Bengal command is - a sure fortune in five years. General Floyd is now (including his - King’s pay as Major General and Lieutenant Colonel of the 19th - Light Dragoons, his Company’s pay, and his allowance from the - Company and the Nizam as Commandant of the Southern District) in - the receipt of from £14,000 to £16,000.” - -Events were in progress, that were, before long, destined to bring -the British armies in India into the field again. British authority -in India was menaced by French hostility in a peculiarly subtle and -dangerous form. The memory of his defeats and losses in 1792, had -long rankled in Tippoo’s mind, and his animosity against the English -was inflamed by the numerous French officers in his employ, through -whom he maintained informal relations with France. In Hyderabad, -there was a fairly disciplined force of 14,000 infantry, with an -adequate proportion of artillery, commanded by French officers in -the Nizam’s service, who flew the tricolour flag, and were in secret -correspondence with Tippoo. In upper India, Scindia’s disciplined -battalions were also commanded by a French officer. Fortunately, the -Mahrattas were at this time too much occupied with their own quarrels -to meddle with affairs in the South. The news of French successes, -under Bonaparte, induced Tippoo to believe that the time had arrived -to strike a blow against the English. - -In March 1796, he dispatched an embassy to Cabul, inviting Zeman -Shah to invade India, conquer Delhi, and join hands with him in -destroying the British, the Portuguese, the Mahrattas, and the -Nizam. In the following year, Tippoo despatched ambassadors to the -Mauritius, proposing an offensive and defensive alliance against -the English, and asking for a French force, which he engaged to pay -and to furnish with all necessary supplies. But the Governor of the -Mauritius had no troops to spare, and could only send under 100 men, -among whom were several officers and artificers, who landed in India -in April 1798. A few weeks later, Tippoo despatched an embassy to -Paris. In May 1798, Lord Mornington, afterwards known as the Marquis -of Wellesley, arrived in India to take up the office of Governor -General, and Tippoo’s dealings with the French became known, a -few days after his arrival. It was known also that a great French -expedition was preparing in the Mediterranean, which was believed -to be aimed at Egypt, as in fact it was. The times were critical, -and demanded prompt action: the new Governor General was not the -man to waste time, when action was required. The first move made -by Lord Mornington was to break up the force at Hyderabad, which -for the moment was the most dangerous factor in the situation. The -Nizam and his ministers were loyal to the British alliance, but the -French officers present had become possessed of so much influence, -that the Hyderabad Government had lost control of them, while their -arrogance and overbearing conduct filled the Nizam and his ministers -with alarm. The Nizam therefore willingly entered into a Treaty -engaging himself to get rid of his French officers, and to break up -the formidable body they had created. By dexterous measures, and -by taking advantage of a mutiny that occurred in the force, it was -surrounded and disarmed without bloodshed, on 22nd October. One -hundred and twenty-four French officers, whose lives were at the -time in danger from their own men, were removed and shipped off to -Calcutta, and a serious danger successfully averted.[34] Four days -before this occurrence, intelligence of the invasion of Egypt by -Bonaparte reached Calcutta. Meanwhile, by way of precaution against a -sudden blow from Tippoo, a force was collected at Wallajabad, among -which was the 19th Light Dragoons, who marched from Trichinopoly at -the beginning of August. From Wallajabad the regiment was moved to -Madras; their muster roll, dated 20th September, shows that they -were cantoned at the Mount on that date. The effective strength of -the regiment, then present, was 361 of all ranks; of whom 12 were -recruits recently received from England, and 30 were volunteers -from the 12th, 19th, 73rd, and 74th Regiments. So valuable were -European Cavalry, that on the bare prospect of war their numbers were -at once filled up from the Infantry. The dispersal of the French -Contingent at Hyderabad having been accomplished, Lord Mornington -addressed Tippoo with regard to his dealings with the French -Government. Preparations were at the same time made for an advance -on Seringapatam from the Bombay coast, while the Madras forces -assembled at Vellore. Tippoo’s replies were evasive. His object was -to gain time, till the arrival of the expected French force. Delay -was dangerous, and it was evident that further negotiations could -lead to no good result, so, early in February 1799, the advance of -the army was determined on. Meanwhile, Shah Zeman had reached Lahore, -and, though he was unable to advance farther south, and was forced to -return to Cabul, on account of his own territories being invaded by -Persia, his presence in the Punjab necessitated the preparation of a -British force in the North, to hold him in check. - -Up till this time the artillery of the British Army in India was -entirely drawn by bullocks. An attempt to furnish artillery of -greater mobility was now made. While the army lay at Vellore, an -order was issued for attaching to each regiment of European dragoons -and native Cavalry two 6 Pr. guns, in order to increase their -independent action. - - “The plan adopted by Government for attaching flying artillery - to the cavalry corps having been communicated to the heads of - regiments respectively, the Commander in Chief is now pleased - to direct that the detail of European artillery and gun lascars - to be attached to each regiment be sent to the several corps - from the 1st and 2nd battalions of artillery agreeably to the - following arrangements, viz: 1 Lieutenant Fireworker, 1 Serjeant, - 1 Corporal, 1 Syrang, 2 Second Tindals and 20 Lascars for each - regiment of European dragoons, and 1 Serjeant, 1 Gunner, 1 First - Tindal, and 18 Lascars for each regiment of native Cavalry. - (G.O.C.C. 13th January 1799).”[35] - -Little mention of these guns is anywhere made during the ensuing -campaign, though their efficiency on subsequent occasions is -frequently mentioned. Thorn, the historian of the Mahratta War, -writing four years later of the formation of the army under the -Commander in Chief, says:-- - - “Among the different military improvements practised on these - occasions, the use of the galloper guns was one of the most - important, as afterwards appeared in the terror which they - produced on the Mahratta horse. Two of these guns, of six - pounders, were attached to each regiment; and nothing could - exceed the celerity and exactness of the manœuvres made with them - at full speed by this large body of cavalry &c. &c.”[36] - -In spite of the good service done by the galloper guns on many -occasions, difficulties as to their control in the field frequently -arose, after the formation of a corps of artillery drawn by horses, -in 1805, owing to their not having formed an integral part of the -Regiment they were attached to. - -At first the guns closely attended their regiment, in action, -seconding its efforts with their fire when possible. In line of -battle they were placed in pairs, in the intervals between different -corps. After a time this system was discontinued, and the guns were -brigaded together under command of a Cavalry officer, or they were -brigaded with Artillery guns, in which case difficulties arose as to -their command. In 1815, it was ordered that, whenever galloper guns -were brigaded, they should be commanded by an Artillery officer. But -complaints were made that the want of uniform training rendered them -unfit to be brigaded with Horse Artillery guns, and they were finally -abolished in May 1819. - -The 19th Light Dragoons, taking their galloper guns with them, -as well as those for the 25th Light Dragoons and the 1st Native -Cavalry, marched from Madras on 23rd January, to join the army -under General Harris, which was assembled at Vellore to the number -of nearly 21,000 men. On the 14th February, the whole force moved -forward. The Cavalry under Major General Floyd comprised the 19th, -430 strong, the 25th Dragoons, and four Regiments of Native Cavalry: -2635 sabres in all, divided into two Brigades. On the 20th, the army -was joined by 16,000 men from Hyderabad, about 10,000 of which were -the contingent furnished by the Nizam, who, throughout the campaign, -co-operated most heartily with the British Commander. The command of -the Nizam’s Contingent was given to Colonel the Honourable Arthur -Wellesley,[37] who had with him also his own regiment, the 33rd -Foot. Simultaneously, the force from Bombay consisting of 6400 men -under Lieutenant General Stuart,[38] advanced from Cannanore, and, on -2nd March, encamped on the Mysore frontier, near Periapatam. - -Marching by Rycottah, General Harris crossed the Mysore frontier -on 5th, and directed his march northwards, as if for the purpose -of attacking Bangalore. When in sight of that place he turned -southwards, and encamped five miles from Mallavelly, on the 26th -March. Meanwhile, Tippoo had not been idle. On the 6th, he crossed -the frontier near Periapatam, and attempted to cut off a detached -Brigade of the Bombay force at Sedaseer. In spite of his great -numerical superiority, the attack was repulsed with heavy loss, -and Tippoo withdrew to Seringapatam. He had between seventy and -eighty thousand men, about thirty thousand of which were in or near -Seringapatam, the whole in a state of complete efficiency. - -As General Harris’ force approached their camping ground, on the -26th, the Cavalry found themselves confronted by a large body of -the enemy commanded by Tippoo in person. As the Infantry closed -up, the Sultan slowly moved off, and the British force encamped -within sight of the enemy, who withdrew towards Mallavelly. At -daybreak, on the 27th, the army marched on Mallavelly, while the -Nizam’s contingent under Wellesley moved parallel to it, on the -left, enclosing the baggage between the two bodies. The front was -covered by Major General Floyd with five regiments of Cavalry. On -approaching Mallavelly, the heights beyond the village were seen -to be occupied by infantry, while a large force of cavalry were on -the British right. Wellesley’s division was directed to attack the -enemy’s right, supported by Floyd and his cavalry, while the right -wing of the army entered Mallavelly, and attacked the enemy’s centre. -As the force advanced, the enemy drew back, as though declining an -action, and preparations were made by the British troops for marking -out a new encampment. While this was in progress, the enemy suddenly -opened fire from twelve or fourteen guns, which did some execution. -Upon this, the infantry picquets, the 25th Light Dragoons and a -Native Cavalry Regiment pushed forward, and occupied a village in -front of the enemy’s left, in which was a party of the enemy’s horse -and rocket men, while the rest of the army formed line of battle. -In the meanwhile, Colonel Wellesley’s division advanced, supported -by Major General Floyd, with the 19th Light Dragoons, and 1st and -3rd regiments of Native cavalry. As the British force advanced, -nearly simultaneous attacks were made by the enemy on both flanks. -On the right a large body of cavalry hovered on the flanks, while -a smaller corps charged the 1st Brigade under Major General Baird. -The steady fire of the 12th Foot and the Scotch Brigade repulsed -them with considerable loss. On the left, a body of men, about 2000 -strong, advanced in good order against the 33rd, till it was thrown -into confusion by a heavy fire at sixty paces’ distance. Seizing -the moment, Floyd charged with his three regiments of Cavalry, and -completely routed them, taking six standards and sabreing many men. -“Into them, with disciplined impetuosity, dashed General Floyd -at the head of the old 19th Light Dragoons and two regiments of -Native Cavalry, who in a few minutes sabred nearly the whole of -the fugitives.”[39] The retreat of the enemy became general, as -the advance of the British continued, and by two o’clock they had -completely withdrawn from the field. After the action, the army -returned and camped near Mallavelly. This success was purchased with -a loss of only seven killed, fifty-three wounded and six missing. -The 19th Light Dragoons, which suffered the most among the Cavalry -Regiments, had eight wounded, among them Captain Kennedy, three -horses killed, twenty-two wounded, and three missing. It is said -that, of the column charged by Major General Floyd, all but 230 were -put _hors de combat_. - -On the 29th and 30th, the army crossed the Cauvery at Sosilay. This -move was entirely unexpected by Tippoo, who had made up his mind -that the army would march directly on Seringapatam to attack it, as -Cornwallis had attacked it seven years before. In this belief, he had -wasted the whole country in the vicinity on the north bank of the -river. By this adroit move General Harris was favourably situated to -join hands with the Bombay force on its arrival, while he was able -to draw abundant supplies from the villages in his neighbourhood, -and from the rich country in his rear, which Tippoo had preserved -for himself. Continuing his march westward, within five miles of -Seringapatam, and watched, but not molested by Tippoo’s cavalry, -General Harris took up ground for the siege, on the 5th April, -opposite the west face of the fort of Seringapatam, and at a distance -of two miles from it. The left of the army rested on the river; the -cavalry were encamped in the rear of the army. - -On the 6th April at daybreak, Floyd with four regiments of Cavalry, -among them the 19th Light Dragoons, six regiments of Infantry, twenty -guns, and a corps of the Nizam’s horse, marched westward to join the -Bombay force under Major General Stuart. On the 8th, he established -communication with Stuart, and on the 10th, the two forces were -united at Periapatam. During the whole march, Floyd’s force was -closely attended by the enemy’s cavalry, who were however unable to -make any impression. - -The Rajah of Coorg, our constant and loyal ally, had accompanied -Major General Stuart to Periapatam, from which place he was to return -to look after his own territories, and to arrange for forwarding -supplies to the army. - - “His romantic character rendered him an object of peculiar - interest to General Floyd and the officers of the division - from the eastward; and a squadron of the 19th Dragoons sent as - an escort with General Stuart (the first European cavalry the - Rajah had ever seen) was a novelty at which he expressed his - admiration.... He accepted with enthusiasm the invitation to see - the line of the eastern division under arms, and was received - with suitable honours. He expressed a just admiration, but - continued after his return to General Floyd’s tent, to testify - his particular and unwearied admiration of the 19th regiment, - intimating a wish to procure at a proper time for his own - personal use, one of the dragoon’s swords.... On his rising to - take leave General Floyd unclasped his own sword, and in a few - words judiciously suited to the occasion, begged that he might be - permitted to present it for the Rajah’s use.”[40] - -At half-past seven in the evening of the 13th, Floyd’s signal guns -were heard in General Harris’ camp, and were answered ten minutes -later to show that they were understood.[41] Twenty-four hours later, -the united forces of Floyd and Stuart joined General Harris in front -of Seringapatam. On the same date letters reached the army from the -Governor General congratulating them on the success at Mallavelly. -These letters were brought by a native messenger, written on a very -narrow slip of paper, and sealed up in a quill. This was the general -method of communication, public and private, as would appear from the -following notice in the _Calcutta Gazette_. - - _Fort William, Public Department, 10th April 1799._ - - “Notice is hereby given that all letters, whether public or - private, for the Grand Army in the Field, are in future to be - limited to a small slip of paper not exceeding one eighth of a - sheet of quarter-post, rolled (not folded up), which restriction - will continue until further notice.” - -Some of these notes, 2 inches wide by 6⅜ inches long, are still in -existence. - -Some solicitude was experienced at this time concerning supplies, -and the cavalry were busily employed in protecting and bringing in -convoys. On the 16th, Floyd, with five regiments of cavalry and the -left wing of the army, brought in a party of Brinjarries who had been -sent out to the southward to collect cattle and grain. On the 19th, -Floyd marched again with the whole of the regular cavalry, a brigade -of infantry, and the Nizam’s cavalry, towards the Coveripoorum Pass, -for the purpose of protecting two large convoys of provisions en -route from Coimbatore and the Baramahal. On the 30th, he was joined -by the convoy from Rykottah, at the head of the Pass, but it was -not till the 6th May that the Coimbatore convoy arrived, and on the -11th, the whole returned to Seringapatam bringing with them forty -thousand bullocks, most of which carried loads of grain, twenty-one -thousand nine hundred sheep and other necessaries, thus placing the -subsistence of the army out of danger for many days. - -But the campaign was already at an end. A practicable breach having -been made, at one o’clock on the 4th May, Seringapatam was stormed -by the British troops, and after two hours’ desperate fighting the -British colours were planted in the fortress. Tippoo’s dead body was -found at night under a heap of slain, the short-lived Mahommedan -Kingdom of Mysore was at an end, and the most imminent menace to -British rule in India was averted. This gallant feat of arms cost the -British force a loss of 367 in killed, wounded, and missing, of whom -321 were Europeans. Nine hundred and twenty-nine guns and an enormous -quantity of warlike material fell into the hands of the victors. The -French officers found in Seringapatam had commissions from the French -Government. By Tippoo’s orders, all the European prisoners who fell -into his hands during the siege had been barbarously put to death. -A number of prisoners also, who had fallen into his hands in former -wars, and who had been detained, in breach of agreements in 1784 and -1792, were massacred by his orders at the commencement of hostilities. - -In an order published after the siege, General Harris thus spoke of -the Cavalry Division:-- - - “The advantage derived from the exertions of the Cavalry upon - every occasion, although opposed by such superior numbers on the - part of the enemy, are so important, as to give this corps the - strongest claims to the warmest approbation of the Commander in - Chief, which he requests Major General Floyd will take an early - occasion of conveying to them.” - -The 19th Light Dragoons remained in Mysore during the settlement of -the country, in the course of which the representative of the old -ruling family was replaced on the Mysore throne. On the 13th November -they parted from Wellesley at Ooscottah, and marched for Vellore, and -so back to their old quarters at Trichinopoly, which they reached -about the end of the year. - -Great reluctance appears to have been felt by the Government in -England, to treat services performed under the East India Company as -worthy of recognition by the Crown. The Court of Directors issued a -medal in 1808 to the officers and men of the King’s and Company’s -troops who had taken part in the operations in Mysore, but the royal -permission for the King’s troops to wear the medal in England was -not granted till 1815, in which year General Harris was raised to -the peerage for his services in 1799. In 1818 his lordship made a -special representation for some permanent badge to be bestowed on the -regiments concerned, when permission to bear the word “Seringapatam” -on colours and appointments was granted. - - HORSE GUARDS, - _24th June 1818_. - - SIR, - - I have the honour to acquaint you, that His Royal Highness the - Prince Regent, in the Name and on the Behalf of His Majesty - has been pleased to approve of the 19th Regiment of Light - Dragoons (Lancers) being permitted to bear on its Colours and - Appointments, in addition to any other Badges or Devices which - may have heretofore been granted to the Regiment, the Word - “Seringapatam,” in commemoration of the distinguished gallantry - displayed by the Regiment in the Storming and Capture of - Seringapatam, in the month of May 1799. - - I have &c. - - HARRY CALVERT - A. G. - - M. General - Sir J. O. VANDELEUR, K.C.B. - Colonel of the 19th Lancers. - - - - -CHAPTER VII - -DHOONDIA WAO - -1800-1802 - - Floyd leaves 19th--Dhoondia Wao--Force formed under Colonel - Wellesley to capture him--Advance on Ranee Bednore--Capture of - Koondgul, Dummul, Gudduck--Division of Dhoondia’s force destroyed - at Manoli--Dhoondia doubles back--Again hemmed in--Dhoondia - crosses Malpurba river--Pursuit drawing to a close--Dhoondia - caught at Conaghul--Dhoondia killed, and his force - destroyed--19th return to Mysore--The Rajah of Bullum--Regiment - ordered to Arcot. - - -For nearly nineteen years, ever since the regiment had existed, -the 19th Light Dragoons had served under Major General Floyd in -quarters and in the field, and now the time had come for separation. -In January 1800, Floyd sailed for England, the last of the officers -originally appointed to the regiment. Soon after his arrival in -England, he was appointed Colonel of the 26th Light Dragoons, and -his connection with his old regiment was permanently severed. -He afterwards become Colonel of the 8th Light Dragoons, and was -appointed Governor of Gravesend and Tilbury. He maintained his -interest in everything calculated to improve our cavalry system to -the end of his life. A General Order from the Adjutant General’s -office in Dublin, dated 7th October 1811, contains a Riding Lesson, -“suggested by Lieut. General Floyd,” which Officers Commanding -cavalry regiments are directed to practise. It is the foundation of -our present riding school system. In 1816, he was created a Baronet -for his services, and died at the age of 70, two years later. - -The regiment did not remain long at Trichinopoly. It was soon called -on to take part in a short but remarkable campaign. When Seringapatam -fell, there was a prisoner in Tippoo’s power, named Dhoondia Wao, a -noted freebooter, who had at one time been in the service of Hyder -Ali. During Lord Cornwallis’ campaign in 1791-92, he had deserted -from the Mysore service. After the conclusion of peace, he collected -a party of desperate men, and committed depredations in the country -round Dharwar. Being hard pressed on one occasion by the Peishwa’s -troops, he took refuge in Mysore territory, thinking to make his -peace with Tippoo. On falling into Tippoo’s hands, he was forcibly -converted to Mohammedanism, and thrown into prison, where he remained -till Seringapatam fell. In the confusion consequent on the capture -of the place, he was set at liberty by an officer who did not know -his character. He at once collected a number of Tippoo’s disbanded -soldiers, and made for the Bednore district. In the confusion -consequent on the overthrow of Tippoo’s power, he gained possession -of many of the principal forts in the province. His adherents rapidly -increased in number, and he ravaged the surrounding country, his -exactions being accompanied by acts of the most atrocious cruelty. -Being provided with artillery, ammunition and money, he asserted -his right to the Bednore province, and assumed the title of King of -the Two Worlds. It was the golden age of adventurers. Forty years -earlier, Hyder Ali had founded a kingdom on the ruins of the ancient -principality of Mysore. In the far north Runjeet Singh was founding -a Sikh State in the Punjab. Between the Ganges and the Jumna, -Perron was aiming at forming a province under French protection. -On the borders of the Indian desert, Thomas, the Irish sailor, had -established an independent principality in Hurrianah, while other -adventurers like Ameer Khan and Ghuffoor Khan, the future founders of -the States of Tonk and Jowrah, traversed the centre of India at the -head of plundering hordes. Outside British territory was universal -confusion and anarchy, in which any man possessed of a bold heart and -a discerning brain might hope to carve out a Kingdom for himself, -whatever his faith or nationality. Any Chief whose service promised -plenty of plunder could command a following, which in a few months of -successful enterprize might swell to the dimensions of an army. But -Dhoondia had neither the talents nor the opportunity to become more -than a brigand on an unusually large scale. - -[Illustration: SKETCH MAP - -to illustrate the march of the Army in pursuit of Dhoondia Wao in -July, August, and September 1800. - - _Walker & Boutall sc._] - -Early in July 1799, the Commander in Chief sent two flying columns -into the field against him, and the Head Quarters of the Army -were also moved northwards for the same purpose. Several forts in -the hands of Dhoondia’s men were taken by storm, a number of the -freebooters were killed in various encounters, and, on the 17th -August, Dhoondia himself was defeated and forced to take refuge -in the Peishwa’s territory. There he was attacked by one of the -Peishwa’s officers named Dhoondia Punt Gokla, his elephants, -bullocks, and guns captured, and his remaining followers dispersed. -It was thought that the last had been heard of Dhoondia Wao, but in a -few months he was in the field again with a larger force than ever. -Having been joined by the whole of Tippoo’s disbanded cavalry and a -number of disaffected men from the Hyderabad country, he obtained -possession of several places in the Southern Mahratta country, and -threatened to re-enter Mysore. Dhoondia’s head quarters were in what -is now the Dharwar district, from whence he ravaged impartially the -Peishwa’s and Nizam’s territories adjoining, as well as the newly -conquered Mysore country under British administration. His belief, no -doubt, was that the three powers concerned would never act in unison, -and that, if at any time he was hard pressed on one side, he would -always be able to secure a retreat by crossing into the adjoining -territory, where mutual jealousies would afford him a temporary -asylum. A force of 5000 horse and a large body of infantry, sent -against him by the Peishwa, was defeated. His adherents increased in -numbers, till it was found that he was at the head of 40,000 men, and -beyond the control of the feeble government of the Peishwa, in whose -territory he had established himself. Owing to these circumstances, -in the beginning of May 1800, orders were sent to Colonel the Honble. -A. Wellesley, who was in full civil and military charge of Mysore, -directing him to assemble a field force, as speedily as possible, -and pursue and destroy Dhoondia Wao’s forces wherever he should find -them. To prevent Dhoondia from again securing himself by taking -refuge in the Peishwa’s country, the consent of the Peishwa was -obtained for the British troops to follow Dhoondia into Mahratta -territory, if necessary. The campaign was one of unusual character. -The task was not the subjugation and occupation of a particular -tract of country, nor the coercion of an enemy with whom terms -were eventually to be made. The object in view was the extirpation -of a band of freebooters, whose numbers had swelled to those of a -formidable army, provided with artillery and ample resources, and who -had possessed themselves of a province belonging to a power with whom -we were in alliance. “You are to pursue Dhoondia Wao wherever you -may find him, and to hang him on the first tree.” So ran Wellesley’s -instructions. By the 24th June, Wellesley’s force, which assembled -at Chitteldroog, had crossed the Toombadra river near Hurryhur, -and on the 27th, it marched on Ranee Bednore. The force consisted -of H.M.’s 19th and 25th Light Dragoons, three regiments of Native -Cavalry, two regiments of European Infantry, and five regiments of -Native Infantry. A detachment of the Hyderabad Subsidiary Force, -between three and four thousand strong, co-operated under Lieut. -Colonel Bowser: the Peishwa also sent a force to assist, acting -independently. A body of the Nizam’s horse also joined Wellesley’s -force. On reaching Ranee Bednore, the advanced guard was fired on: -the fort was at once attacked and carried by escalade, and Dhoondia’s -garrison, about 500 in number, put to the sword. So atrocious had -been the cruelties committed by Dhoondia’s men, that quarter was -seldom given to any of them found in arms. The next few days were -spent in clearing the neighbourhood of Dhoondia’s partisans, and in -obtaining supplies, Wellesley then moved to Deogheri, where four -days were spent in making a bridge across the Werdah river, and -constructing a small redoubt to protect it. Meanwhile, a disaster -had occurred to the northward. Dhoondia Punt Gokla, the Mahratta -Chief who had inflicted a defeat on Dhoondia Wao the previous year, -was at Kittoor, with 10,000 horse, 5000 foot and eight guns, for the -purpose of co-operating with the British. He was suddenly attacked -by Dhoondia Wao on 30th June, his guns taken, his force routed, and -himself killed. - -Wellesley, having crossed the Werdah river, marched to Savanoor on -the 12th July, leaving a small detachment to protect the bridge. -The plan Wellesley had in his mind, and which he eventually carried -out, begins to appear. It was to seize all fortified places in -Dhoondia’s hands, and, if he still remained in arms, gradually -drive him eastwards into one of the narrow angles formed by the -Kistna, Toombadra and other rivers, and destroy him. It was the -time of full monsoon, and the rivers could only be crossed by the -aid of boats, which were difficult to procure. If Dhoondia was kept -constantly on the move, he would be unable to make them. At Savanoor, -Wellesley received news that Dhoondia was advancing to attack him. -He accordingly took up a position in front of the town. Dhoondia -reconnoitred the position, and retreated, without attacking, to -Koondgul. Wellesley followed him, and, reaching that place after a -twenty-two mile march, and after the troops had been above twelve -hours under arms, carried it by escalade on the same day. But -Dhoondia had gone on, leaving only a garrison of 600 men behind him. -On the 16th, Wellesley relieved Sirhetty which was being besieged by -one of Dhoondia’s adherents, and then returned to Savanoor for the -baggage and stores he had left behind there in his rapid advance. - -On the 19th, Wellesley was joined at Savanoor by the Mahratta Cavalry -that had been so roughly handled on the 30th June, when Dhoondia -Punt Gokla was killed, and on the 22nd, he moved in the direction of -Dummul, where the King of the Two Worlds was said to be. Dhoondia -had however moved off, leaving a garrison of 1000 men in the place. -The garrison was summoned, but refused to surrender. The place -was immediately attacked and carried by escalade, 26th July. On -the following day, Wellesley marched to Gudduck, and occupied the -fort which was evacuated before his arrival. Dhoondia, having thus -lost all his forts in Savanoor and in the Dharwar country, moved -northwards with the intention of crossing the river Malpurba. While -encamped at Soondooti, he heard of Wellesley’s approach, and broke up -his army into three divisions. One division with the baggage encamped -opposite Manoli, without crossing the river. Wellesley’s intention -had been to await the arrival of Lieut. Colonel Bowser’s column -that was operating to the eastward, but on hearing of the division -of Dhoondia’s force, and of the baggage being on the Malpurba -near Manoli, he resolved to attack at once. Making a rapid march -of twenty-six miles, he fell upon the enemy with the cavalry at 3 -o’clock in the afternoon of the 30th, effecting a complete surprise. -The enemy were driven into the river, where great numbers of those -who escaped the swords of the horsemen were drowned: six guns, and -a great number of animals, especially horses, were captured, and the -whole force destroyed. - -Meanwhile, Dhoondia with another Division had doubled back westward -along the south bank of the Malpurba. His adherents were beginning to -leave him. Part of the Hyderabad detachment, augmented by a native -cavalry regiment from Wellesley’s force, was now placed under Colonel -Stevenson, and directed to follow Dhoondia along the Malpurba, while -Wellesley moved parallel with Stevenson in the same direction, at -a distance of fifteen miles from the river. On the 5th August, -Wellesley reached Kittoor, where he halted for some days, for the -purpose of making boats to cross the Malpurba. Here he learned that -Dhoondia had crossed the Malpurba near its sources, and had again -turned eastward to Cowdelghee. Stevenson meanwhile had marched on -Hanoor. Dhoondia’s track was marked by the dead bodies of human -beings and animals. - -The 16th, 17th and 18th were occupied by Wellesley in crossing the -Malpurba, to Hoobli: Lieut. Colonel Capper with a Brigade of infantry -and a regiment of native cavalry were left on the south side of the -river. At this time, Stevenson was marching along the south bank of -the Gutpurba river by Hanoor, Gokauk, Cowdelghee and Bhagelcottah; -Bowser was at Shapoor; while Wellesley moved eastwards along the -north bank of the Malpurba. Dhoondia was steadily being pressed into -the fork of the Gutpurba and Malpurba rivers. South of the Malpurba, -Capper was moving parallel with the other British forces, through -Soondooti, Hooli, and Jellahal. The only chance of Dhoondia’s escape -was by a ford across the Malpurba, a little above its junction with -the Kistna, but the swollen state of the river seemed to render the -passage improbable. Still, to provide for this contingency, the -Mahratta cavalry with Capper were directed to push on and hold the -ford; but the rough handling they had received on the 30th June, at -Kittoor, was still fresh in their minds, and they refused to leave -the British camp. As fortune would have it, the improbable happened. -The Malpurba suddenly fell, and Dhoondia crossed it on the 24th and -25th. He was however obliged to abandon five guns, some ammunition, -arms &c. and ten thousand grain-carrying bullocks, all of which fell -into Wellesley’s hands. Capper, who had taken the forts of Hooli and -Syringhi by escalade on the 22nd, was at Jellahal when he crossed. - -Dhoondia was now in the fork of the Kistna and Toombadra rivers, -and had placed himself, for the moment, so far on the flank of -his pursuers that, by rapid marching, he might have doubled back -to Savanoor, where he would have done much mischief in destroying -supplies prepared for Wellesley; or he might have crossed the -Toombadra, with the aid of some local Chiefs who were believed to -be favourable to him, and entered Mysore. To prevent the execution -of either design, Wellesley crossed the Malpurba at Jellahal, and -marched, first to Hunmunsagur, and then southward to Khanagheri, -which he reached on the 7th September: Stevenson continued his march -westward, crossed the Malpurba, and reached Hoonagoonda, on the 5th; -from thence he continued eastward towards Deodroog. Between the -two forces, were the Nizam’s and Peishwa’s horse, collected in one -body. The chase was now drawing to a close. On the 8th, Wellesley -left Khanagheri with the cavalry, and pressed on to Buswapore, the -infantry and baggage following more slowly. On the 9th, he reached -Yepalpurri, the infantry being fifteen miles behind at Shinoor. -On the same day, Dhoondia broke up his camp at Mudgheri and moved -northwards towards the Kistna, but, sighting Stevenson’s force, he -turned south again, and encamped three miles from Conaghul, and -about nine miles from Wellesley at Yepalpurri. - -Wellesley had news of Dhoondia’s position the same evening, but the -night was so bad, and the horses of the cavalry so fatigued, that -he did not move till next day. Marching early on the 10th, he came -on Dhoondia’s force, consisting of about 5000 horsemen, at Conaghul -six miles from Yepalpurri. Dhoondia had left his camp and baggage, -and was on the march westward, with the view of passing between the -Nizam’s and Mahratta cavalry and Wellesley’s force, which he believed -to be at Shinoor. He drew up at once in a very strong position, with -his rear and left flank covered by the village and rock of Conaghul, -“and stood for some time with apparent firmness.” Wellesley formed -the 19th and 25th Light Dragoons and 1st and 2nd Native Cavalry into -one line, and charged at their head. - -“Such was the rapidity and determination of the charge made by those -four regiments, which I was obliged to form in one line in order at -all to equalise in length that of the enemy, that the whole gave way, -and were pursued by my cavalry for many miles.”[42] Dhoondia’s body -was recognised among the slain, and brought into camp on a galloper -gun of the 19th. The same evening, Colonel Stevenson came up with the -remains of the retreating enemy near Deodroog, and entirely dispersed -them, capturing their remaining guns, baggage and cattle. - -The episode of Dhoondia Wao is an instance of the danger likely to -arise out of the overthrow of a military government, when a large -number of disbanded men are suddenly thrown out of employ without -means of subsistence. It was the overthrow of Tippoo’s kingdom -and the dispersal of his large army that enabled Dhoondia to -gather together so formidable a force. In like manner, it was the -disbanding of so many French officers and soldiers in 1814, that gave -Napoleon’s return from Elba a chance of success, and, in more recent -times, the trouble that arose after the conquest of Burmah in 1886 -was partly due to the large number of armed men suddenly deprived of -means of subsistence, and left without control. - -The short three months’ campaign had been a most harassing one to the -troops, and especially to the cavalry, while it lasted. Writing to -the Commander in Chief, at the close of operations, Wellesley says -“The 19th and 25th Light Dragoons were in fine order when they joined -the force, and I am happy to say they remain so in spite of the very -harassing nature of the operations in which they have been engaged.” - -The 19th had been commanded by Major Paterson during the campaign. -At its close the regiment returned to Seringapatam with Wellesley. -Early in 1801, they were moved to Cheyloor. The country was still in -a very disturbed state. Several of the Hindoo feudatory Chiefs, known -as Polygars, claimed independence for themselves on the overthrow -of Tippoo’s rule; and, from their jungle fastnesses, committed -depredations on the surrounding country. Chief among them were -the Pyche Rajah, Kistnapah Naik, and a zemindar chief who styled -himself the Rajah of Bullum. The Mysore forces were unable to deal -effectually with them without the aid of British troops. Towards -the end of the year, arrangements were made to settle accounts with -the Rajah of Bullum, and, on the 8th January 1802, Wellesley left -Seringapatam with 540 European infantry of the 77th and the Regiment -de Meuron, four battalions of Sepoys, 500 pioneers, ten guns, and -four mortars. On the 8th, he was joined, at Chinroypatam, by the 19th -Light Dragoons, under Major Paterson, and the 5th Native Cavalry, -with their galloper guns. - -The Rajah of Bullum occupied a tract of dense forest, called -Arrekeery, near the Coorg border, about eighteen miles in -circumference, covering the approach to Mysore by the Bissolee Pass. -In this tract of forest were a number of fortified villages defended -by dense bamboo hedges, and all approaches through the forest were -defended by bamboo barriers. For two years the Bullum Rajah had -been able to defy the newly resuscitated power of the Mysore Rajah; -plundering the adjoining British districts in Canara, and closing -the road between Mysore and the coast. After three days spent in -reconnoitring the ground, Wellesley delivered his attack at 10 A.M. -on the 16th. The infantry, in three divisions, entered the forest -simultaneously at three different points. The 19th accompanied -the column headed by Wellesley, which was destined to attack the -principal posts. The attack was completely successful, and, after -a brief conflict, all resistance ceased. The loss of the troops -was trifling. The 19th had two men wounded. The Rajah managed to -escape, but was captured three weeks later by some Mysore horsemen. -Before returning to Seringapatam, Wellesley reviewed the 19th at -Hassan on the 13th February, when he issued the following brief -order: “Colonel Wellesley will have great pleasure in reporting -to the Commander-in-Chief the excellent state in which he found -the 19th Light Dragoons.” The Regiment then marched to Sara, where -arrangements were made to build barracks for them. Hardly were the -barracks completed, when so much sickness broke out in the regiment, -that they were moved back to their old quarters at Cheyloor at the -beginning of June. A fortnight later, as matters did not improve, -they were ordered to Arcot. They were soon to take the field again, -to encounter the most formidable army then existing in India. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII - -INDIA IN 1803 - - State of affairs in India in 1803--The Mahratta Confederacy--The - Peishwa--Scindia--European Adventurers in India--Scindia’s - disciplined forces--Perron--Quarrels among the Mahratta - Chiefs--Peishwa takes refuge in Bombay--Places himself under - protection of the British--Scindia’s hostility aroused--Mahratta - combination against the British--Peishwa restored to - Poona--Preparations for hostilities--Summary of campaign that - followed. - - -In order to understand the state of affairs existing in India at the -beginning of 1803, a brief retrospect is necessary. The Mogul Empire -had ceased to exist except in name. The old Emperor Shah Alum, still -occupied the palace at Delhi, but only as a blind pensioner of the -Mahrattas. Everywhere on the ruins of Mahommedan rule new Hindoo -States had come into vigorous existence, and were even beginning to -quarrel over the spoils. In the North the Sikhs, and to the East -the Goorkhas, were fast forming powerful States. In the South, the -short-lived kingdom of Hyder Ali and Tippoo had been swept out of -existence, while the power of the Nizam was gradually growing weaker -under the encroachment of his Mahratta neighbours. In the great -tract of country stretching from the Sutlej to the Kistna, and from -the Company’s territories in Bengal to the Bay of Cambay, a tract -measuring approximately a thousand miles from North to South, and -from East to West, the supremacy of the Mahratta Chiefs was complete. -Calcutta, Benares, Bombay, Hyderabad, and Madras were all within easy -striking distance of their predatory hordes. Their principal Chiefs -were the Rajah of Satara, the Peishwa with his seat of government -at Poona, the Scindia with his capital at Oojain, the Holkar whose -capital was at Indore, the Gaekwar at Baroda, the Bhonslay of Berar, -whose capital was Nagpore, and the Rajah of Kolapore. The nominal -Chiefship of the whole confederacy rested in the Rajah of Satara, -the descendant of Sivaji, the founder of the Mahratta power. But the -Satara Rajahs had long sunk into the grade of petty princes devoid of -military or political influence. As the power of the Satara Rajahs -declined, that of the Peishwa, the hereditary Prime Minister, rose. -Ruling at first in the name of the Satara Chief, the Peishwas had in -time grown into independent princes, wielding the whole power of the -Mahratta Confederacy. But the power of the Peishwas in its turned -waned, so that, in 1776, the Peishwa Rughonath Rao was forced to seek -asylum with the English in Bombay. Since then a partial revival of -the Peishwa’s power had taken place under the protection of Scindia, -who had become the foremost Chief in the Confederacy; and partly -owing to the abilities of the Peishwa’s Minister, Nana Farnawis. - -At the beginning of 1803, Scindia was the most powerful Chief in -India. Drawing great revenues from a vast area, he held Delhi with -its pensioner monarch in the North, received tribute from the Rajpoot -States in the centre, and had a predominant voice in the Councils -of the Poona Court in the Deccan. The fiction of ruling in the name -of the Satara Chief had long ceased to be maintained: government -in the name of the Peishwa was fast becoming a fiction. A cardinal -point in the policy of Nana Farnawis was to promote friendship with -the English Government, in order to preserve some check on Scindia’s -predominance. One of the most important sources of Scindia’s power -was the large force maintained by him, disciplined and commanded by -Europeans. At that date, India swarmed with adventurers of every -nationality, two-thirds of whom were of French extraction. Their -presence in India was an important factor in the politics of the -day. Every Chief, however unimportant he might be, had Europeans to -lead his troops. The first Chief in India to thoroughly recognize -the importance of European organization and discipline had been -Hyder Ali of Mysore. But his efforts had been directed rather to -forming complete Corps of European Artillery, Cavalry, and Infantry, -which never exceeded a few hundreds in number. He also had many -Europeans as leaders of his native troops, but little was done by -him to discipline native troops on the European model. It was Madho -Rao Scindia who first developed the system of disciplining his -native troops in European fashion under the celebrated De Boigne, -which quickly rendered him the most powerful Chief in India. At the -time of which we are treating, his nephew and successor, Dowlut Rao -Scindia, had in his service a force estimated at 43,650 men, with -464 guns, armed and disciplined in European fashion, and commanded -by Europeans. This formidable body of men had lived in a state of -continuous warfare ever since it was first raised in 1784. At the -head of Scindia’s disciplined forces was the Frenchman Perron, who, -had raised himself practically to an independent position. Acting as -Scindia’s lieutenant in the North, he ruled over a great tract of -country, extending from the Jumna to the foot of the Himalayas, and -from the Sutlej to the Chumbul, and, owing to difficulties in which -Scindia had become recently involved in the Deccan, he entertained -dreams of independence. Perron was known to be in correspondence with -the French Directory at Paris, and the British government was again -threatened with the possibility of the establishment of French power -in India on the ruins of the Native States in the North-West and the -Deccan. Perron and the British Governor General each recognised in -the other his most formidable foe. Next in importance to Scindia, -among the Mahratta Chiefs, was Holkar, whose military talents made -him Scindia’s most dangerous rival. His disciplined battalions, -commanded by Europeans, were second only in number and efficiency -to Scindia’s. Fortunately the dissensions between these Chiefs had -reached a height that made co-operation between them out of the -question. - -From the conclusion of the Treaty of Salbye, 17th May 1782, to the -end of 1802, no serious clash of interests had occurred between the -British government and the Mahratta Chiefs. While Scindia and Holkar -alternately extended their conquests at the expense of the Mahommedan -and Rajpoot States, or strove together for supremacy at Poonah, the -British Government preserved an attitude of neutrality, till events -occurred that led Scindia into direct collision with the British -power. - -In 1798, dissensions broke out between Scindia and the widows of -his late uncle Madho Rao Scindia; in the following year, the ladies -fled for protection to the Rajah of Kolapore, who was then at war -with the Peishwa. Raising a large force, the Kolapore Chief advanced -on Poona, and severe fighting ensued. The Peishwa and Scindia were -hard pressed, the flame spread, and the whole Southern Mahratta -country was thrown into disorder. Taking advantage of his rival’s -difficulties, Holkar took the field in Malwa, and ravaged Scindia’s -territories. Perron meanwhile was fully occupied in the North in -preparations to resist a threatened Afghan invasion, and could -render no assistance to his master. At this juncture Nana Farnawis -died (13th March 1800), and a fresh dispute over his property arose -between Scindia and the Peishwa. Fresh umbrage was taken by Scindia -at the permission granted by the Peishwa for British troops to -follow Dhoondia Wao into Mahratta territory. In the midst of these -embarrassments, Scindia’s presence in Malwa to oppose Holkar became -imperatively necessary, and he left Poona. His movements were, -however, so slow and ill-considered that Holkar was able to overwhelm -in succession two of his disciplined brigades, under M‘Intyre and -Hessing (July 1801), and plundered Oojain. Roused by this disaster, -Scindia quickly dealt a counterstroke on the 14th Oct. 1801, when -he signally defeated Holkar in front of Indore, and plundered that -city. Failing however to follow up the blow, his possessions in -Kandeish were devastated by Holkar, who was soon in the field again, -moving towards Poona. Scindia’s General, Sadasheo Bhow, interposed -between Holkar’s army and the capital; but Holkar was not to be -denied, and, on 25th Oct. 1802, the combined armies of Scindia and -the Peishwa were completely defeated at Poona, after a sanguinary -engagement which was fought under the eyes of the British Resident. -Dismayed at this catastrophe, the Peishwa fled to the coast, where -he was received on board a British vessel, and conveyed to Bassein, -near Bombay. There, on the 31st December, was signed the Treaty of -Bassein, by which the Peishwa formally placed himself under the -protection and guidance of the British Govt., with whom he concluded -an offensive and defensive alliance. It soon became evident that the -Peishwa’s treaty had aroused Scindia’s hostility, and that he was -preparing for war. - -Till recently, Scindia had viewed the Company’s power with -comparative indifference. Their undertakings had not always been -successful; their resources, so far as he was able to judge, were -greatly inferior to his own, and, with his disciplined battalions, -he believed himself able to give a good account of any army the -British Government could bring into the field. His resentment was -first awakened by the treaty concluded in September 1798 between the -Company and the Nizam, on whom the Mahratta Chiefs conceived that -they had claims. On the outbreak of the war between Tippoo and the -English, Scindia formed the project of attacking the Nizam, but the -fall of Tippoo, before he could take the field, caused him to abandon -the plan, and Scindia became aware that the Company’s power was more -formidable than he had suspected. It was, however, no policy of -wanton aggression on our part that brought about the wars waged by -the Marquis of Wellesley. The real contest was between the British -and French power in India. England and France were locked in a deadly -struggle, which in India, on the French side, was fought out by -Native Chiefs directed by French officers in correspondence with the -French Directory in Paris. Had it not been so, our policy would have -been directed to smoothing over matters in India, while our whole -weight was thrown into the scale elsewhere. But circumstances did -not allow of this, and it was in pursuance of the policy forced on -us, that, first, Tippoo the centre of French influence in India was -struck down; next, the French party at Hyderabad were dispersed by -our assuming protection of the Nizam; and finally Scindia, the Rajah -of Berar and Holkar were humbled by the defeat of their disciplined -armies by Lake and Wellesley. - -The assumption of the protectorate of the Peishwa, was regarded -by Scindia as a challenge for the mastery of India. A defensive -alliance was offered to him by the British, which he rejected, and -his apprehensions were worked on by the Bhonslay Rajah of Berar, -who was the prime mover in the war that followed. The quarrel with -Holkar was patched up, and an alliance was formed between Scindia, -Holkar and the Bhonslay to be directed against the Peishwa, the -Nizam, and the East India Company. An able and comprehensive plan -for simultaneous action was devised by Perron, by which one hundred -and fifteen thousand predatory horse and ninety-four battalions -would have at once carried fire and sword into the Company’s and -the Nizam’s territories, and would have prevented any co-operation -between the three powers thus assailed. But the plan came to nothing. -Perron’s intrigues had aroused the distrust of Scindia, while the -long existing animosity between Scindia and Holkar was too recent -and too bitter to allow of prompt co-operation. The Mahratta Chiefs -calculated on the British forces not moving till after the rainy -season, and expected no active hostilities before October. Holkar’s -forces were so tardily set in motion, that they were still on the -Nerbudda when the battle of Assaye was fought. On receipt of the news -he withdrew his troops to Indore, and avoided compromising himself -farther. - -Scindia, having suspended all operations against Holkar, had marched -southwards to Burhanpore, towards the end of February, where he was -joined by the Nagpore Rajah. Their joint forces then advanced towards -the Nizam’s frontier where they encamped. - -As soon as Scindia’s hostile intentions became known, a force of -nearly 20,000 men was assembled at Hurryhur, on the north-west -frontier of Mysore, under Major General the Hon. A. Wellesley. The -restoration of the Peishwa to his capital was the first thing to be -done. On the 9th March, Wellesley marched for Poona with 10,617 men, -among whom were the 19th Light Dragoons, drawing 412 sabres. The -remainder of the force was commanded by Colonel Stevenson, acting in -concert with Wellesley. On the 20th April, Wellesley reached Poona, -the last sixty miles being covered in 32 hours by the cavalry, who -had been pushed on ahead to save the city from being plundered.[43] -Holkar’s forces withdrew on his approach, and, on the 13th May, the -Peishwa arrived from Bassein escorted by British troops. Wellesley -then advanced to Walkee, six miles from Ahmednuggur, while -negotiations with the confederated Mahratta Chiefs continued. By the -end of July all hope of preserving peace had disappeared. The British -Resident with Scindia was therefore directed to withdraw, which he -did on the 3rd August. - -The campaign that ensued was remarkable, not only for its complete -success, but for the extended nature of the operations carried on -simultaneously by a number of bodies of troops, acting to a great -extent in complete independence of each other, after the signal for -hostilities had been given. No better lesson in the art of war could -be studied than in the dispositions made by the Marquis of Wellesley -to bring matters to a successful issue, when the maintenance of -peace was no longer possible. A brief resumé of them here will not -be out of place. As the negotiations with Scindia made the warlike -intentions of that Chief more and more evident, troops were assembled -at various points, so that, on the outbreak of hostilities, the -distribution of forces on both sides was as follows. - -The combined Mahratta Chiefs, without Holkar, could dispose of 87 -battalions of Infantry, 500 guns, and over 80,000 Cavalry. In the -north, Perron had his Head Quarters at Alyghur, a fortress on which -much dependence was placed. He had over 16,000 regular Infantry, -about 5000 regular Cavalry, and a great number of irregular troops. -En route to join him from the Deccan were 25,000 men, under a French -officer, Dudrenec, of whom nearly 8000 were regular Infantry. With -Scindia, in the Deccan, were over 16,000 Infantry and upwards of -50,000 Mahratta Cavalry. In Bundelcund, under Shumshere Bahadoor, -were about 3000 regular Infantry, 20 guns, and 10,000 Cavalry. -All fortresses and fortified towns were strongly held, and there -were many detached corps of considerable strength in Cuttack and -elsewhere. - -On the British side, a force under the Commander-in-Chief, General -Lake, consisting of 10,500 men, was assembled at Cawnpore, destined -to act against Perron. At Allahabad, a force of 3500 men, under Lt. -Colonel Powell, was assembled to operate in Bundelcund. At Chunar -and Mirzapore, 2000 men were stationed under Major General Deare, -to cover Benares and act on the defensive. From the Saone, near -Sasseram, to Pachet on the Damodar river, a similar force was so -disposed, under Lt. Colonel Broughton, as to cover the Company’s -territories in that region. This force was afterwards reinforced, and -took the offensive in the eastern provinces of Berar. Farther to the -south east, at Midnapore, a force of 1300 men, under Colonel Fenwick, -was posted to cover the frontier and threaten Cuttack. At Ganjam, a -force of 3540 men was ready, under Lt. Colonel Campbell, to operate -in Cuttack, supported by 500 men at Balasore, under Captain Morgan, -and 854 men under Lt. Colonel Ferguson, at Jalasore. The Cuttack -operations were however carried out by Lieut. Colonel Harcourt, in -consequence of the serious illness of Lt. Colonel Campbell at the -very commencement of field operations. - -In the Deccan, to operate against Scindia, 8900 men, under Major -General the Honourable Arthur Wellesley, were encamped at Walkee near -Ahmednuggur. Farther to the eastward, and north of the Godavery, was -Colonel Stevenson with the Hyderabad subsidiary force, consisting -of 7900 men and the Nizam’s own troops, acting as a separate corps -in co-operation with Wellesley. In Guzerat, 7350 men under Colonel -Murray, acting under the orders of Wellesley, furnished a corps of -2187 men north of the Nerbudda, covering Baroda, and a second corps -of 2094 men, south of the Tapti between Songhur and Surat: the -remainder being employed to garrison Surat, Cambay, and Baroda, thus -effectually cutting off Scindia’s access to the coast. In addition -to these, garrisons of 1600 men and 2000 men were posted at Poona -and Hyderabad respectively, to ensure tranquillity and protect those -capitals, while a reserve of 4032 men, under Major General Campbell, -was stationed at Moodgul, south of the Kistna. - -That the strain on the Company’s resources was very great is evident -from the fact that the Governor General sent his Body Guard into the -field, though he himself remained in Calcutta. The truest policy -demanded that the war should be actively prosecuted and brought -to a decisive termination as soon as possible, before further -complications should arise; not the least of which was the expected -arrival of a French squadron from Europe. How clearly this policy was -recognised and adopted, and how splendidly it was carried out may be -seen from the mere record of achievements. The rapidity with which -blow after blow was struck, will be best gathered from the following -table:-- - - _7th August_ General Lake commenced his advance towards - Delhi. - - _8th_ ” The fortified town of Ahmednuggur taken - by assault, by Major General Wellesley. - - _10th_ ” Fort of Ahmednuggur capitulated: taken - possession of on 12th. - - _26th_ ” General Lake encamped on the frontier; - received authority to commence hostilities. - - _29th_ ” Perron’s camp outside Alyghur captured by - General Lake: Perron flies to Agra. - - ” ” Broach, in Guzerat, taken by assault, by - Lt. Colonel Woodington. - - _4th September_ Alyghur taken by storm by General Lake; - 281 guns captured. - - _6th_ ” Lt. Colonel Powell leaves Allahabad, and - advances on Bundelcund, which he - enters 14th. - - _7th_ ” Perron surrenders to General Lake. - - _8th_ ” Ganjam force advances. - - _11th September_ Battle of Delhi: total defeat of Bourquien, - Perron’s lieutenant, by General Lake: - 68 guns captured. General Lake - enters Delhi. - - _14th_ ” Manikpatam, in Cuttack, occupied by - Lieut. Colonel Harcourt. - - _17th_ ” Champaneer taken by assault, by Lt. - Colonel Woodington: Pawaghur surrenders. - - _18th_ ” Juggernaut occupied by Lt. Colonel Harcourt. - - _21st_ ” Balasore taken by Captain Morgan. - - _23rd_ ” Scindia and the Berar Rajah defeated at - Assaye, by Major General Wellesley: - 102 guns captured. - - _3rd October_ Soorong, in Cuttack, occupied by Captain - Morgan. - - _8th_ ” Agra invested by General Lake. - - _10th_ ” Shumshere Bahadoor defeated, near - Capsah, by Lt. Colonel Powell. - - ” ” Force outside Agra defeated by General - Lake: 26 guns captured: town occupied. - - _12th_ ” Force of 2500 men outside Agra, forced to - capitulate to General Lake. - - _14th_ ” Barabuttee, in Cuttack, taken by assault by - Lt. Colonel Harcourt. - - _16th_ ” Burhanpore occupied by Colonel Stevenson. - - _18th_ ” Fort of Agra capitulates to General Lake: - 164 guns captured. - - _21st_ ” Asseerghur, attacked on 18th, surrenders - to Colonel Stevenson. - - _1st November_ The last of Perron’s forces totally defeated - at Laswaree, by General Lake: 72 - guns captured. - - _2nd_ ” Defiles from Cuttack into Berar occupied - by Lt. Colonel Harcourt. - - _29th_ ” Scindia and the Berar Rajah totally defeated - at Argaum, by Major General Wellesley: - 38 guns taken. - - _4th December_ Calpee surrendered to Lt. Colonel Powell. - - _15th_ ” Gawilghur taken by assault by Colonel - Stevenson: 52 guns captured. - - _17th_ ” Peace signed by the Rajah of Berar in - Wellesley’s Camp. - - _30th_ ” Reserve, under Major General Campbell, - defeats a large body of 10,000 Pindarees, - at Moodianoor. - - _30th December_ Peace signed by Scindia in Wellesley’s - Camp. - - _4th February 1804_ Gwalior, which had been surrendered by - Treaty on 21st December to Lt. - Colonel Powell, capitulates; having - been besieged by that officer since - 27th December, in consequence of - the refusal of the garrison to surrender - the fortress. - -Our interest is, however, mainly with the forces commanded by Major -General Wellesley. - - - - -CHAPTER IX - -ASSAYE AND ARGAUM - -1803-1804 - - Capture of Ahmednuggur--Battle of Assaye--Death of Lieut. - Colonel Maxwell--Honorary Colour granted to 19th--Battle of - Argaum--Capture of Gawilghur--Berar Rajah makes peace--Scindia - makes peace--March against banditti--Their dispersal--Grant of - badges for Assaye. - - -Wellesley reached Ahmednuggur on the 8th August. The fort was an -exceedingly strong one, and the pettah or fortified town was also -strongly held. An immediate assault on the pettah was ordered, which -was completely successful. The town was taken, at a cost of 27 killed -and 92 wounded: the 19th Light Dragoons had one man wounded. This -was a brilliant opening to the campaign, which impressed friends and -enemies alike. A Mahratta Chief, commanding a body of the Peishwa’s -horse in Wellesley’s camp, wrote to his friends in Poona: “These -English are a strange people, and their General a wonderful man: they -came here in the morning, looked at the pettah wall, walked over it, -killed all the garrison and returned to breakfast!” In attacking -fortified places that did not require regular siege operations, -Wellesley successfully followed the plan, both in 1800 and on this -occasion, of attacking by escalade directly he appeared before the -place. - -At daybreak on the 10th, a battery was opened against the fort, which -surrendered on the 12th. - -After arranging for the settlement of the Ahmednuggur district, -Wellesley crossed the Godavery at Toka, and advanced to Aurungabad, -which he reached on the 29th August. The crossing of the Godavery -took seven days to complete. Scindia’s force meanwhile had entered -the Nizam’s territory by the Ajunta Pass, and had taken Jaulna. The -Mahratta army then moved southwards, as if intending to cross the -Godavery and attack Hyderabad, but were baffled by Wellesley moving -southward along the left bank of the Godavery. They therefore turned -northward again, from Partoor, towards the Ajunta Pass, and encamped -in the neighbourhood of Bokerdun and Assaye. In the interval, -Stevenson, who had been operating to the north-eastward, returned and -retook Jaulna on the 2nd September. On the 6th, and again on the 9th, -he surprised the camps of two parties of Mahratta horse, after which -he halted at Budnapore, near Jalgaum. Wellesley was delayed on the -Godavery till the 18th, pending the arrival of a large convoy. - -On the 21st, he reached Jalgaum, where he concerted a plan of -operation with Stevenson. According to the best information, the -enemy was believed to be at Bokerdun and Jaffirabad, about thirty -miles distant, but the enormous numbers of the enemy’s cavalry made -it impossible to procure trustworthy information by reconnoissance. -It was agreed that the two forces should advance next day by -separate roads, and fall on the enemy on the 24th. At the end of -the first day’s march, on the 22nd, news was brought to Wellesley, -at Paugri, that the enemy was moving westward, and was making for -the Ajunta Pass. The news was false. Stevenson’s line of march lay -about fifteen miles westward of Wellesley’s. On the 23rd, Wellesley -made a fourteen-mile march to Naulniah. On arriving there, he found -that, instead of being ten or twelve miles from the enemy, as he had -anticipated, he was only half that distance from them. He was also -told that their cavalry had moved off, and the infantry were about to -follow. It was necessary to ascertain the truth at once. The baggage -was accordingly left at Naulniah, under charge of a battalion of -Native Infantry and the rearguard picquets,[44] and the rest of the -force moved forwards. The General, at the same time, pushed on ahead -with the Cavalry. Without counting the force detached to guard the -baggage in Naulniah, Wellesley’s force consisted of nearly 6000 men -(of whom about 1600 were Europeans), and 14 guns, of which eight were -the 6 Pr. galloper guns of the Cavalry. There were also contingents -of the Mysore and Peishwa’s horsemen. After going about three miles, -he suddenly, about one o’clock, came in sight of the enemy’s camp -beyond the Kaitna, near the village of Assaye, in a peninsula formed -by the junction of the Kaitna and Juah rivers. The Kaitna was only -passable at certain points; the Juah had less water in it, but had -very steep banks. Along both rivers the ground was much broken by -ravines. - -[Illustration: BATTLE OF ASSAYE - -23rd. September 1803. - - _Walker & Boutall sc._] - -Wellesley’s position was a difficult one. He had unexpectedly come -into close contact with a vastly superior force ready to receive -him, instead of being in the act of moving off, as he had been led -to expect. Stevenson’s force, in co-operation with which he had -intended to fight the action, was ten or twelve miles away. Should -he retreat to Naulniah and wait for Stevenson, he would be followed -and forced to fight under disadvantageous circumstances, and, owing -to the enemy’s great superiority in cavalry, would probably lose a -portion of his baggage. He resolved to cross the river and attack -at once. He saw that if he could carry his force across the Kaitna -anywhere near its junction with the Juah, the great superiority in -numbers of the Mahrattas would be to a certain extent neutralized by -the narrower front on which they would be obliged to engage. At the -same time, should his attack fail, Wellesley was liable to be forced -back into the acute angle formed by the two rivers, and be destroyed, -like Charles XII. at Pultava. It was a choice of risks, and Wellesley -chose the smaller one. The direct ford was commanded by the powerful -Mahratta artillery, which made crossing at that point extremely -hazardous. Examining the ground with his glasses, Wellesley noticed -the two villages of Peepulgaon and Waroor close together on opposite -sides of the river, and, in spite of the denial of his guides, -jumped to the conclusion that there must be a ford there. A search -showed that he was right, and word was sent back for the infantry to -direct their march on Peepulgaon. Meanwhile the Cavalry (A. in plan) -remained facing a large body of the enemy’s Cavalry (B. in plan), -that had crossed the river. By this time, the Mahratta camp had been -struck, and their army appeared drawn up in a long line (C. in plan), -covered by the Kaitna, with a great mass of cavalry on the right, and -the guns on the left. - -As the British force moved across the enemy’s front, part of it came -within range of the Mahratta Artillery, but beyond a Staff Officer -being slightly wounded, and the General’s orderly dragoon having -his head carried off by a round shot, no loss was incurred. The -crossing of the Kaitna was effected without opposition, and the -British force was drawn up across the fork between the two rivers -in three lines (F. in plan). The first two lines, with an interval -of about 300 paces between them, were composed of infantry, H.M.’s -78th Regiment being on the left of the first line, and H.M.’s 74th -on the right of the 2nd line. The cavalry formed the third line. -The Peishwa’s and Mysore cavalry remained on the south side of the -Kaitna (D. in plan), to keep in check a large body of the enemy’s -cavalry. There was a good deal of delay in crossing the Kaitna, which -was taken advantage of by the enemy to change front to the left of -their first line, and they now occupied a long line (E. in plan), -with its left resting on the village of Assaye, and defended along -the whole front by upwards of one hundred guns. The village of Assaye -was occupied with infantry, and had a number of guns disposed in -front of it. The Mahratta line of battle, exclusive of a large body -of troops detailed to guard stores and baggage, consisted of thirteen -battalions of disciplined infantry, one hundred and fifteen guns, and -over thirty-five thousand horsemen. There were also a large number of -undisciplined infantry. - -While the British lines were forming, the movement was covered by -artillery fire. This was quickly responded to by the Mahratta guns, -which caused such severe losses among the British gun bullocks, that -the guns had to be left behind when the advance was made. - -Wellesley had not given the enemy credit for being able to change -their front with so large a force, without falling into disarray. On -perceiving the alteration in the enemy’s position, he saw that it was -necessary to extend his front. He accordingly ordered the picquets, -which formed the right of the first line, to move obliquely to the -right, so as to allow the native infantry battalions in the second -line to come up on the right of the first line, H.M.’s 74th being -directed to take the right of the whole. Wellesley’s intention was to -force back the enemy from their guns, then, operating by his left, to -throw them back on the Juah, and complete their destruction with his -cavalry. Wellesley himself led the left of the line, while Lieutenant -Colonel Maxwell and the cavalry were ordered to support the right, -which was still greatly outflanked. Particular orders were given to -the officer in command of the picquets, which formed the battalion -of direction, to keep out of gunshot of Assaye. But the losses -caused by the Mahratta artillery were so severe, that the advance -became necessary before the formation was complete. Every shot told, -knocking over men, horses, and bullocks, and putting several of -the British guns out of action. Wellesley on the left, impatient -to advance, sent repeated messages to the officer commanding the -picquets. He was told that the guns were disabled, to which he -replied “Well, tell him to get on without them.” - -As the line advanced, the Mahratta infantry gave ground, abandoning -their guns. By mistake, the officer commanding the picquets continued -his oblique movement too far, and led direct on Assaye, masking the -74th; a mistake that had an important influence on the course of -the battle. This caused a great gap in the British line, separated -the picquets and H.M. 74th from the rest of the line, and brought -them under a tremendous fire of artillery and small arms. They -were further impeded in their advance and thrown into disarray, by -having to pass some cactus hedges. The Mahratta infantry, as they -fell back from their guns, separated into two distinct bodies. The -greater number threw back their right, forming a second line (H. in -plan), with the Juah river at its back, and its left still resting -on Assaye; while one whole Brigade, under a German named Pohlman, -continued to retreat directly to its rear (M. in plan). At the same -time, great numbers of the enemy threw themselves down, pretending to -be dead, and allowed the British line to pass over them. The British -line swung round to its right (I. in plan), to attack the enemy’s -second line, and, here the first critical period of the battle -occurred. The picquets and H.M. 74th Foot were no longer able to -advance under the terrible fire to which they were exposed. Numbers -fell at every step; all formation was lost, and a body of Mahratta -horse, wheeling round the village of Assaye, charged the 74th in -flank, sabreing numbers of them. They also recaptured some of their -own guns, and gained possession of some of the British guns that had -not been able to keep up with the advance, killing the gunners and -turning the guns against the British rear. It was a critical moment, -and, with a soldier’s instinct, Maxwell saw that the time for action -had come. Advancing with his brigade, Maxwell charged the enemy’s -left, driving them into the Juah with great slaughter: then, as the -rest of the line advanced and drove the enemy into the nullah, the -Cavalry crossed the Juah, and charged the broken masses of the enemy -(J. in plan), making a horrid slaughter of them, and driving them off -the field. - - “The 19th Light Dragoons, who only drew 360 swords, received the - intimation with one loud huzza! Accompanied by the 4th native - cavalry who emulated their conduct throughout this arduous day, - the 19th passed through the broken but invincible 74th, whose - very wounded joined in cheering them as they went on, cut in and - routed the horse, and dashed on at the infantry and guns. Never - did cavalry perform better service or contribute more to the - success of a battle.”[45] - -But the battle was not yet over. A great body of the enemy still -remained, holding Assaye and the ground between the village and the -Juah, while the guns they had got possession of in different parts -of the field played on the rear of the exhausted British troops. -Pohlman’s brigade also was unbroken, and threatened an attack. Two -sepoy battalions sent successively against Assaye were repulsed. -Maxwell’s cavalry were still across the Juah in pursuit of the broken -Mahratta battalions, and, had the Mahratta horsemen behaved at this -juncture with the same spirit that had led them to charge the 74th, -the day might have been theirs. At this crisis, Maxwell with the -cavalry returned from across the Juah, and formed up on the left of -the British line. Directing Maxwell with the 19th Light Dragoons and -two of his native regiments to face Pohlman’s brigade, Wellesley -took H.M.’s 78th and a regiment of Native Cavalry, and moved against -Assaye. The enemy did not await the attack, but retreated across -the Juah in tolerable order. In this movement, the General had his -horse killed by a cannon shot. Then, moving along the whole line -first occupied by the enemy (E. in plan), he recaptured all the -guns, not without some severe fighting. Meanwhile, Maxwell led the -19th Light Dragoons and the two native regiments (L. in plan), -to charge Pohlman’s brigade. Both men and horses were exhausted -with the efforts they had made, and the attack, instead of being -delivered perpendicular to the enemy’s front, was made obliquely -against Pohlman’s left. The well disciplined Mahrattas reserved their -fire till they could deliver it with good effect, and Maxwell fell -dead pierced by a grape shot. The fall of their leader checked the -squadrons almost at the moment of contact, and the British horsemen -swept to the left, receiving the fire of the Mahratta infantry as -they passed, at so close a distance, that several of the squadron -officers had their horses wounded with bayonets. No further effort -was made, the squadrons “halted, and then walked, and then trotted -back.”[46] The British troops were so few in numbers, so weakened and -fatigued by their exertions, as to be incapable of farther efforts, -and Pohlman marched off the field without farther molestation. -Thus ended the conflict. The Mysore and friendly Mahratta horse, -who throughout the contest had only one casualty, would not pursue -without the British cavalry, and the British cavalry were too -exhausted to give them a lead. Out of the small British force, there -were, among the Europeans, 198 killed, 442 wounded, and 4 missing; -among the Natives, 230 killed, 696 wounded, and 14 missing. The -19th Light Dragoons, who had the greatest share of casualties among -the cavalry, lost two officers killed, Lieutenant Colonel Maxwell -and Captain Boyle, four officers wounded, Captains Cathcart and -Sale, and Lieutenants Wilson and Young; fifteen Rank and File and -eighty-seven horses killed, thirty-six Rank and File and thirty-six -horses wounded, two horses missing. Of the enemy, it was computed -that twelve hundred lay dead on the field, and four thousand eight -hundred were wounded. One hundred and two guns,[47] seven stands of -colours, and a vast quantity of ammunition and stores remained in the -hands of the victors. - -It was eight o’clock in the evening before the field was entirely -clear of the enemy. The cavalry were then sent back to Naulniah -to bring on the camp equipage, &c., which they did the following -morning. The rest of the force bivouacked as best they could on the -bloody field. Wellesley, who had had one horse killed, and another -wounded with a spear, passed the night on the ground, close to an -officer whose leg was shot off, and within five yards of a dead -officer. - - “The General was so overcome by his great and gallant exertions - throughout the day, so overpowered both in mind and body, that - during the greater part or whole of the following night he sat on - the ground with his head bent down between his knees, and said - not a word to any one!”[48] - -Long after his victorious career was ended, he spoke of Assaye as -the bloodiest battle for the number engaged that he ever saw. Of -the ten officers forming the General’s staff eight were wounded -or had their horses shot. The 74th and the picquet battalion were -almost annihilated; one picquet half company alone had 21 killed, 22 -wounded, and three missing. The 74th lost 401 of all ranks, killed -and wounded. Two of the native cavalry regiments, being newly raised, -were not as forward as they should have been, so that the brunt of -the cavalry work was borne by the 19th Light Dragoons and the 4th -Native Cavalry. Much of the heavy loss suffered by the British troops -was due to the misunderstanding of Wellesley’s orders by the officer -commanding the picquets, though, as Wellesley generously said, in a -letter written a month later, “I must acknowledge that it was not -possible for a man to lead a body into a hotter fire than he did the -picquets on that day against Assaye.” The early use of the cavalry, -however, prevented the total destruction of the enemy that he had -intended. The exhaustion caused by their efforts too early in the -battle, prevented them from entirely breaking up and routing the -disciplined Mahratta infantry. - -A singular circumstance is said to have occurred after the battle. -Each of the Commanders of the three armies, put to death his head spy. - - “Colonel Stevenson, because he suspected or believed his own - to have led him intentionally astray from the road: General - Wellesley, by reason of his own having given him false - intelligence respecting the march of the Mahratta Army to pass - the Ajunta Ghaut; and Scindia, from his man not having made - him acquainted with the separation of the two divisions of the - British Army.”[49] - -Ample testimony has been borne to the conspicuous gallantry of the -19th in this hard fought field. - - “Nothing could exceed the zeal of some of the cavalry, - particularly the 19th dragoons; every officer and man fought - as if on his arm depended the victory. As instances may be - mentioned, Lieutenant Nathan Wilson, who with his arm shattered - by a grape shot, and dangling by his side, charged on at the - head of his troop. Lieutenant Alex. Grant of the Madras Native - Infantry, Major of brigade to Colonel Maxwell, observing a gun - pointed ready to discharge on the flank of the 19th dragoons, - the match suspended on the touch-hole, with a noble impulse, in - hopes of preventing it, darted forward almost on its muzzle, and - with such force, that his horse stuck between the cannon and its - wheel: in this situation the gun went off, as he was in the act - of endeavouring to prevent it, by cutting down the artillery man. - Captain George Sale was attacking a man who defended himself - with a pike or short spear, a weapon with which all Scindia’s - Artillery men were armed; the man’s comrade standing on a gun, - made a thrust from above at Captain Sale, but it was turned off - by the breastbone and glanced off diagonally across his chest; - his covering serjeant named Strange, laid the man dead who - wounded his officer, but in the act was himself speared through - the lungs, by another man from below the gun. Captain Sale went - on but begged the serjeant to fall in the rear; this however he - gallantly refused, and rode out the day. Captain Sale and others - afterwards saw him when in hospital, blow out a candle from his - lungs--the reader will be pleased to learn that the gallant - serjeant recovered.”[50] - -Among other incidents may be mentioned the case of Cornet Serle of -the 19th who was under arrest at the time of the action, for some -disagreement with his commanding officer. At the commencement of the -battle he broke his arrest, and joined his corps, and, by his gallant -behaviour throughout the day, regained permission to wear his sword -again. - -Lieutenant Colonel Maxwell’s splendid service was fittingly -recognized by the East India Company, who granted a pension of £300 -to his widow, “although we find that there is no example of the -Company’s making any allowance to the widow of a King’s Officer.”[51] - - “As long as the word Assaye exists, and has a meaning will the - valiant deeds and reckless bravery of the old 19th Light Dragoons - the 74th and 78th Highlanders be remembered.”[52] - -In his dispatch to the Governor General, dated the day after the -battle, Wellesley wrote: “I have also to draw your Excellency’s -notice to the conduct of the Cavalry commanded by Lieutenant Colonel -Maxwell, particularly that of the 19th Dragoons”: and, in a General -Order published in Calcutta on the 30th October, it was said, “The -Governor General in Council has remarked with great satisfaction -the gallant and skilful conduct of the Cavalry, commanded by Lt. -Colonel Maxwell and particularly of His Majesty’s nineteenth regiment -of Light Dragoons, a corps distinguished in India by a long and -uninterrupted course of arduous service and of progressive honour.” -Honorary colours in commemoration of the battle were granted to -the 19th Light Dragoons, the 74th and 78th “to be used by those -corps while they shall continue in India, or until His Majesty’s -most gracious pleasure be signified through his Excellency the -Commander-in-Chief.” - -The damage inflicted on the Mahratta host was far in excess of that -indicated by their loss in men and material. Many of the disciplined -battalions had been destroyed, and hearty co-operation between the -leaders was at an end. They fled northwards through the Ajunta Pass, -abandoning some guns which were afterwards picked up by Stevenson, -and then separated. Scindia, who believed that he had not been -loyally supported by the Berar Rajah, retreated to Thalnair in -Khandesh; the Berar Rajah retired to his fortress at Gawilghur, while -five battalions belonging to the Begum Somroo, four of which had -been employed to guard the Mahratta camp, and therefore took no part -in the action, retreated to Burhanpore, whence they made their way -back to Sirdhana in the North West, and took no further part in the -campaign. - -The sound of Wellesley’s guns at Assaye was heard by Stevenson, who -at once broke up camp and attempted to join him; but being without -information, and misled by his guides, he marched first on Bokerdun, -which he did not reach till next day, being entangled in a nullah -during the night. His force was greatly harassed by night marching -and want of rest, so that he did not join Wellesley till the evening -of the 24th. All the 25th he remained at Assaye, in order that his -surgeons might assist the wounded, and, on the 26th, marched in -pursuit of the enemy. Wellesley remained encamped near the field of -battle till the 8th October, to make arrangements for the care of -his numerous wounded, and for the captured guns and stores. Nor was -there urgent necessity for an immediate move, till something was -known of the movements of the enemy. The General’s first movements -after the battle were in the direction of Aurungabad, as Scindia -showed an intention of marching on Poona. Then, learning that -Scindia had turned back towards Burhanpore, on which place Stevenson -was advancing, Wellesley turned northwards to Ajunta. Stevenson -meanwhile had occupied Burhanpore on the 15th, and attacked the -fortress of Asseerghur, which surrendered on the 21st. Wellesley, -hearing that Scindia and the Berar Rajah had joined forces again, and -were threatening Stevenson, descended the Ajunta Pass on the 18th, -and moved northwards; but, on receiving news that Asseerghur had -fallen, and that the confederates had again separated, he retraced -his steps, ascended the Pass on the 25th, and marched to Aurungabad -to protect some convoys which were threatened by the Berar Rajah. -From Aurungabad he made several attempts to surprise the Bhonslay’s -camp without success, although he forced him to move his camp five -times between the 29th and the 31st. - -Wellesley continued moving slowly eastwards, to cover the Nizam’s -territory, till the 11th November, when he struck northwards from -Patree to Rajoora, which he reached on the 23rd. For some days, -Scindia, under the influence of his defeat at Assaye in conjunction -with bad news from his forces in the North West, had made overtures -for a cessation of hostilities, and, on the 23rd, an armistice was -agreed on; the principal condition of which was that Scindia should -separate himself from the Berar Rajah, and take up a position fifty -miles east of Ellichpore. - -The agreement was not however faithfully observed by Scindia, some -of whose troops took part in the subsequent battle. The Berar Rajah, -meanwhile, had entered his own territories, and was encamped at -Argaum. On the 27th, Wellesley reached Akola, and, about 2 o’clock -in the afternoon on the 29th, he joined Stevenson at Parterly, for -the purpose of undertaking the siege of Gawilghur with their united -forces. - -The Berar Rajah, who was encamped at Argaum about six miles from -Parterly, had meanwhile opened negotiations with Stevenson for a -suspension of hostilities, so preparations were made for encamping at -Parterly. On putting out the picquets to take up the ground, they -were molested by parties of the enemy, and, a reconnoissance showed -the Mahratta army drawn up in battle array, on an extensive plain -in front of the village of Argaum. The troops were at once ordered -to fall in, and the two divisions moved to the front in parallel -columns. At about 1000 yards in front of the enemy was the village -of Sirsoni. It was Wellesley’s intention to pass by the left of the -village, and then, wheeling to the right, to form line in front of -it, parallel with the Mahratta line of battle. The column was led -by the native infantry picquets, accompanied by some field pieces -drawn by bullocks, followed by two native infantry battalions, all -of whom had taken part in the battle of Assaye. On the head of the -column clearing the village, the Mahratta guns opened fire with -great effect. The bullock drivers lost their presence of mind and -the management of their cattle, which turned round and threw into -confusion the ranks behind them. The troops coming up in rear, not -knowing the cause of the confusion, and suffering from the cannonade, -were seized with panic, and fell back in disorder, to seek shelter -behind the village. Wellesley, who was close by, giving orders to the -brigadiers, seeing what had happened, - - “stepped out in front hoping by his presence to restore the - confidence of the troops; but seeing that this did not produce - the desired effect, he mounted his horse, and rode up to the - retreating battalions; when, instead of losing his temper, - upbraiding them and endeavouring to force them back to the spot - from which they had fled, as most people would have done, he - quietly ordered the officers to lead their men under cover of the - village, and then to rally and get them into order as quickly as - possible. This being done, he put the column again in motion, - and leading these very same runaways round the other side of the - village, formed them up on the very spot he originally intended - them to occupy, the remainder of the column following and - prolonging the line to the right.”[53] - -The lesson is one to be borne in mind by those to whose lot it may -fall to rally troops thrown into disorder under fire. - -In order to cover the formation, some guns were brought into action -on each side of the village, and, as each battalion came into -position, it was made to lie down, which further helped to steady the -troops. The infantry were formed into a single line, with Stevenson’s -division on the left, while the six cavalry regiments of the two -divisions, under command of Lieutenant Colonel the Honble. Arthur St -Leger, were formed in two lines in rear of the right. The British -left was covered by the native auxiliary horse. The Mahratta line was -about five miles in length, the infantry and guns in the centre, with -cavalry on both flanks. - -It was half past four in the afternoon before the British line -advanced. On the signal being given, the British cavalry moved -rapidly forward, and brought their galloper guns into action against -a great body of the enemy’s cavalry and rocket men. Meanwhile, the -infantry advanced steadily against the Mahratta centre. When almost -within musket shot, a body of the enemy’s infantry, nearly a thousand -strong, composed of Arabs or Pathans, dashed forward against the -74th and 78th, and perished almost to a man under the Highland -musket and bayonet. Almost at the same moment, a body of Scindia’s -cavalry charged the British left, and were repulsed with loss, while -the 19th and the five native regiments on the right charged the -cavalry in front of them. The Mahrattas did not stand the shock, -but broke and fled, and at once the whole of the enemy’s force was -dissolved in flight. The cavalry pursued for many miles, killing -great numbers, and capturing many elephants and camels, and much -baggage. Thirty-eight guns and many standards fell into the hands of -the victors. The British loss amounted to 46 killed, 308 wounded -and 7 missing. As at Assaye, the principal loss fell on the 74th and -78th, who, between them, lost 13 killed, and 84 wounded. The 19th -Light Dragoons had 6 men wounded. The battle of Argaum was fought on -a perfectly level plain intersected by small water courses, without -any buildings or other natural obstacles between the two lines, after -they had been formed, and was carried out exactly like a field day as -then practised. The pursuit of the enemy by the British cavalry was -maintained for six miles, and was then taken up and continued by the -allied Mysore and Nizam’s horse for another twenty miles. The loss -of the enemy, in the battle and subsequent pursuit, was estimated at -five thousand men. At Assaye, the principal Mahratta loss fell on -Scindia’s troops; at Argaum the loss fell chiefly on the Berar forces. - -The victory at Argaum effected a complete separation of the Mahratta -confederate chiefs. Scindia still had a considerable force in the -field, but it had ceased to be formidable after Assaye. The Berar -Rajah’s field army had disappeared, and his territories lay open to -the invading British force. Scindia’s capital was far off, and he -might yet give trouble, so Wellesley determined to finish once for -all with the Berar Rajah, in order that he might be able to devote -undivided attention to Scindia afterwards. - -The day following the battle, Stevenson marched in pursuit of the -enemy: Wellesley followed a day later, and the two divisions were -re-united at Ellichpore on the 5th December. Thence they marched on -Gawilghur, a fortress of great strength, regarded as the key of the -Deccan, in which the defeated infantry from Argaum had taken refuge. -The place was taken by assault on the 15th, with the loss of 13 -killed, no wounded, and three missing. Fifty-two guns, together with -a great quantity of small arms and military stores, fell into the -hands of the victors. Nagpore, the Berar Rajah’s capital, now lay -open to the British troops, and the Rajah hastened to sue for peace. -The negotiation was conducted with the decision that characterized -all Wellesley’s actions, and peace was concluded at Deogam, on the -17th, two days after the fall of Gawilghur. His hands being now free -on this side, Wellesley gave notice to Scindia, that, on the 27th, he -should regard the agreement for suspension of hostilities at an end, -unless that Chief came to definite terms. Left without an ally, with -his armies defeated both in the North-West and in the Deccan, Scindia -had no hope of continuing the struggle with success, and peace was -signed in Wellesley’s camp on the 30th December, at Surjee Anjengaum. - -Thus triumphantly ended a war which for boldness of conception of -campaign, rapidity of execution, the great extent over which it was -waged, and the hard fighting that characterized it both in the North -and South, stands in marked contrast to any war we had previously -waged in India. - - “The seat of war, extending over the continent of India exhibited - in the short space of four months as many general battles, eight - regular sieges and storming of fortresses, without including - that of Gwalior, which was not captured till the beginning of - the next year; in all of which British valour prevailed over - accumulated obstacles, the combination of formidable powers, and - every advantage arising from local position, military means and - numerical strength.... Their (the Mahratta) numerous armies, - amounting on an average to two hundred and fifty thousand men, - were defeated in every engagement; while the corps organized - by their French auxiliaries, consisting at the least of forty - thousand more, and upon whom the fullest reliance was placed, - were completely destroyed; in all which reverses the confederates - left in the hands of the victors upwards of one thousand - pieces of cannon, with ammunition, treasure and stores in - proportion.”[54] - -But the most valuable result to England was that she learned from the -Assaye campaign that she had in her army a General who was fit to -cope with the best Generals of Europe. - -The war was over, and arrangements were made for the return of the -troops to their quarters. Leaving Stevenson’s division, Wellesley -turned southwards to Jaulna, which he reached on the 19th January -1804. A few days before the conclusion of peace, in writing to the -Commander-in-Chief, Wellesley remarked: “The 19th Dragoons have now -better horses than I have ever seen with them.” It was well that it -was so, for a severe effort was still required of them. The Nizam’s -dominions were at that time infested with banditti, mostly disbanded -soldiers, who plundered the country in all directions, and had become -so daring that they had not hesitated to attack detachments of -British troops. On reaching Jaulna, news was brought to Wellesley of -a large body of freebooters who were plundering the country to the -southward. Crossing the Godavery, he marched to Neemgaum, where, on -the 2nd February, he received information of the whereabouts of the -marauders. He accordingly made up a light flying column consisting -of the 19th Light Dragoons and the rest of the cavalry that had -been with him at Assaye, the remnants of the gallant 74th, a sepoy -battalion, and details from other sepoy regiments, 150 pioneers, and -four guns,[55] and marched on the 3rd, reaching Sailgaon on the 4th, -a distance of about thirty miles in a direct line. Marching again the -same night, he came up with the freebooters about 9 A.M. on the 5th. -The cavalry charged at once, slaying great numbers and dispersing -them, at the same time capturing their guns, camp, and stores. An -unfortunate mishap occurred on this occasion. The 19th mistook -some of the allied Mahratta horse for the enemy, and charged them, -cutting down two or three of them, and having one of their own number -cut down, before the mistake was discovered. The achievement was -remarkable for the long and rapid marching performed by the troops. -Writing of it, two days later, Wellesley says: - - “The exertion made by the troops is the greatest I ever - witnessed. Everything was over by 12 o’clock on the 5th, and, I - think that, by that time, the infantry must have marched 60 miles - from six in the morning of the 4th. We halted from 12 in the day - till 10 at night on the 4th, so that we marched 60 miles with - infantry in twenty hours.” - -Well might he add: - - “I think we now begin to beat the Mahrattas in the celerity of - our movements.” - -The force then marched for Poona. - -Hardly had peace been secured, when Holkar, who had hitherto held -aloof, took the field. The 19th Light Dragoons took, however, no part -in the campaign that followed, but remained encamped at Panwell near -Bombay till the end of 1804, when they marched for Arcot. - -In 1807, the royal permission was given to the regiment to wear -a badge of the Elephant with the word “Assaye,” on colours and -appointments, in commemoration of the gallantry displayed by the -regiment in the battle and during the campaign. Nothing can be traced -of the honorary standard presented to the regiment for Assaye There -can be no doubt that it was given to the 19th as it was to the 74th -and 78th. - - HORSE GUARDS, - _15th April 1807_. - - MY LORD - - I have received the Commander in Chief’s directions to inform - you, that the Marquis of Wellesley and Major General the Honble. - Sir Arthur Wellesley have represented to H.R.H. the distinguished - services of the 19th Light Dragoons in the course of the arduous - Campaigns which occurred during the period of his Lordship’s - Government in India, and have earnestly solicited permission, - that the Regiment may be distinguished by some emblematical Badge. - - The Commander in Chief has with great satisfaction submitted this - representation to the King, and His Majesty has in consequence - thereof been most graciously pleased to approve of the “Elephant” - being used in Colours and Appointments of the 19th Light Dragoons - with the word “_Assaye_” superscribed, in Commemoration of the - Gallantry and good Conduct displayed in the Action fought at that - place on the 23rd of September 1803. - - I have the honour to be &c. - - HARRY CALVERT, - A.G. - - General Visct. HOWE, K.B. - or O.C. 19th Light Dragoons. - - - - -CHAPTER X - -THE VELLORE MUTINY - -1805-1807 - - Lieut. Colonel Gillespie--19th at Arcot--Mutiny of Vellore--A - military wonder--19th ordered to England--A quarter of a - century’s changes--The “terrors of the East”--Farewell - orders--19th land in England. - - “‘Trumpeter, sound for the Light Dragoons, - Sound to saddle and spur,’ he said, - ‘He that is ready may ride with me, - And he that can may ride ahead.’” - --_Newbolt._ - - -In January 1801, a second Lieut. Colonel had been added to the -establishment of the regiment, in the person of Major Edgar Hunter, -promoted from the 2nd Dragoon Guards, without purchase. Lt. Colonel -Hunter remained in England, and never joined the regiment. The -vacancy caused by Maxwell’s death at Assaye was filled for a time -by the Governor General, at Sir Arthur Wellesley’s recommendation, -appointing Lieutenant Colonel William Wallace of the 74th Highlanders -to command the 19th Light Dragoons. But the appointment was -not confirmed in England, and, the following year, Wallace was -transferred to H.M. 80th, to make way for Major James Kennedy, who -had been promoted to fill the vacancy. A little later, Lieutenant -Colonel Sir Robert Wilson was brought from half-pay of Hompesch’s -Mounted Riflemen to be Lieutenant Colonel, in place of Hunter, who -was placed on half-pay. But Wilson also did not join the regiment, -and, three months later, exchanged into the 20th Light Dragoons with -Lieutenant Colonel Robert Rollo Gillespie, who, during the short -time he was with the 19th, was destined to perform one of the most -curious feats of arms ever done by an individual. - -In an age prolific of daring deeds Gillespie was already widely -known as the hero of many a desperate adventure. Headstrong and -impetuous by nature, in action he was a brave and gallant soldier -to whom nothing appeared impossible. The only child of a Scotch -gentleman settled in Ireland, at the age of ten Gillespie was -gazetted as Ensign to the 45th Foot, from which he was transferred -as Lieutenant to the 104th. On that regiment being disbanded in the -beginning of 1783, he was transferred as Cornet to the 6th Dragoon -Guards, then quartered in Ireland. Four years later, he was concerned -in an affair that attracted much notice at the time, and nearly -brought his military career to an abrupt close. While quartered at -Athy in Kildare, an altercation took place one day in Gillespie’s -room, between one of his brother officers, named Mackenzie, and -a Mr Barrington, brother of Sir Jonah Barrington, whose estate -was in the neighbourhood. In a duelling age, the Barringtons were -remarkable for their fire-eating propensities. A meeting was fixed -upon for the following morning, Barrington insisting on fighting -in a particular part of his family estate. Gillespie attended as -second to Mackenzie. Shots were exchanged without result, and it was -proposed by the seconds that the affair should be considered at an -end. Barrington objected, and a fierce quarrel arose between him and -Gillespie. A challenge to fight on the spot was given and accepted. -Gillespie, knowing Barrington’s reputation as a duellist, drew out -his handkerchief, proposing that each should hold one end of it. Both -fired at the same moment: Barrington fell shot through the heart, but -Gillespie escaped with only a slight wound, the bullet having glanced -off a button. Gillespie was tried at the summer assizes of 1788, at -Maryborough, for wilful murder, and acquitted by the jury, with a -verdict of justifiable homicide. - -In 1792, Gillespie was promoted to a Lieutenancy in the newly raised -20th Light Dragoons, which was enlisted for service in Jamaica, -and maintained at the expense of the island. In the attack of -Port-au-Prince in St Domingo he distinguished himself, along with -Captain Rowley of the Navy, by swimming ashore, their swords in -their mouths, as bearers of a flag of truce. They were fired on as -they swam, and would have been shot on landing, if Gillespie had not -made himself known as a freemason to the Governor, who was also a -fellow craftsman. While in St Domingo, an attack at night was made on -Gillespie’s house by eight men. Awakened by the cries of his servant, -who was being murdered, he attacked the assailants with his sword, -and killed six of them. The remaining two fled, after inflicting -a dangerous wound on him. On exchanging to the 19th, he obtained -permission to find his way out to India overland, and travelled -through Germany, which was then in the hands of the French, Austria, -Servia, Constantinople, where he fought a successful duel with a -French Officer who picked a quarrel with him, Aleppo and Baghdad. The -journey was a hazardous one at that time, and he had more than one -narrow escape. On reaching Arcot, the command of the whole garrison -devolved on him, in virtue of his brevet rank. Hardly had he assumed -the command, when an event occurred at the neighbouring station of -Vellore that will always be associated with Gillespie’s name. - -Matters relating to food, dress and other petty details of social -life, which in Europe are treated as matters of personal caprice, -have, in the East, become so intermingled with religious observances, -that they have, in the course of time, come to be regarded as an -essential part of the religion of the people, and of paramount -importance in the conduct of their lives. Nowhere are these -quasi-religious observances so tenaciously held as in India, and -nowhere do they relate more to matters which in other countries -are held to be of trivial importance. The lesson is one that is -continually forcing itself on the notice of Indian administrators, -and is continually being forgotten.[56] - -After the fall of Seringapatam, in 1799, the strong fortress of -Vellore was selected to be the place of residence of the numerous -family of Tippoo Sultan. Beyond being required to reside in Vellore, -they were under no restraint. They were in receipt of large money -allowances from the British Government, and they had gathered around -them a swarm of needy followers who were ripe for any mischief. In -November 1805, Lieutenant General Sir J. Cradock, who had assumed the -command of the forces in Madras a few months earlier, issued an order -establishing a new pattern of turbans for the native army. Two months -later, a volume of regulations for the army was issued from the -Adjutant General’s office, in which Native soldiers were forbidden -from wearing caste marks on their faces while in uniform, and the -shaving and trimming of beards and mustachios was prescribed, in a -manner to assimilate sepoys to English soldiers. In April, made-up -patterns of the new turbans were sent to different regiments. The -men took it into their heads that these turbans closely resembled -the hats worn by half-castes and native Christians; and, connecting -this with the orders about caste marks and shaving, leaped to the -conclusion that their forcible conversion to Christianity was -intended. A sepoy battalion at Vellore at once made known their -refusal to wear the turban. The Commander-in-Chief, unable to -understand the feelings aroused by his orders, treated the refusal -as a mere matter of insubordination. The battalion was sent away -from Vellore, another being brought in its place; and a number of -non-commissioned officers and men in the battalion were punished. -Hardly had this taken place, when it became known that in other -places the same objections to the new turban had been manifested. The -attention of Government was now roused, but still nothing was done to -repeal the obnoxious order. The punishment that had been meted out -to the battalion at Vellore only served to confirm the fears of the -rest of the native garrison. Meetings were held, at which retainers -of the Mysore princes attended, and did their best to foment -mischief and increase the fears of the sepoys, while at the same -time communications were opened with other sepoys in the different -Madras garrisons, encouraging them to combine in resisting the attack -on their religion. In the beginning of July, the garrison of the -fort consisted of four companies of H.M.’s 69th regiment amounting -to 11 officers and 372 rank and file, and a battalion and a half -of sepoys, amounting to 35 native officers and 1775 rank and file, -with their European officers. A considerable number of the sepoys -lived in the pettah, their arms being kept in the fort. The fort and -garrison were under the command of Colonel Fancourt of H.M.’s 34th -Regt. No suspicion existed that any danger threatened; while the -Government departments were still corresponding with each other, and -deliberating about the new turban, and the feeling it had caused in -the native army, without further warning, the storm burst. - -It happened that a field day for one of the sepoy battalions had been -ordered for the early morning of the 10th July. It was customary on -such occasions for the sepoys, instead of remaining in their huts -in the pettah, to sleep inside the fort, in order to get under arms -without delay in the morning. The sepoy guards inside the fort -were furnished by the other native battalion. So favourable did the -opportunity appear to the mutineers, that it led to a premature -explosion of the plot that had been formed in concert with sepoys -in other stations. At three o’clock in the morning of the 10th, a -general attack by the sepoys was suddenly made on the men of the 69th -and the European officers in the fort. At the same moment, the guards -and sentries were attacked and overpowered, the sick men in hospital -massacred, the officers’ quarters surrounded and fired into, while -the principal body of mutineers poured volley after volley into the -barracks where the 69th were sleeping, and brought two fieldpieces -to play on them, obtained from the magazine. The men surprised and -shot down in their sleep, and without officers, could do little more -than shelter themselves as they best might, and hold the entrance -to the barracks. Colonel Fancourt, with several other officers, was -shot down at once, and the complete massacre of every European in -the fort appeared inevitable. Without waiting for the completion of -their work, the mutineers brought out one of the sons of Tippoo, and -proclaimed him Sultan, hoisting at the same time a Mysore flag that -had been prepared for the occasion. - -In the confusion and darkness, a few officers and a sergeant of the -69th, named Brady, managed to meet in the quarters of one of the -officers. After maintaining themselves some time, they broke out and -forced their way into the 69th barracks, on which a heavy fire was -still kept up. Having rallied the survivors, they sallied out through -the windows, and gained the adjoining ramparts under a heavy fire. It -was now broad daylight, and the men, who had had at the outset only -six cartridges each, had scarcely any ammunition left. Nevertheless, -they made their way along the ramparts, driving the mutineers before -them, till they reached the Magazine which was on the opposite -side of the fort. Finding that all the ball ammunition had been -already removed by the mutineers, they retraced their steps as far -as the work over the main gateway, after pulling down the rebel -flag. Here they resolved to make their last stand, their numbers -greatly reduced, the only unwounded officers left being two Assistant -Surgeons, and the whole party being exposed to a continual fire to -which they were scarcely able to respond. They had obtained a few -cartridges from the pouches of dead mutineers, with which they still -kept up a feeble appearance of defence. In the confusion of making -their way along the ramparts to the Magazine, some thirty men of the -69th, with two or three officers, got separated from the main body. -Finding a rope suspended from the wall, which had been used to admit -mutinous sepoys, they let themselves down by it, and took refuge in a -small detached redoubt, where Lt. Colonel Forbes with a few unarmed -sepoys who had remained faithful, had taken post. Hopeless as the -whole situation appeared at this juncture, help was fast approaching. -It happened that Major Coates of the 69th and several of the native -infantry officers resided outside the walls. On being aroused by the -firing and tumult, and being unable to enter the fort, Coates guessed -what had happened, and at once dispatched an officer to Arcot with a -letter to Gillespie. - -Gillespie had appointed that very morning to ride over to Arcot, -to breakfast with Colonel Fancourt. He had mounted his horse at -daybreak, and started on his ride, accompanied by Captain Wilson of -the 19th, when he was met by Coates’ messenger riding at full speed, -who told him that the gates of the fortress were shut, that there -was heavy firing and a dreadful noise within. Making at once for -the Cavalry lines, Gillespie was in a few minutes hastily galloping -along the road to Vellore, at the head of a squadron of the 19th -under Captain Wilson, and a troop of the 7th Native Cavalry, leaving -orders for the rest of the cavalry and the galloper guns of the 19th -to follow as soon as possible, under Lieut. Colonel Kennedy. As the -troopers approached the walls, they were seen by the little party who -still held out over the gateway. The 69th had been in Jamaica four -years before. To Sergeant Bradys astonishment, he beheld at the head -of the little band of dragoons the well-known Colonel Gillespie, whom -he had seen only a short time before in the West Indies. “If Colonel -Gillespie be alive, God Almighty has sent him from the West Indies -to save our lives in the East!” he exclaimed. The moment was indeed -most critical. The small party over the gateway had fired their last -cartridge, and the sepoys, who for a time had dispersed to plunder, -were gathering to complete their work. On seeing the relief party -advancing, a great number of the mutineers retired to the further -ramparts, leaving the gateway and one bastion in possession of the -little party under Sergeant Brady. The entrance to the fortress was -through four successive gates. The two outer gates were fortunately -open, and the drawbridge was down. Encouraged by Gillespie, some of -the 69th let themselves down by their pouch and bayonet belts, and -opened the third gate from within, not without losing several of -their number, but the fourth and the strongest gate was beyond their -powers. In order to open it, Gillespie formed the desperate expedient -of forcing the wicket and opening the gate from the inside. The -wicket was forced, and Gillespie for a brief interval, accompanied -by Captain Wilson and three men on foot, stood inside the fort, -exposed to the fire of the square and palace yard full of men. But -their efforts to break the locks and force the bars were fruitless, -and, seeing that perseverance in the attempt could only end in their -destruction, the little party withdrew. Still casting about for some -means of joining the party over the gateway, Gillespie suddenly -spied a rope. The end was at once thrown up and secured, and in a -few minutes, by its assistance, Gillespie joined the remnants of the -69th over the gateway. Seeing a pair of regimental colours on the -wall Gillespie seized them, and, collecting as many of the 69th as -he could find, at once headed a bayonet charge against a three gun -battery, out of which the enemy were driven. Though there was not -a single round of ammunition procurable, a gun, turned round and -pointed towards the mutineers, held them in check, at a time when -every minute was valuable. But the effect did not last long, and just -as it seemed as if no further effort could be made to stave off the -impending fate of the party, the remainder of the 19th with their -galloper guns suddenly appeared at the gate. Forcing his way back to -the wall above the gateway, Gillespie gave orders for the gate to be -burst open, which was done with the first shot. The great square was -full of men ready to dispute the entrance of the cavalry, and the -entrance being very narrow, and moreover being commanded by two guns, -Gillespie called on the remnant of the 69th for one final effort. -Putting himself at their head, a gallant bayonet charge was made to -clear the entrance for the cavalry, which was attended with further -loss. The dragoons poured in, headed by Captain Skelton of the 19th, -and supported loyally by some of the 7th native cavalry, and the -work of retribution commenced. Between three and four hundred of the -mutineers were cut down in the fort, while numbers, who escaped by a -sally port, were caught and slain outside, by a squadron of the 19th -under Lieutenant Young, and a party of the 7th Native Cavalry under -Lieutenant Woodhouse. One party of mutineers maintained themselves -for some time in one of the barracks, firing on all who approached; -till some of the 19th dismounted and stormed the building, putting -them all to the sword. By 10 o’clock all was over, and the safety of -the fortress secured, but Gillespie has left it on record that, had -he delayed scaling the wall for five minutes, none of those inside -the fort could have escaped. The loss of the 69th amounted to 115 -rank and file killed, and 76 wounded. Of the officers of different -regiments, fifteen were killed and five wounded. Several, who had -been unable to make their way to the 69th barracks, saved themselves -by concealment during the tumult. Among the 19th Light Dragoons, one -trooper was killed and three wounded, a loss that would have been -much greater but for the gallantry of the 69th in clearing a space -for the cavalry to form in after entering the fort. Gillespie was -accidentally ridden down by a dragoon, and badly bruised, in the -_mêlée_. - -Investigation showed that the sepoys in many other stations were -prepared to mutiny, and, but for the failure at Vellore, which -was the centre of disaffection, would have risen. By Gillespie’s -resolution and intrepidity in stamping out the mutiny before it could -gather force, a great and unexpected danger had been averted. Well -might the Commander-in-Chief say that Gillespie had performed “a -military wonder.” The princes of Tippoo’s family were at once sent -down to Madras, escorted by the 19th Light Dragoons, and embarked for -Calcutta, on board the _Culloden_, on the 30th. The 19th remained in -Madras three days, encamped by the Race Stand, and then returned to -Arcot. Gillespie was employed at Wallajabad and other places where -dangerous symptoms of disaffection had appeared. At the same time, he -was appointed to be Inspector and Exercising officer of Cavalry in -the Presidency, but the appointment was discontinued as unnecessary, -a year later, by the Court of Directors. To show their appreciation -of his services, the Court of Directors granted Gillespie a money -reward of £2500. A proportionate sum was granted to Sergeant Brady, -who was also recommended for a Commission, and each non-commissioned -and private of the 19th Light Dragoons who had been employed at -Vellore, received a gratuity of one month’s pay. Suitable rewards -were also given to the men of the native cavalry, who behaved loyally -on the occasion. In consequence of the mutiny, both the Governor and -the Commander-in-Chief were recalled to England. - -Gillespie’s connection with the 19th practically terminated three -months later, when the regiment left India, and the rest of his -career does not come within the scope of this history. On the -regiment sailing for England, he remained in India, and, in the -following year, exchanged into the 8th Light Dragoons with Lieut. -Colonel John Ormsby Vandeleur. His gallant deeds at the conquest of -Java, and subsequently, while in command of the troops there, can -never be forgotten. His death was in keeping with his whole life. -He fell under the walls of Kalunga in the Deyrah Dhoon, on the 31st -October 1814, at the beginning of the first Nepaul War, while vainly -trying to force an entrance at the head of some dismounted dragoons, -after the first attack had failed. His remains were carried to Meerut -for interment. By the irony of fate, on the 10th May 1857, the first -shots of the great sepoy mutiny were fired within a mile of the -monument over his grave, and were the beginning of events that at -one time threatened to involve British power in the East in ruin, -and that have changed the whole course of Indian history. If that -gallant spirit was still permitted to take interest in the events of -that day, how it must have chafed at the exhibition of incapacity and -indecision that led to such disastrous consequences. In view of what -happened at Vellore, it is allowable to believe that the Great Mutiny -of 1857 would never have assumed the proportions it did, had the -first outbreak been met by the same display of energy and resolution -as was shown, under similar circumstances, fifty-one years earlier. -On the 2nd January 1815, before the news of his death reached -England, Gillespie was gazetted as K.C.B. A monument to his memory, -by Chantrey, was erected in St Paul’s Cathedral, at the expense of -the nation. - -[Illustration: _Major General R. R. Gillespie_ - -_from a miniature in the possession of his grandson Colonel -Gillespie._ - - _G. Chinnery, pinx._ - _Walker & Boutall, ph. sc._] - -The time had now arrived when the 19th was to bring to a close its -long and distinguished career in India. Orders were received for -the regiment to march to Madras, for embarkation to Europe by the -next homeward bound fleet. At Poonamallee, on 5th October, they made -over their horses to the 25th Light Dragoons, who had been brought -down from Bengal, by sea, to take their place. In the twenty-four -years that had elapsed since the regiment had landed in India, great -were the changes it had witnessed. At the time of its arrival, the -very existence of the British settlements in Southern India hung -by a thread. England had then been at war with France, and the two -countries were still at war. But the conditions were changed. Now -the French flag had disappeared from India, and not a single native -power dared meet a British army in the field, without risking its -own existence. From a trading corporation the East India Company had -grown into a great and powerful government, whose supremacy in India -was unchallenged. In achieving this result, the 19th Light Dragoons -had played no small part. On their first arrival in India the -prevailing sentiment with which they were regarded was curiosity. The -horsemen of native powers were numbered by tens of thousands. Their -method was to waste and ravage the country round an enemy’s force, to -harass the line of march, to cut off stragglers, to intercept convoys -and to wear down an enemy by these indirect methods. To charge home, -sword in hand, into the ranks of an unbroken enemy was foreign to -their ideas of properly conducted warfare. The first appearance of -the 19th in the field came therefore as a surprise to friend and -foe; it was like the introduction of a new weapon. Before the first -campaign against Tippoo was six months old, the reputation of the -19th Light Dragoons had penetrated to every part of southern India. -The impression thus created grew with every successive appearance of -the regiment in the field of action; and, as long as they remained in -India, they continued to evoke an amount of interest and attention -that was bestowed on no other regiment in the service. One who -charged with them at Assaye and Argaum, and fought his way into -Vellore with them, though not belonging to the regiment, wrote of -the nineteenth as “a fine specimen of what a regiment ought to be. -They called themselves the ‘Terrors of the East.’ Indeed, such was -the respect in which they were held by the natives, that when they -embarked for England, all the black town of Madras was emptied to see -them off.” Before sailing, an entertainment in their honour was given -by the Commander-in-Chief, and the subjoined orders were published:-- - - _General Order (Madras Govt.)._ - - _Fort St. George, October 10th, 1806._ - -[Sidenote: 1806.] - - On the occasion of the intended return of His Majesty’s 19th - regiment of light dragoons to Europe, the right honourable the - governor in council feels the greatest satisfaction in testifying - in the most public manner, his highest approbation of that - distinguished and valuable corps. From the period of the arrival - of his majesty’s 19th dragoons in India, in the year 1782, until - the present time, that regiment has shared in almost every action - of difficulty and of glory, in which the British arms have - been engaged during that long and eventful interval, and has - deservedly established a degree of reputation seldom equalled, - never surpassed. His lordship in council deems it unnecessary - at this moment to enumerate the various instances in which his - majesty’s 19th dragoons have rendered the most important service - to their country: but the glory acquired by that regiment in the - field of Assaye, and the important advantages which resulted - from its bravery, discipline and activity, on a late memorable - occasion, (furnish?) an instance which cannot be omitted, and - which can never be obliterated from the annals of this country, - or from the memory of the British nation. His lordship in council - was pleased, by a general order under date the 27th August, 1805, - to confer a particular mark of his lordship’s approbation on his - majesty’s 74th regiment, at the period of the embarkation of - that distinguished corps for Europe, by granting to the officers - a donation of three months’ full batta. Impressed with similar - sentiments on the present occasion, his lordship in council - has, in consideration of the long and brilliant services of his - majesty’s 19th regiment of dragoons, resolved to extend to the - officers of that regiment a donation of the same amount, which is - accordingly directed to be paid previously to their departure. - - - _General Order. (Lieut. General Sir J. Cradock)_ - - _Head Quarters, Choultry Plain,_ - - _Oct. 13th, 1806._ - -[Sidenote: 1806.] - - The eulogium that government has been pleased to express in - their late order upon the services of his majesty’s 19th light - dragoons, throughout its long and distinguished course in - this Country, leaves to the commander-in-chief but little to - add, except his warmest wishes for the continuance of their - uninterrupted honor and success, in other regions of the British - Empire. The records of government everywhere proclaim the value - of his majesty’s 19th light dragoons, in India, and stamp - the occasions, where this regiment has perhaps secured the - foundations of our empire. - - Such subjects belong to the highest authority, and have only - been briefly mentioned with grateful acknowledgment. The bounded - limits of an order were unequal to the history. - - It therefore only remains with the commander-in-chief, to - state the humbler sentiments of approbation of the discipline, - good order, obedience, and harmony that prevail in the 19th - light dragoons, which confirm all opinion, that such are the - foundations that lead to glory, cause admiration and respect, - while a regiment remains in a foreign country, and ensures to - them, on their departure the deepest regret. - -And so, on the 20th October 1806, twenty-four years to a day since -they first arrived in Madras, the 19th Light Dragoons with their -honours thick upon them, embarked in the _Streatham_, _William -Pitt_, and _Jane Duchess of Gordon_, to sail for England three days -later, under convoy of the squadron commanded by Rear Admiral Sir -Edward Pellew. The voyage was uneventful. Table Bay was reached -30th December, and St Helena 23rd January. On the 18th April 1807, -the regiment disembarked at Tilbury, one detachment being landed at -Plymouth, and marched to Northampton. A muster taken a week after -landing shows the strength of the regiment to have been 245 rank -and file. Recruiting parties were at once sent out to Birmingham, -Glasgow, Dublin and Waterford. - - - - -CHAPTER XI - -WAR WITH UNITED STATES - -1808-1813 - - 19th in Ireland--United States declare War--19th - ordered to Canada--United States’ plans--Operations of - 1812--Mackinaw--Detroit--Armistice--Battle of Queenston - Heights--General Brock killed--Montreal threatened--Operations - of 1813--Proctor’s victory at Frenchtown--Fort Meigs--United - States’ victory on Lake Erie--Battle of the Thames; Proctor’s - defeat--York captured--Fort George and Erie evacuated--Stoney - Creek: Harvey’s brilliant exploit--Fitzgibbon’s success at Beaver - Dam--Arrival of squadron of 19th on Niagara frontier--Engagement - on Lake Ontario--Fort George re-occupied--Fort Niagara - surprised--Black Rock and Buffalo captured--Abortive attack - on Sackett’s Harbour--United States’ operations against - Montreal--Battle of Chateaugay--Battle of Chrystler’s - Farm--Importance of Kingston and Sackett’s Harbour. - - -During the following six years the regiment remained at home, -and took no part in the stirring events then occurring in Spain -and Portugal. At the end of 1808, they moved from Northampton to -Norwich and Ipswich, with a detachment at Birmingham, while their -recruiting parties were actively engaged in different parts of the -United Kingdom. In March 1809, the regiment moved to Romford, and, in -December, embarked for Ireland. For two years the regiment remained -in quarters at Tullamore, Philipstown and Longford. By an order dated -23rd April 1811, the establishment was augmented from 400 to 570 -privates, making the total strength of all ranks 685. In March 1812, -the regiment marched to Clonmel, and in June, to Dublin. The regiment -was soon to proceed on active service again. - -[Illustration: KING’S GUIDON. - -SQUADRON GUIDON. - -GUIDONS OF THE XIX^{TH} LIGHT DRAGOONS. - - _to face p. 172._] - -On the 18th June, 1812, the United States declared war against -England. The declaration reached the British Government on the 30th -July; but, as the British Orders in Council respecting the trade of -neutral nations, that had been put forward on the American side as -the chief reason for the war, had been rescinded on 23rd June, it -was still believed in England that peace would be maintained. In -spite of the hostilities that immediately commenced, it was not till -October that conditional orders for reprisals were issued, and the -formal declaration of war by Great Britain was not made till 9th -January 1813. The war party in the States had the upper hand at the -time: they were determined on war, and cared little for the pretext. -To outward appearance, it seemed, in 1812, that England could not -much longer hold out against Napoleon, who had the whole continent -of Europe, except Russia, at his feet, while the British armies in -Spain seemed to make no progress. In truth Napoleon’s power was -already beginning to totter. The British armies in Spain, hardened -and consolidated by three years of war under their great leader, were -invincible. Ciudad Rodrigo and Badajoz had fallen, and Wellington had -already begun his victorious advance that was to carry him across the -Pyrenees. At the same time Napoleon was preparing for his disastrous -invasion of Russia which dealt the first deadly blow to his power. -But the war party in the United States were unable to discern this. -The British troops in Canada were few in number, the colonists were -believed to be lukewarm in their loyalty to Great Britain, and the -war party promised their countrymen that Canada would prove an easy -prey. Under the thin veil of resenting injuries a war of conquest was -intended. - -On 6th March 1813, an order was issued for three squadrons of the -19th Light Dragoons, completed to eighty rank and file per troop, -to be held in readiness to embark for North America, under Lieut. -Colonel the Hon. J. O’Neill. The horses of the officers, sergeants -and corporals were to be taken, but all other horses were to be left -behind. In the same month the regiment reached Cork, and embarked -on 4th April, in company with other troops, under convoy of the -_Sybelle_ frigate and _Cygnet_ sloop; almost the first reinforcements -sent from England to Canada since the United States’ declaration of -war. They reached Quebec about the 17th May,[57] and were at once -sent to La Prairie on the St Lawrence near Montreal. - -The war in which the regiment was about to engage, was one in which -cavalry could play only a subordinate part. The country in which -they were to operate was a vast expanse of forest and swamp, with a -few sparsely inhabited clearings. The chief mode of communication -was by boat. The war was one to be fought out by small bodies of men -far from their supports, wielding the axe and the oar as much as the -rifle: forage was hard to get, and there was little place for mounted -men. Under these conditions, the 19th Light Dragoons were only -engaged in small detachments, never more than a squadron, seldom more -than a troop. Their duties were of a most harassing kind, on outpost -and reconnoissance duty. Never once did they have an opportunity of -crossing swords with the enemy’s cavalry. The only cavalry charges -recorded during the war were those made by the United States’ cavalry -that overwhelmed Proctor’s force at the battle of the Thames, and the -charge repulsed by the 89th at Chrystler’s Farm. - -[Illustration: THE CANADIAN FRONTIER - -in 1812. - - _Walker & Boutall sc._] - -Immediately on landing, one troop, taking with it only ten horses, -was dispatched to Upper Canada. With it went Lieut. Colonel O’Neill -and a convoy of ammunition. The three hundred horses, that were to -have been ready by 1st July, had not been obtained. A fortnight -later, a second troop followed, with sixty-five horses, most of -which had been brought from Ireland with the regiment. The squadron -was destined for the Niagara frontier, where it was engaged, under -Captain Lisle, till the end of the war. - -Meanwhile, in spite of the belief in England that war would not -be prosecuted by the States, when the rescinding of the orders in -Council was known, hostilities had been in active progress from the -first declaration. The British regular troops in Canada, in June -1812, were about 4500 in number; of which 3000 were in garrison at -Quebec and Montreal, the remainder being scattered along the Upper -Canada frontier. Their small number was effectively supplemented -by the Canadian militia, who fought for the protection of their -homes with a gallantry and devotion that could not be exceeded. -Their numbers were however liable to constant fluctuations owing -to the frequent necessity for their presence at their homes for -agricultural purposes. A considerable number of Indians also, at -times, co-operated; allies of doubtful value, who could never be -relied on, and whose numbers varied from day to day. In population -and resources the United States were in the proportion of more than -ten to one compared to Canada. On the British side therefore the war -was necessarily of a defensive character. The points on which Canada -was most vulnerable were, 1. on the Detroit frontier between Lake -Huron and Lake Erie; 2. on the Niagara frontier between Lake Erie and -Lake Ontario; and, 3. on the line of the St Lawrence between Kingston -and Montreal. The United States’ plan was to invade Canada on all -three points, and three separate expeditions were prepared for the -purpose. The first attack was made on the Detroit frontier, where, -under pretence of punishing some Indians, troops had been assembled -before the declaration of war. - -Before noticing the more important operations of 1812, it is -necessary to mention the capture of the United States’ fort and -island of Mackinaw, which was effected by a party of regulars, -militia and Indians, under Captain Roberts, on 17th July, and -retained till the end of the war. The capture was of some importance, -as the island commanded the navigation between Lakes Michigan and -Huron. - -On the 12th July, a United States’ force of 2500 men, under General -Hull, crossed from Detroit, and occupied the small village of -Sandwich. On the same day Hull issued a proclamation that struck the -keynote of the war. In it he called on the Canadians to seek his -protection, threatening them with a war of extermination should they -venture to take up arms against him. Acting in the spirit of this -proclamation, the United States’ troops throughout the war committed -excesses against the non-combatant population that had long been -condemned by all civilized nations, and effectually alienated any -sympathy they might have found among the Canadians. The reprisals, -that are inevitable in such cases, followed, and the war was marked -by a rancour on both sides, that contrasted strongly with the more -decorous but not less deadly warfare that was being waged by French -and British troops in Spain. - -The small British force of 350 men in the neighbourhood of Detroit, -consisting mainly of militia, and not counting Indians, were gathered -at Amherstberg under Lieutenant Colonel Proctor. Hull, instead -of advancing at once, and overwhelming it, remained at Sandwich, -indulging in petty outpost affairs. Proctor passed a small force -across the river, and cut off his supplies, which forced Hull to -withdraw his force, on the 7th August, from the Canadian side, and -retreat to Detroit. On the 12th, Major General Brock, commanding -in Upper Canada, reached Amherstberg with three hundred men, and, -three days later, crossed the river, and advanced on Detroit. On the -16th, Hull capitulated with his whole force. Over fifteen hundred -prisoners, thirty-three guns, 2500 stands of arms and the Michigan -territory passed into the hands of the British. - -At this time a lull in the war took place through the action -of Lieutenant General Sir George Prevost, Governor, and -Commander-in-Chief of Canada, who, throughout the war, was the -evil genius of the British cause. In the United States’ manifesto -the British Orders in Council had been put forward as the chief -cause of the war. On hearing that the orders had been repealed, Sir -George Prevost believed that the war would not be persevered with. -He accordingly, in spite of the hostilities that had occurred, -proposed an armistice to the United States’ commander of the force -threatening Montreal, till the latter should receive further orders -from Washington. But the United States’ government were determined -on war, and hostilities were resumed on 8th September. The armistice -was of much advantage to the States, as, while it lasted, they were -able to convey without hindrance, by water, the supplies collected -at Oswego for the use of their troops destined to act on the Niagara -frontier, at a time when the British had an undoubted superiority on -Lake Ontario. - -The United States’ force threatening the line between Lakes Erie and -Ontario numbered 6300 men, under General Van Rensselaar. To oppose -them, Major General Brock had but 1200 men (by one account 1500), -a large proportion of which were militia and Indians. These troops -were posted at Fort Erie and Fort George, the two extreme points of -the line, with a few companies at Queenston and one or two other -points to command landing places. Early in the morning of the 13th -October, about 1600 United States’ troops crossed at Queenston, and -made good their footing. In the course of the fighting General Brock -fell at the head of his men, and the United States’ commander was -badly wounded. Reinforcements coming up, in the afternoon, from Fort -George, under Major General Sheaffe, brought the British-Canadian -force on the spot up to about 1000 men including Indians. An attack -was made on the enemy’s position: they were driven into their boats, -and the United States’ General Wadsworth, with 958 officers and -men were made prisoners. One gun and a colour were also captured. -The loss on the British side cannot be exactly stated. Besides the -General, one officer was killed and two wounded. Among the rank and -file there were about 16 killed and 70 wounded, and about a dozen -Indians: but the success was dearly bought with the death of Sir -Isaac Brock.[58] - -At one in the morning of 28th November, another attempt was made -to cross, about two miles below Fort Erie. But the crossing was -mismanaged, and the whole attempt carried out in a half-hearted way. -After inflicting and sustaining some loss, the United States’ troops -re-embarked, and thus ended for the year all serious operations on -this part of the frontier. - -The United States’ force intended to operate against Montreal was -equally unsuccessful. Assembled at Plattsburg on Lake Champlain, -about 7000 strong, under General Dearborn, it advanced to the -frontier on 15th November. On this being known in Montreal, the -available troops, about 1900 strong more than half of which were -militia, advanced to La Prairie. Nothing however occurred beyond an -unimportant skirmish between small detachments, after which, Dearborn -retreated to Plattsburg, and went into quarters for the winter. Thus -ended hostilities for the year. At every point the United States’ -forces had been foiled by inferior numbers. Fort Detroit and the -State of Michigan, together with the island of Mackinaw, commanding -the navigation between Lakes Michigan and Huron, remained in British -hands. The only real success gained by the United States was in the -naval strength they had been able to develop on the Lakes, owing -to superior resources, and to the absence of any assistance to -Canada from England. The superiority thus bloodlessly established -had important results on the subsequent course of the war in Upper -Canada. By sea, successes were scored by the United States in five -frigate duels, mainly due to the superior size and armament of the -United States’ ships. Effectual measures were then taken in England, -and the United States’ flag practically disappeared from the high -seas for the rest of the war. The complete mastery of the sea by -Great Britain caused the U.S. government to direct their naval -resources to the Canadian lakes, a result that had an important -bearing on the succeeding years’ warfare. - -The United States’ plan of operations for the following year was, as -before, to invade Canada with three separate corps. The first was -destined to retake Detroit, and acquire possession of Amherstberg. -The second attack was to be made from the eastern end of Lake -Ontario, to capture Kingston and Toronto, then known as York, and -then, in co-operation with a force collected at Buffalo, to act -against Forts George and Erie on the Niagara frontier. The third -was to operate against Montreal, by a combined advance from the -neighbourhood of Plattsburg, and from the eastern end of Ontario. - -On the Detroit frontier the Canadian forces numbered about 2,300 men, -more than half of which were Indians, under Colonel Proctor; opposed -to a U.S. force of double that number, under General Harrison. - -On the 18th January, a force of 1000 men under General Winchester, -advancing from Sandusky, drove in the British picquets at Frenchtown, -forty-five miles from Detroit. On the 22nd, Colonel Proctor -advancing from Detroit with four guns and 950 men, half of whom -were Indians, attacked General Winchester in front of Frenchtown, -and gained a complete victory. Winchester with 538 men were taken -prisoners. In consequence of the greatly superior numbers of the -U.S. troops in the neighbourhood, Proctor then withdrew to Detroit -and Sandwich. Little further occurred till 23rd April, when Proctor -led a small expedition against a U.S. work on the Miami river called -Fort Meigs. The attempt was unsuccessful, and Proctor returned -to Sandwich about 12th May. The only noteworthy incident was the -severe punishment inflicted on the U.S. force in a sortie on the -5th May, in which nearly 500 were taken prisoners. The British loss -was comparatively small. On the 2nd August, Proctor made a similar -attempt on a fort newly constructed at the mouth of the Sandusky -river. After an attempt to storm, which was repulsed with the -loss of 100 killed and wounded, he retired. After this no further -movement on either side occurred till September, when a change in -the situation was wrought by a success gained by the U.S. navy on -the lake. On 10th September, a naval action was fought on Lake Erie, -between six British and nine U.S. ships, in which the latter were -completely victorious. This rendered Proctor’s position extremely -critical. He at once evacuated Detroit and Amherstberg, and, with a -force of less than 1000 men, not counting Indians, retreated along -the river Thames, closely followed by Harrison. On the 5th October, -he decided to make a stand. Attacked by a greatly superior force, he -was at once overwhelmed by charges of cavalry, of which Harrison had -1200 in the field, and the greater part of his men made prisoners. -Proctor, with some 200 men only, made good his retreat to Ancaster, -eighty-five miles distant. The celebrated Indian Chief, Tecumseh, was -slain on this occasion, and the state of Michigan passed again into -United States’ keeping. Harrison, after destroying Moravian town, in -the neighbourhood of which the action had been fought, returned to -Detroit and Amherstberg, and, shortly afterwards, embarked with a -portion of his force for the Niagara frontier. - -Active operations at the eastern end of Lake Ontario commenced in -April. Early in that month, a United States’ force of about 6000 men -was collected at Sackett’s Harbour, which was the United States’ -chief naval depot on the lake. On 27th, the U.S. lake squadron with -2000 troops on board appeared off Toronto,[59] and at once began to -land under the guns of the fleet. Major General Sheaffe, who had 500 -regular troops and militia and some Indians, after ineffectually -opposing the landing, was forced to withdraw towards Kingston, and -the town was occupied by the enemy. General Pike, commanding the -U.S. troops, was killed, and both sides suffered considerable loss -by the explosion of a magazine. On the 8th May, after burning the -public buildings, the U.S. force withdrew, and were conveyed to the -mouth of the Niagara river, where they landed, with a view to joining -in operations against Forts George and Erie. The vessels were then -employed in bringing further re-inforcements from Sackett’s Harbour, -for the contemplated attack on Fort George. - -The British force on the Niagara frontier consisted at this time -of 1800 regular troops, 500 militia, and 40 Indians, under Major -General Vincent. On 27th May, the U.S. force, numbering 6000 to 7000 -men, under General Dearborn, crossed under cover of the guns of the -flotilla and of Fort Niagara. After a stubborn contest, in which -they suffered a loss of 445 killed and wounded, the British troops -evacuated Fort George, and retired to Burlington Heights at the head -of Lake Ontario. Fort Erie was also evacuated. Four days later, -Dearborn detached 3500 men under Generals Chandler and Winder to -follow Vincent, and, on 5th June, the U.S. force encamped at Stoney -Creek, seven miles from Vincent’s position. In this critical position -Vincent resolved on a night attack. At 2 o’clock in the morning, 700 -men of the 8th and 49th regiments, led by Colonel Harvey, penetrated -the U.S. camp. Four guns were captured; the greatest confusion was -caused in the surprised camp, from which the enemy were driven. In -order to conceal the smallness of his force, Harvey withdrew before -daylight, taking with him two guns and 123 prisoners, among whom were -the two United States Generals. In this spirited affair the British -loss amounted to 23 killed, 136 wounded and 55 missing. The U.S. -force, after burning its tents and stores, fell back precipitately to -Forty-mile Creek, 11 miles in rear of the field. Two days later, a -small British squadron from Kingston, under Sir James Yeo, bringing -some reinforcements for Vincent, appeared and drove the U.S. force -from their camp which was taken possession of. Harvey’s gallant -exploit had saved the frontier. On the 24th June, in retaliation for -the affair at Stoney Creek, a U.S. force under Colonel Boerstler -attempted to surprise an outpost of Canadian rangers at Beaver Dam, -under Lieutenant Fitzgibbon. Through the loyalty of the wife of a -Canadian farmer, Fitzgibbon received timely warning. Disposing of -his little force of 200 men, mostly Indians, to the best advantage, -the advancing enemy were caught in an ambush, and, after suffering -some loss, Boerstler capitulated with 25 officers, 519 men, two guns -and a stand of colours. Fifty-six of the U.S. force were killed and -wounded, Boerstler himself being among the latter. At the moment of -capitulation, a reinforcement of 200 men under Major du Haren joined -Fitzgibbon, and enabled him to guard his prisoners. These successive -reverses dispirited the U.S. troops in this part of the frontier to -such an extent, that they suffered themselves to be blockaded in Fort -George by very inferior numbers. On the 4th and 11th of July, Forts -Schlosser and Black Rock were captured by separate _coups de main_, -and the military stores destroyed or carried off. In the second -affair Lieutenant Colonel Bisshopp, an officer of great promise, was -unfortunately killed. On the 31st July, the United States’ squadron -on Ontario paid a second visit to Toronto, which was undefended, and -burned some more buildings. This unexpected move on the part of the -enemy occurred just as the first troop of the 19th dispatched from -Lower Canada was near Toronto, and the ammunition and baggage were -captured. - -Meanwhile, Major General de Rottenburg had taken over command on the -Niagara frontier, from Vincent, and, on 20th July, the first troop of -the 19th from Lower Canada joined the army at Four Mile Creek. Two -days later we find the General reporting “two of our cavalry vedettes -were taken yesterday by the enemy.” On the 17th August, Lieutenant -Gladwin of the 19th was wounded in a skirmish near Fort George. About -the 20th August, Sir George Prevost joined de Rottenburg, bringing -with him some reinforcements, among which was the second troop of -the 19th Light Dragoons, completing the squadron under Captain -Lisle. On the 24th, a demonstration was made against Fort George. -The advance was led by thirty of the 19th, under their Lieutenant -Colonel the Hon. J. O’Neill. Beyond driving the enemy, for a short -time, out of the town of Newark, and capturing 60 or 70 prisoners -the demonstration was without result. The British force suffered the -loss of an officer and ten men, who advanced too far, and were taken -prisoners. On the 11th September an engagement took place between the -two Ontario squadrons, the day after the engagement on Lake Erie, -already mentioned. In this also the U.S. squadron had the best of it, -but there were no decisive results. In both engagements the British -squadrons were at a disadvantage through want of regular sailors: the -greater part of their crews consisting of Canadians and soldiers. -Early in September, Sir George Prevost returned to Kingston, leaving -General de Rottenburg in command. On the 1st October, part of the -U.S. force embarked at Niagara, and were conveyed to Sackett’s -Harbour to join in operations against Kingston and Montreal, leaving -General McClure in command at Fort George and Niagara. The following -day, the 49th and 104th Regiments, under de Rottenburg, started for -Kingston, which they reached on the 16th, leaving Vincent in command -on the Niagara frontier. Their presence secured Kingston from attack, -and helped to furnish the force that triumphed at Chrystler’s Farm. -Two companies of de Watteville’s regiment, proceeding from Toronto to -Kingston, were less fortunate, being captured by the U.S. squadron. -On the 9th October, the news of Proctor’s defeat on the Thames -reached Vincent, causing him to withdraw from the neighbourhood -of Fort George, and fall back to Burlington Heights; where he was -joined by the remains of Proctor’s force. The difficulty in obtaining -supplies, always great, were apparently almost insurmountable at this -time; for we find Vincent recommending that Major Lisle’s squadron -should return to Kingston and Montreal. The discouragement in the -British force was very great. Sir George Prevost, believing that -Upper Canada was lost, sent orders to Vincent to collect his troops, -and bring them to Kingston; but the order was not obeyed. - -The U.S. troops in Fort George under McClure, at this time indulged -in a series of cruel and wanton excesses against the Canadian -inhabitants in the neighbourhood. In order to put some check on -these excesses Vincent detached a small force of about 500 men under -Colonel Murray in the direction of Fort George. With them went a -troop of the 19th. As Murray advanced, McClure’s outposts fell back. -On Murray making a sudden dash forwards, McClure precipitately -abandoned Fort George, on 12th December, and retreated across -the Niagara river, after burning the little town of Newark: an -inhuman act at such an inclement season of the year, and the more -inexcusable, in that he left in the Fort, without destroying them, -his tents standing, a great quantity of stores, and some guns. “With -the same intention, Queenston was deliberately bombarded with red-hot -shot from the batteries at Lewiston. Many isolated farm houses were -destroyed by marauding parties of soldiers, or, when they proved too -substantial for instant demolition, were rendered uninhabitable by -removal of the doors and windows. The few cattle still remaining in -the possession of the country people were mercilessly slaughtered or -driven away, and their grain and flour removed or destroyed.”[60] -At this juncture, Lieutenant General Drummond,[61] who had been -appointed to the command of Upper Canada, arrived and took command -of the troops. Following up the success at Fort George, Drummond -resolved on attacking Niagara. On the night of the 18th December, -a force of 550 men of the 41st and 100th, under Colonel Murray, -was silently ferried across the river, three miles above the Fort. -Advancing silently in two columns, with unloaded muskets and -bayonets fixed, the enemy’s picquets were seized before any alarm -could be given: one party escaladed one of the bastions, while the -other entered by the gate that had been left open for the relief -of sentries. The garrison made but a feeble resistance, and, in -a few minutes the British force was in complete possession of the -Fort, with 27 guns, over 3000 stand of arms and 344 prisoners. The -drummers of the 100th found their way to the roof of the principal -building, and played “The British Grenadiers” as a signal of success -to their comrades across the river. This brilliant success was gained -with a loss of only six men killed and five wounded. A few hours -later, a second force was ferried across, and seized Lewiston after -a slight skirmish, capturing two guns and other military stores. In -retaliation for the burning of Newark, Lewiston and four neighbouring -villages were laid in ruins. - -The U.S. force, about 2500 strong, was now commanded by General Hall, -and quartered at Black Rock and Buffalo. Intent on following up his -success, Drummond placed his head quarters near Fort Erie. On the -night of the 29th, Major General Riall, with 600 men and about 100 -Indians, crossed the Niagara river about two miles below Black Rock, -drove in a U.S. picquet, and took up a position at a bridge over a -small stream. At daylight on the 31st, the Royal Scots, about 800 -strong, with a detachment of Major Lisle’s squadron of the 19th Light -Dragoons, the whole under command of Lt. Colonel Gordon, crossed -over, under fire, to land above Black Rock. Joining hands with Riall, -Black Rock was attacked and occupied after a short resistance, the -defending force retreating to Buffalo. The advance was continued, and -Buffalo taken after a poor resistance: 130 prisoners and 8 guns were -captured, and four armed vessels of the U.S. squadron on Lake Erie, -burned. Black Rock and Buffalo were burned to the ground. The work -was completed by Major Lisle’s squadron, which swept the frontier -from Buffalo to Lewiston, bringing the operations to an end on the -2nd January 1814. The British troops were then withdrawn to the -Canadian side, with the exception of a garrison left in Fort Niagara. -Thus closed operations at this part of the frontier for the year. - -The operations of the year on the eastern frontier have now to be -recorded. Taking advantage of the frozen state of the St Lawrence, -skirmishing parties of U.S. troops, from Ogdensburg, crossed the -river in January and February, and committed depredations on the -Canadian side. In order to put an end to these attacks, Major -Macdonell, with 480 men and three field pieces, crossed the ice -on the morning of the 22nd February, drove the enemy from their -position, capturing 11 guns and over 70 prisoners. After burning -two armed schooners and two gunboats, as well as the barracks, -Macdonell returned to the Canadian shore. This brilliant little -affair was accomplished with the loss of eight killed and fifty-two -wounded. On the 27th May, an expedition, under Sir George Prevost, -sailed from Kingston to capture Sackett’s Harbour. Owing to the -incapacity and irresolution of Sir George Prevost, the affair ended -in failure. After unnecessary delay, which enabled the enemy to -make preparations for defence, the troops landed, on 29th, and -drove the enemy from their positions. In anticipation of having to -capitulate, their navy-yard and ships were set on fire by the enemy, -and a great quantity of naval stores and provisions, captured at -York, destroyed; when Sir George Prevost, against the advice of his -officers, gave the order to retreat, at the moment that success was -in his grasp. The troops re-embarked and returned to Kingston, with -about 100 prisoners, having suffered a loss of 50 killed and 211 -wounded. The capture of Sackett’s Harbour by the British would have -had a tremendous influence on the war. It was the principal United -States’ base on the lake, and its capture would have given Canada -the complete supremacy of Lake Ontario as long as the war lasted, -besides the possession of the great quantities of naval and military -stores that had been collected there by the United States’ Government. - -On the 3rd June, an attack was made by four armed vessels of the U.S. -squadron on Lake Champlain, upon the post of Isle aux Noix, about 40 -miles from Montreal; resulting in the capture of two U.S. sloops. -On 29th July, a flotilla, composed of the two captured vessels and -three gunboats, transported over land from the St Lawrence, embarked -about 1000 men of the 13th and 100th regiments under Lieutenant -Colonel Murray, and arrived, the next day, before Plattsburg. The -U.S. militia in charge of the place, retired without making any -resistance. The barracks and blockhouses were burned, and a quantity -of naval stores carried off. Four thousand U.S. troops under -General Hampton, destined to act against Montreal, lay inactive at -Burlington, without interfering with Murray. - -Nothing further of importance happened till October, when the U.S. -preparations for the attack on Montreal were complete. For this -purpose, a corps of 8800 men, under General Wilkinson, was assembled -at Grenadier Island, at the eastern end of Ontario, fully provided -with boats. At the same time a second corps of about 5700 men, under -General Hampton, was assembled on Lake Champlain. The two corps were -intended to join hands at St Regis, and act in combination. The first -movement was made by Hampton. Advancing from Plattsburg, he reached -Four Corners on the Chateaugay river, about 8th October. To oppose -him, Sir G. Prevost detached a body of Canadian militia, about 1000 -strong, under Lt. Colonel de Salaberry, who, after some skirmishing -to ascertain the direction of Hampton’s advance, took up a position -on the west bank of the Chateaugay river. - -On the 21st, Hampton crossed the frontier, and advanced, cutting -roads for his guns, and repairing bridges as he moved forward. -During the night of the 25th, Hampton detached a brigade under -Colonel Purdy to ford the Chateaugay river, march down the right -bank, and take the Canadian position in rear, while he himself -assailed it in front. De Salaberry’s position, a naturally strong -one in a dense forest, intersected by ravines, had been further -strengthened by breaking down bridges in the front, and making -timber breastworks. Hampton commenced his attack at 10 o’clock on -the morning of the 26th, but it was not pushed home. By keeping his -men under cover, and placing buglers in the woods, de Salaberry gave -the impression to the enemy of having a much greater number of men -than had been supposed. Meanwhile, Purdy’s brigade, which had lost -its way in the woods, came up, attracted by the firing, and overthrew -a company of Canadians on the right bank. Re-inforcements coming up -under Macdonell, the officer who distinguished himself at Ogdensburg -in February, Purdy was driven into the woods with loss and confusion, -and took no further part in the battle. So disorganised were his -troops that, during the following night, they opened fire on each -other, causing themselves further losses. Seeing the failure of the -flank attack on which he had principally depended, and believing the -Canadian force in his front to be stronger than it was, Hampton drew -off and fell back, first on Four Corners, and, a few days later, to -Plattsburgh; whence his force shortly afterwards went into winter -quarters. This brilliant affair was fought entirely by the Canadian -militia at a cost of 5 killed, 16 wounded, and four missing. A month -after the action, an officer and twenty-five men of the 19th Light -Dragoons were dispatched to join de Salaberry at Chateaugay. - -It was not till 5th November that Wilkinson’s corps left Grenadier -Island, in a flotilla of between two and three hundred open boats, -protected by gunboats, and entered the St Lawrence. According to -the original plan, the capture of Kingston had been intended; but -this was relinquished on the arrival there of the re-inforcements -sent under de Rottenburg. On arriving near Ogdensburg, the force was -landed on the south bank of the river, and marched down to a point -14 miles below that place, in order to avoid the risk of passing -the small Canadian post of Fort Wellington at Prescott. The boats -were brought down at night with muffled oars. On the 9th, the force -was again landed, this time on the left bank, in order to pass the -rapid known as the Long Sault. The following day, one division, under -General Brown, marched to occupy Cornwall; the other division, under -General Boyd, was retained at the head of the rapid, to oppose a -British force that was hanging on their rear. - -Directly the start of the U.S. expedition down the St Lawrence was -known in Kingston, as many men as could be safely spared, had been -detached under Lieutenant Colonel Morrison of the 89th, convoyed by -a few gunboats, to follow on Wilkinson’s rear. At Fort Wellington, -Morrison received a further accession of force, which brought up -his numbers to 800 rank and file. On the 9th, he landed, thirteen -miles lower down, and, in a few hours, was in touch with Wilkinson’s -force. During the following day some skirmishing took place, and then -Morrison, finding that Boyd was preparing to attack him in force, -took up a position at a place named “Chrystler’s Farm.” Morrison’s -force was made up of some companies of the 49th, 89th, some militia, -three 6 Pr. guns and thirty Indians. Boyd had 2500 men, among which -was a strong force of cavalry, and ten guns. Unlike all previous -actions in this war, the battle of Chrystler’s Farm was fought in -open country. This conferred an advantage on the better trained and -disciplined British troops, that atoned for their inferiority in -numbers. The action commenced about 2 o’clock in the afternoon of -the 11th, and, after three hours’ fighting, in the course of which -a charge of United States’ dragoons was defeated by three companies -of the 89th, Boyd fell back, repulsed at every point, with the loss -of one gun, 339 killed and wounded, among the former of whom was the -U.S. General Covington, and over 100 prisoners. The British loss was -21 killed, 148 wounded and 12 missing. Boyd fell back on his boats, -and embarked after the action, crossing over to the right bank of -the river. The following day, he descended the rapid, and joined -Brown’s force near Cornwall. The cavalry, and some of the artillery, -marched along the Canadian bank, without embarking. Morrison, with -his small force, continued his march down the left bank. On his force -being re-united, Wilkinson learned that he could expect no aid from -Hampton. He at once decided on giving up the attempt on Montreal, and -retreating by the only way open to him. Embarking his whole force, -on the 13th, he descended the St Lawrence to the mouth of the Salmon -river, and ascended that river seven miles to French Mills. Here he -lay, expecting to be attacked, till 12th February, when he set fire -to his boats, huts, and blockhouses, and retreated to Plattsburgh and -Burlington on Lake Champlain. - -Thus, in loss and disaster, ended the second and most serious attempt -against Montreal, made during the war. A handful of Canadians at -Chateaugay, in the woods that gave their special fighting powers -a signal opportunity, and a small number of British troops at -Chrystler’s Farm, where the field of action gave full scope to their -training and discipline, had saved Canada. - -Of the three invasions of the Canadian frontier, the one by Detroit -was alone successful. Proctor’s defeat on the Thames was irreparable. -Fortunately for Canada, it was the point at which the enemy’s success -was least important. Vincent’s spirited affair at Stoney Creek was -the turning-point of the year’s campaign. Had he been overwhelmed, -the Niagara frontier would have been lost, and the re-inforcements -that saved Kingston from attack could not have been spared. The fall -of Kingston might have led to the fall of Montreal. - -The operations of the year showed the extreme importance to Canada -of the mastery on Ontario, and the retention of Kingston. The whole -country was an almost trackless forest. The only way of moving troops -and stores was by water. Full subsistence for the troops in Upper -Canada could not be procured among the scanty population, and they -were largely dependent for rations on pork and biscuit from England. -So long as the waterway was open, the defence of the Niagara frontier -was possible. As the supremacy of the U.S. navy on Lake Erie made -it impossible for the British to continue the war on the Detroit -frontier, so a decisive defeat on Lake Ontario would have lost the -Niagara frontier also. But, till the end of the war, the U.S. navy -never succeeded in establishing more than a temporary supremacy on -Ontario. - -The failure of Wilkinson’s expedition showed the risk of attacking -Montreal, while Kingston was strongly held by a hostile force. An -expedition, once launched on the St Lawrence, could not re-ascend -against the current, and was liable to be caught between two fires, -as actually happened in Wilkinson’s case. The true objective of the -United States, throughout the war, was Kingston; the possession of -which would have made them masters of Upper Canada without a further -effort, and would have placed Montreal in jeopardy. But Kingston was -never seriously attacked during the whole war. - -On the Canadian side, the importance of gaining possession of -Sackett’s Harbour was not clearly recognized. The capture and -retention of that place would have practically secured the Niagara -frontier, and assured the safety of Montreal. But Sir George -Prevost’s half-hearted and abortive attack in May, was the only -attempt made during the war. To both sides, the capture of their -enemy’s depôt on the lake was of supreme importance. The keys of -successful attack and defence were at Sackett’s Harbour and Kingston. - - - - -CHAPTER XII - -THE NIAGARA FRONTIER - -1814-1821 - - United States’ plans--Attempt on Mackinaw--La Colle--State - of affairs on Niagara frontier--Drummond’s raid on - Oswego--Dover--Advance of U.S. force--Capture of Fort - Erie--Battle of Chippewa--Critical position of British - force--Battle of Lundy’s Lane--Retreat of U.S. forces--Fort Erie - invested--Assault on Fort Erie--Sergeant Powell--Conclusion of - operations on Niagara frontier--Prevost’s abortive attack on - Plattsburgh--Defeat of British squadron on Lake Champlain--Other - operations--Bladensberg--Capture of Washington--General Ross - killed--Victory at Baltimore--Expedition against New Orleans--Its - defeat--Fort Bowyer captured--Treaty of Ghent--Sir William - Payne--Sir John Vandeleur--Badge “Niagara” granted--Regiment - returns to England--Equipped as Lancers--Embark for - Ireland--Disbanded. - - -The plans of the United States’ government for the campaign of 1814 -varied considerably from those of the preceding years. They realised -the mistake they had made in advancing on Montreal without first -getting possession of Kingston, and they recognized the delusion on -which they had acted, in believing that the Canadians would welcome -their troops wherever they appeared on Canadian soil. It was, indeed, -the unflinching loyalty of the Canadians to the British flag that -had so far preserved Canada, as the troops England had been able to -spare, would, by themselves, have been inadequate for the purpose. -The United States’ plans for 1814 were therefore directed to the -following objects. To retake the island of Mackinaw; to renew the -invasion of the Niagara frontier; and, after getting possession of -Forts George and Niagara, to proceed against Kingston. The United -States’ officers on the Niagara frontier, had also learned that -enthusiasm without discipline was of little value, when opposed -in the open field to a disciplined enemy; the winter and spring -therefore were utilised by them in enforcing a higher degree of drill -and discipline than had hitherto been aimed at. This resulted in a -marked improvement in the fighting qualities of their troops during -the remainder of the war. - -In the middle of April, a reinforcement of 100 men, conveying a -quantity of much-needed supplies and stores, under Colonel McDouall, -was sent from Toronto to Mackinaw, which was reached after a most -difficult journey on 18th May. A great number of Indians then -flocked into the post, which prompted McDouall to fit out a small -expedition of 150 men with 500 Indians against a small post that had -been lately established at Prairie du Chien on the Mississippi, 200 -miles north-west of the present town of Chicago. Moving by water, the -expedition, under Colonel M‘Kay, was completely successful, and the -post was captured with two guns, and 61 prisoners, on 19th July, at -a cost of only three Indians wounded. - -On 26th July, a U.S. expedition from Detroit, consisting of five -armed vessels and about 750 troops, arrived off Mackinaw, and landed -on 4th August, when they were completely repulsed in an attack on -McDouall’s position, regaining their ships with loss and confusion. -No further attempt was made, but part of the expedition uselessly -remained in the vicinity for some time, losing two armed vessels, -which were taken, on 3rd and 6th September, by a small party of -seamen and militia under Lieutenants Bulger and Worseley. No further -fighting took place in this quarter, and Mackinaw remained in the -hands of the British till the end of the war. - -On the 30th March, General Wilkinson at the head of 4000 U.S. troops -advanced from Plattsburgh, crossed Lake Champlain on the ice, and -attacked a small British force, in a stone mill at La Colle, under -Major Handcock. Wilkinson was repulsed with some loss, and returned -to Plattsburgh. - -The position of the British troops on the Niagara frontier early in -the year was very discouraging. The hardships they had undergone -during the operations in December had caused great sickness, so that -the abandonment of Fort Niagara was at one time seriously entertained. - - “The region between Chippewa and Erie had been so completely - laid waste that it remained almost uninhabited. In addition - to his troops, Drummond had several thousand non-combatants - to feed, and, in the destitute condition of the country, this - seemed an almost hopeless task. Most of the western Indians that - had survived General Proctor’s defeat, as well as the whole - Six Nations from the Grand River, three thousand persons in - all, of whom two-thirds were helpless women and children, had - sought refuge near the British cantonments at Burlington. Their - depredations so harassed and alarmed many of the inhabitants in - the vicinity, that they abandoned their farms, and took shelter - in the soldiers’ quarters. The homeless fugitives from the - Niagara were also dependent upon the over-taxed commissariat. - Thus, while his armed force numbered less than two thousand, - between seven and eight thousand rations were issued daily.... - The Indians daily consumed twice as much flour as the whole - of the troops. In the garrison of Fort Erie alone, not much - exceeding one hundred persons, no less than sixty-nine cases of - ague were reported in a single week.”[62] - -A great number of Indians on the United States’ side were forced -to take up arms. Marauding parties from Detroit made frequent -incursions, carrying off loyal inhabitants, and destroying Delaware -and Point aux Pins. By the end of January, Black Rock was re-occupied -by United States’ troops, whence they annoyed Fort Erie by artillery -fire. It was in the midst of these difficulties that Drummond was -obliged to send the re-inforcements under McDouall to Mackinaw, as -already mentioned, and to further weaken his available forces by -withdrawing a regiment from Toronto to strengthen Kingston. - -By great exertions and the employment of soldiers in the shipyards, -the British naval forces on Ontario had established a superiority. -Drummond wished to attack Sackett’s Harbour, and destroy the enemy’s -vessels there; but Sir George Prevost refused to provide the -necessary troops. On the 5th May, Drummond made a successful dash -from Kingston, with a force of about 1000 troops, upon Oswego. They -landed on the 6th, captured the fort, destroyed all military stores -that could not be carried off, and re-embarked. This successful -attack delayed the United States’ operations on the Niagara frontier -for several weeks, and enabled a strict blockade of Sackett’s Harbour -to be established. - -Early in March, Major Lisle, with a troop of the 19th Light Dragoons -and a few militia, was placed in the little village of Dover, near -Long Point on Lake Erie, to watch any attempt of the enemy from that -side against Burlington. On the 15th May, eight hundred U.S. infantry -crossed the lake in armed vessels, and landed. Major Lisle withdrew -his men, and Dover was burned to the ground; after which the invading -force re-embarked. - -By the end of June, the United States’ troops on the Niagara frontier -had gathered in great numbers, and it was evident that an invasion -was imminent. Drummond had vainly urged on Sir George Prevost -the necessity of reinforcing the troops on the frontier; but Sir -George was convinced that the principal attack would come from Lake -Champlain, and withheld the much-needed troops. From Toronto to -Long Point on Lake Erie, Drummond’s force did not much exceed 4000 -men. A number of important points had to be guarded, and the force -under General Riall on the actual frontier was only about 2200 men, -including Indians, distributed on a length of thirty-six miles, and -including the garrison in Niagara. Only about seven hundred men were -available for field operations. At the end of June, the strength of -Major Lisle’s squadron was six officers, eleven sergeants, and one -hundred and eighteen rank and file, in five different detachments, at -Fort George, Queenston, Chippewa, Fort Erie, and Long Point. - -On the morning of the 3rd July, the United States’ force, 4000 -strong, under General Brown, was ferried across in two divisions -above and below Fort Erie, under cover of a fog. A picquet of the -19th Light Dragoons narrowly escaped being cut off, and the fort -was at once invested. It was occupied at that time by a garrison of -170 men, and, though in no condition to make a proper defence, it -was expected to maintain itself for a short time. It was however -surrendered after the exchange of a few cannon shots. Riall, with -his inferior numbers, contented himself by maintaining a small corps -of observation in his front, while he himself remained encamped on -the left bank of the Chippewa. On the 4th, Brown advanced, driving -before him the corps of observation which destroyed the bridges as it -fell back. A detachment of the 19th Light Dragoons under Lieutenant -Horton, covering the rear, became involved in a skirmish in which -they drove a party of the enemy into a house, which would probably -have been captured had not assistance come to them. Four men and -eight horses of the 19th were wounded in the skirmish. Brown encamped -that night within sight of Riall’s position. - -Riall was reinforced on the 5th by the arrival of the 8th regiment -from Toronto, and, greatly under-estimating Brown’s force, which now -amounted to about 5000 men with nine guns, he resolved on leaving -his field works, and attacking. At three in the afternoon, Riall, -whose force now amounted to about 1900 men, threw forward a body -of militia and Indians on his right flank. After some desultory -skirmishing they were driven back by increasing numbers, and fell -back on the three light infantry companies, who received their -assailants under U.S. General Porter with a terrific volley, driving -them back in complete disorder, till they themselves were in turn -forced to fall back by superior numbers. Riall, meanwhile, had passed -the Chippewa, and drawn up his whole force in order of battle with -three guns. After some cannonading, he formed six companies of the -Royal Scots, and five companies of the 100th in two columns, and led -them against the enemy’s centre. They were received with a tremendous -fire against which they were unable to advance: almost every field -officer, excepting Riall himself, was struck down, and the columns, -suffering heavy losses, were obliged to withdraw, leaving their dead -and many of their wounded on the field. The 8th regiment covered the -retreat, which was not pressed, and the force recrossed the Chippewa -to its former position. “The guns were removed only by the gallant -exertions of some troopers of the 19th Dragoons, who attached their -own horses to the carriages, and rode off with them in the teeth of -the enemy.”[63] The British loss amounted to 515 killed, wounded, and -missing, which fell principally on the Royal Scots and 100th, who -lost 422 officers and men out of a total of 950 engaged. The 19th -Light Dragoons had one sergeant and five men wounded. General Riall, -in his dispatch after the battle, says:-- - - “I am particularly obliged to Major Lisle of the 19th Light - Dragoons for the manner in which he covered and protected one - of the 24-pounders which had been disabled. Lieutenant Colonel - Pearson has reported to me, in the most favourable terms, the - excellent manner in which Lieutenant Horton, with a party of the - 19th Light Dragoons observed the motions of the enemy, while he - occupied the position he took on his first landing (on 3rd July), - and during his advance to this place.” - -In consequence of this repulse, nearly the whole of his Indians -and many of the militia left Riall, in order to look after their -families. On the 8th, Brown threw a bridge across the Chippewa, three -miles up the stream, thus turning Riall’s right. Riall thereupon -broke up his camp, and withdrew to Fort George. Brown continued -his advance, occupied Queenston Heights, and took up a position, -investing Fort George, with his right resting on the Niagara river, -and his left on the lake. Riall, after strengthening the garrisons -in the forts, withdrew in the direction of Burlington Heights. To -do this, he executed a remarkable night march, to avoid the enemy -by whom he was hemmed in. At midnight, his force entered the lake, -which is very shallow for a hundred yards from the shore, and, wading -through the water for two miles and a half, he marched round the -left wing of the investing army, without being detected by their -vedettes. For ten days Brown lay inactive, looking for the arrival of -the U.S. Ontario squadron to enable him to strike a decisive blow. -But the squadron had been blockaded in Sackett’s Harbour ever since -the capture of Oswego, and was unable to render him any assistance. -Frequent skirmishes took place, in which the United States’ troops -suffered losses, often at the hands of the Canadians who were roused -to fury by the outrages committed on them. On one occasion the U.S. -General Swift was killed by a patrol of the 8th regiment; a wagon -train was destroyed, and the picquet guard at Erie cut off to a man. -In retaliation for these losses, the United States’ troops burned the -village of St David’s, and destroyed every dwelling-house between -Queenston and Niagara Falls; under circumstances of such barbarity -that the Colonel in command was dismissed from the army. - -Meanwhile, Riall received some reinforcements from Toronto, and -a great number of militia again joined him, badly armed and -undisciplined, but exasperated beyond measure at the brigand-like -acts of the invaders. This enabled him to advance, and threatened -Brown’s communications. On the 20th, Brown advanced to Fort George, -and commenced preparations for a siege, in the hopes that Riall would -again hazard an engagement with inferior forces to relieve the Fort. -Two days later, Riall with 1700 regular troops, 700 militia, and -some Indians, took post in front of Twelve Mile Creek, in readiness -to fall upon Brown if he should commence active operations against -Fort George. On the 23rd, Brown received intelligence that the U.S. -squadron was closely blockaded in Sackett’s Harbour, and was in no -position to render him assistance. He at once broke up his camp, -and withdrew to the right bank of the Chippewa, with the intention -of depositing all unnecessary baggage and stores at Erie, and then -making a rapid advance on Burlington and Toronto. On the same day, -General Drummond reached Toronto, from Kingston, with the 89th -regiment. These were at once sent forward, under Lieutenant Colonel -Tucker, to Fort Niagara, with instructions to take drafts from the -garrisons of the different forts, and to march, on the 25th, to -Lewiston, where Brown had established a base of supplies. Riall was, -at the same time, ordered to advance towards the Chippewa. Drummond -himself embarked for Niagara, on the afternoon of the 24th, leaving -Toronto with only a few invalids as a garrison. - -At midnight of the 24th, Riall detached about 900 men under -Lieutenant Colonel Pearson, with whom was a troop of the 19th Light -Dragoons under Major Lisle, to advance and occupy the high ground -near the Niagara Falls. By seven o’clock the next morning, after -a fourteen-mile march, Pearson occupied a hill by Lundy’s Lane, -within three miles of the United States’ camp, and one mile from -the Niagara Falls. At the same time, Drummond landed and commenced -his march along the left bank of the Niagara river, while Tucker, -in accordance with previous orders, marched along the right bank on -Lewiston. Lewiston was captured at noon, and the two parties reunited -at Queenston. Sending back part of the force, Drummond, with 815 men -and two guns, held on his way to Lundy’s Lane. Brown, on receiving -intelligence of Tucker’s advance on Lewiston, believing that his -more considerable stores at Fort Schlosser were threatened, and that -Pearson’s party at Lundy’s Lane was only a strong patrol, resolved to -make a countermove on Queenston and Fort George. Riall’s remaining -brigades at Twelve Mile Creek were under arms at daybreak to support -Pearson. Their advance was then countermanded, and they remained in -camp till noon, when a force, numbering 1230 rank and file, with four -guns, under Colonel Scott, was ordered to march at once for Lundy’s -Lane. On neither side was there any immediate expectation of a battle. - -A little before five in the afternoon Brown detached a force of about -1800 men and two guns under General Scott to advance on Queenston. On -coming in contact with Pearson’s outposts, Scott became aware that -the force in front of him was stronger than he had supposed, and -delayed his attack, while he sent back to Brown for more troops. -Riall, who had ridden on to join Pearson, took Scott’s brigade for -the advance of Brown’s whole force. He at once sent back word to the -force advancing from Twelve Mile Creek, which was still three miles -away, to retire on the heights near Queenston, and ordered Pearson to -retreat on that point. After retiring half a mile, Riall and Pearson -met Drummond advancing. Drummond at once took the command, ordered -the position at Lundy’s Lane to be re-occupied, and sent word to -countermand Riall’s last order to Colonel Scott, whom he directed to -press on and join him. - -Scott (U.S.), fearing an ambush, advanced with great caution, which -just allowed time for the British force to regain the hill before -it could be occupied by the enemy. Drummond’s force now amounted to -about 1700 men, thus disposed. On the summit of the hill were two -guns: a little behind them were five companies of the Royal Scots, -a detachment of the 41st, the 89th, with their left resting on the -road running parallel with the river from Queenston to Niagara Falls. -The line was prolonged towards the river by some of the 8th and some -militia. On the road, somewhat retired, was Major Lisle’s troop of -the 19th Light Dragoons. Both flanks were thrown forward, the woods -on the right of the line being occupied by the Glengarry regiment, a -corps of the Macdonald clan raised in Canada, that fought all through -the war with great distinction. By a curious coincidence, Drummond -had under his command three regiments, in which he had served as a -regimental officer; the Royal Scots, the 8th, and the 41st. - -Scott commenced his attack about half past six, along the entire -front. On Drummond’s right and centre, the attack was not pushed -home, and the British guns on the hill, from their advantageous -position, had a decided superiority over the attacking artillery. -But on Drummond’s left, the attack was successful. A battalion, -ordered by Scott to make a wide turning movement through the dense -forest between the road and the river, suddenly attacked the Canadian -militia in flank, threw them into disorder, and captured some -prisoners, occupied the road, and forced back Lisle’s troop of the -19th for over a mile. At this juncture, General Riall was severely -wounded, and, being taken to the road, was conducted by mistake, in -the growing darkness, into a party of the enemy, by whom he was at -once made prisoner. The Canadian militia, however, quickly recovered -themselves, and formed up in rear of the 89th, at right angles to -them, covering the flank and rear of the British position. They also -cleared the road to the rear, and the enemy made no further headway -on this flank during the remainder of the battle. - -Scott now made a determined attack, with the rest of his troops, -on the British centre. It was repulsed after some severe fighting, -in which both sides suffered heavily. A lull in the action then -occurred, during which the artillery on both sides maintained their -fire. Scott, while reforming his ranks, was joined by Brown and -the rest of the United States’ troops; at the same time, Drummond -was joined by the rear division of Riall’s troops, which had been -marching and counter-marching, under conflicting orders, since they -left Twelve Mile Creek. With them came the second troop of the 19th. - - “For a few minutes firing almost ceased, and this interval was - employed by the United States’ artillerymen in bringing forward - fresh supplies of ammunition, and a daring officer, Captain - Brooke, stealthily crept up the hillside until within a few yards - of the British battery, with a dark lantern, which he suspended - in a thicket, as a guide for his gunners to take aim by; for - although the moon had risen, its light was rendered faint and - uncertain by drifting clouds of smoke and dust, and the position - of either line of battle was simply indicated at intervals, by - the flash of their guns.”[64] - -Drummond employed part of his reinforcement to strengthen his right, -while the remainder formed a second line in rear of the first. A -field gun was also brought up in line with the two guns on the hill. - -The United States’ commander was now convinced that the capture -of the hill and the guns on it was necessary to success. Forming -a brigade, 1400 strong, in the hollow of the hill, he sent them -straight against the guns. Part of them recoiled under the heavy -fire, but one battalion was able to approach under a screen of dense -thickets, and gained a position behind a log fence within twenty -yards of the guns without being observed. Pouring in a volley, they -rushed on the gunners with the bayonet, and were at once masters of -the guns, which were turned upon the British line. A large body of -United States’ infantry were then brought up on to the hill, and -their artillery ascended the slope at a gallop. In doing this, one -gun, of which the drivers were killed by a sudden volley, was taken -by the horses into the British ranks, and secured. - - “The remainder of the British artillery was at the same time - brought forward, until the muzzles of the (opposing) guns were - only a few yards asunder, and the battle thenceforward became a - confused, ferocious and sanguinary struggle, waged frequently - at the bayonet’s point, or with clubbed muskets, the British - striving desperately to regain the ground they had lost, and - their opponents to thrust them down into the hollow beyond, and - drive them from the field. Regiments, companies, and sections - were broken up and mingled together. They retired, rallied, and - were led to the charge again.”[64] - -[Illustration: BATTLE OF LUNDY’S LANE - -9 p.m. 25th. July, 1814. - -From L.L.H.S. Publications. - - _Walker & Boutall sc._] - -For over two hours this desperate struggle in the dark continued, -with varying fortunes. At one moment, the 103rd, a young regiment, -was forced back in disorder; at another the U.S. guns were captured, -and two of them spiked. Neither side could make headway, in spite of -frequent attacks and counter-attacks. Drummond was severely wounded -but kept the field: nearly one-third of the British force were killed -and wounded. The U.S. forces were in equally bad case. Three of their -generals were wounded, while the rank and file had lost heavily. In -the confusion and darkness the whole force had become disorganized; -Scott’s brigade, that had commenced the fight, had dwindled to a few -companies: there were an enormous number of stragglers. Closing their -ranks for a last attack the wearied British troops, headed by the -light company of the 41st, regained possession of the hill and of -the guns, just as Brown had decided on withdrawing. Desultory firing -continued for a few minutes: it was not till near midnight that the -British troops, wearied by prolonged marching and fighting, remained -in undisturbed possession of the field. Two of the enemy’s guns -remained in their possession, while one British gun was carried off. - -Thus ended the battle of Lundy’s Lane, the most severely contested -action of the war. On the British side both generals were severely -wounded, one of them being taken prisoner. Out of a total strength -of somewhat less than 3000, the total British loss amounted to 5 -officers and 76 men killed, 30 officers and 532 men wounded, 14 -officers and 219 men missing and prisoners. The disproportion of -wounded to killed, in this and other actions, was mainly due to the -frequent use of buckshot by the enemy. The heaviest losses fell on -the Royal Scots and 89th, who, out of a total of about 900 present, -suffered a loss of 426. The 19th Light Dragoons had two wounded and -one missing, together with three horses killed, ten wounded, and one -missing. The United States’ loss was never correctly stated. Of the -four generals engaged, three were wounded, while the disorganization -of their force of about 4500 men engaged, and the loss of 16 officers -killed and 56 wounded, makes it probable that their loss in killed -and wounded was not less than 1200. Several hundred prisoners -remained in the hands of the British. In his dispatch, General -Drummond writes, “In reviewing the action from its commencement, the -first object which presents itself as deserving of notice, is the -steadiness and good countenance of the squadron of the 19th Light -Dragoons, under Major Lisle, and the very creditable and excellent -defence made by the incorporated militia-battalion &c.” This refers -to the first period of the action when the left of the line was -forced back. - -The following day, General Ripley, who had succeeded to the command -of the United States’ troops, advanced across the Chippewa to see -to his dead and wounded; finding the field in occupation of the -British, he immediately retired, broke down the bridge, destroyed a -quantity of camp equipage and stores, and retired precipitately to -Erie, which he reached on 27th. The light troops, cavalry and Indians -were sent in pursuit, and made a few prisoners. On reaching Erie, -Ripley at once set to work to enlarge and strengthen the defences, in -anticipation of attack. - -Drummond, after repairing the bridge, and receiving some -reinforcements that brought his effective strength up to 3150 men, -followed in Ripley’s footsteps, and appeared before Erie, which he -invested on 3rd August. Ripley’s position was now very strong, with -new earthworks and batteries extending from the fort to the edge of -the lake. On the river side he was covered by the batteries at Black -Rock: while from the lake, his defences were flanked by the fire of -three gunboats. On the night of the 3rd, Drummond threw a small party -of about 450 men across the river to capture the batteries at Black -Rock. Failing to effect a surprise, they recrossed, with the loss -of 25 men k.w.m. Two days later, the spirits of the besieged were -raised by the arrival of General Gaines to supersede Ripley. On the -night of the 12th, a daring exploit was performed by Captain Dobbs -of the Royal Navy. With 75 seamen from Lake Ontario, he attacked -and captured, in open boats transported overland, two of the three -gunboats on Lake Erie: the third gunboat cut its cable, and escaped. -On the 13th, Drummond’s batteries opened fire on the enemy’s works, -and continued the cannonade on the following day, preparatory to a -grand assault. At 2 A.M. on the 15th, the assault was delivered in -three columns. The right column, headed by Sergeant Powell of the -19th Light Dragoons, “who was perfectly acquainted with the ground, -volunteered to act as guide, and preceded the leading subdivision in -the most intrepid style,” was to attack a work called Snake Hill at -the border of the lake. The picquet of cavalry under Captain Eustace, -19th Light Dragoons was detailed to act with the right column. The -rest of the squadron was drawn up in the rear of the most advanced -battery, in readiness to receive prisoners, and conduct them to -the rear. The centre and left columns were to assault the fort at -different points. The scaling ladders with the right attack were -too short; after prolonged efforts, and suffering great losses, -the column was obliged to retire without gaining a footing. The -left column also was beaten back, losing its leader and many men. -The centre column, which was the weakest of the three, led by Lt. -Colonel Drummond, the general’s nephew, alone effected a lodgment, -and maintained its position till daylight, in spite of the most -desperate efforts of the garrison. Lt. Colonel Drummond fell; but -his men, reinforced from the left column, continued to resist all -attacks made to dislodge them, till a tremendous explosion of stored -ammunition took place, killing many, and forcing the remainder to -retire. Almost every officer with the centre and left columns was -killed or wounded. This disastrous repulse cost the British force a -loss of 905 of all ranks, killed, wounded and missing; great part of -the loss being ascribed to the explosion. - -Drummond continued the blockade, and his troops now began to suffer -greatly from sickness. On the 2nd September, General Brown, who -had recovered from his wound received at Lundy’s Lane, resumed -command of the U.S. forces at Erie, in place of Gaines who had -been severely wounded. On the morning of the 7th, a United States’ -picquet, consisting of an officer and 21 men, was surprised and -cut off to a man, by a small party of infantry and a detachment of -the 19th Light Dragoons under Captain Eustace, the whole commanded -by Captain Powell, D.A.Q.M.G. The General Order of the same day -says: “Sergeant Powell, 19th Light Dragoons, has been named to the -Lieutenant General as having again distinguished himself on this -occasion.” This brave soldier was subsequently taken prisoner, and -is believed to have died before he could be exchanged. On the 17th -September, favoured by a heavy fall of rain, Brown made a sortie -in three strong divisions. The battery guards were surprised, and -the whole line of entrenchments was for a time in the assailants’ -hands; till Drummond, bringing up troops from the camp, drove out the -enemy, and recovered possession of his batteries. The sortie cost -the British troops 609 killed, wounded and prisoners, in addition -to three of their few heavy guns destroyed, and other damage. This, -together with continuous bad weather and increasing sickness among -his troops, caused Drummond to give up the blockade, on the 21st, and -withdraw his Head Quarters across the Chippewa on the 24th, which was -done without molestation. A strong body of troops was maintained in -advance of the Chippewa, occupying the line of the Black Creek. In -his dispatch of 2nd October to Sir George Prevost, Drummond reports -the capture by the enemy of a patrol of a corporal and six men of -the 19th Light Dragoons. “The Dragoons must have been most culpably -careless and confident, or the circumstance could not have happened.” -About the 8th October, General Izard, with a large body of U.S. -troops, arrived by land at Lewiston, from Sackett’s Harbour. Instead -of crossing the river to Drummond’s rear, as he should have done, he -continued along the river to Black Rock, and assumed the command at -Erie. Izard’s force now amounted to over 8000 men, from whom some -decisive action was to be expected. Izard advanced to Black Creek, -and offered battle, which Drummond was not strong enough to accept. -Beyond some skirmishing, Izard made no further use of his superiority -of force, awaiting co-operation from the lake. But the U.S. squadron -on Ontario was held fast in Sackett’s Harbour by Sir James Yeo. Izard -remained inactive till 20th October, when he fell back, and carried -his force across the river to Black Rock and Buffalo. On the 5th -November, he blew up Fort Erie and evacuated the place. Drummond at -once disposed the men in winter quarters. Major Lisle’s squadron was -ordered to hold itself in readiness to proceed to Lower Canada, and -one troop under Captain Eustace was sent to Ancaster. - -Several times during the summer marauding parties from the United -States, taking advantage of the undefended state of the Detroit -frontier, had crossed the border, plundering and burning, and -carrying off peaceable inhabitants. Drummond was unable to spare any -force to meet this evil, and the province suffered cruelly. Towards -the end of October, a mounted force of 1500 undisciplined men, under -General McArthur, crossed the border by Lake St Clair, and marched -to Moravian town on the Thames river, continuing eastwards in the -direction of Burlington Heights, where only a few militia and some -300 of the 103rd, under Lt. Colonel Smelt, were stationed. Smelt at -once moved forward to Grand River with about 170 men of the 103rd, -27 of the 19th Light Dragoons, 150 militia and some Indians. After -making a demonstration of crossing, McArthur turned back and regained -Detroit, on the 17th November, without having effected anything -beyond the destruction of a great quantity of property. “Both in -their advance and in their retreat their progress was marked by -plunder and devastation.” Captain Eustace and his party marched to -Dover. - -A return, dated 8th November, shows that out of 7552 men on the -frontier between Toronto and Long Point, 1327 were in hospital at -that date. The total strength of the 19th Light Dragoons’ squadron -was 123, of whom 34 were sick. - -The operations for the year were at an end on this part of the -frontier. Fort Niagara still remained in British hands, and the -projected attack on Kingston had not been made. The only results -of the strenuous efforts made by the United States’ government, at -this point, had been to show the improvement of their troops, both -in generalship and fighting power, since the beginning of the war. -Beyond this, there was nothing to show for the offensive operations -undertaken by the United States during the year. - -The abdication of Napoleon, and the peace concluded in Paris at -the end of May, set free for service in America the troops serving -under Wellington in the south of France. A number of regiments -were embarked at once for Quebec, so that, by the end of August, -Sir George Prevost had upwards of 16,000 British troops in Lower -Canada. With them came instructions to attack Plattsburgh, which, -to observers at a distance, appeared to be the point from which -the most formidable attack might be directed against Montreal. The -strategy was at fault, as the experience of the preceding year had -shown that, while Kingston continued to be held in force, no attack -from Plattsburgh was likely to be successful. On the other hand, a -British success at Plattsburgh could lead to no decisive result. -The true point of attack was Sackett’s Harbour, on Lake Ontario. -The occupation and retention of this point would have destroyed the -U.S. naval power on the lake; Montreal and Kingston would have been -secured from attack; and Sir Gordon Drummond would have been master -of the situation on the Niagara frontier. The U.S. government gauged -the situation more correctly, and denuded Plattsburgh of troops to -reinforce Sackett’s Harbour. The event showed that Plattsburgh was -only of secondary importance. - -For the expedition against Plattsburgh Sir George Prevost formed -three brigades on the frontier extending from the Richelieu river -to the St Lawrence commanded by Major Generals Power, Robinson and -Brisbane. The whole division was under command of Major General de -Rottenburg, and amounted to 11,000 men. With it was the rest of the -19th Light Dragoons not engaged on the Niagara frontier. - -On the 3rd of September, Sir George Prevost, advancing by Chateaugay -from the St Lawrence, crossed the frontier to Chazy, and, on the 5th, -reached, without opposition, a point eight miles from Plattsburgh. -The U.S. troops about Plattsburgh, at the time, amounted to about -1500 men, of inferior quality, under General Macomb. This force was -augmented by about 3000 militia from the surrounding neighbourhood -during the operations, but neither in quality or numbers was it -fit to stand before the troops under Prevost. On the 6th, the army -advanced on Plattsburgh, driving in the U.S. pickets and outposts. -So feeble was the resistance made that General Macomb mentions in -his dispatch that the British troops pressed on in column, not even -deigning to fire, except by their flankers and advanced patrols, on -the militia that they brushed out of their way. In the advance, the -19th Light Dragoons had one man and two horses wounded, two men and -six horses missing. Plattsburgh stands on the Saranac creek which -runs at right angles into Lake Champlain. The high ground on the -south side of the Saranac was occupied by Macomb with some hastily -constructed redoubts. The houses on the north of the Saranac were -occupied by British troops, on the 6th. On the lake lay the U.S. -squadron, consisting of four vessels and ten gunboats. The British -squadron, consisting of four vessels and twelve gunboats, was still -at the north end of Lake Champlain, awaiting the completion of the -flag-ship which had only been launched ten days previously, and whose -crew had hardly joined her from Quebec. Sir George Prevost had only -to advance on the 7th to make himself master of the feeble defences -opposed to him, when he suddenly conceived the idea that he must -await the co-operation of his lake squadron. For four days Prevost -lay inactive, while he urged Captain Downie with his ill-prepared -ships to join him, and engage the enemy’s squadron: the time was -utilised by Macomb in strengthening his defences and collecting -reinforcements. On the 11th, the British squadron appeared in sight, -and engaged the U.S. ships, while Prevost put his troops tardily in -motion. They forded the Saranac, and ascended the opposing heights, -when, with victory in their grasp, they suddenly received the order -to withdraw to their former positions. The British lake squadron, -after a most deadly contest of over two hours, had been completely -defeated, and Sir George Prevost at once threw up the sponge. The -same night, leaving his sick and wounded, together with a quantity -of stores, he commenced a retreat, which much resembled a flight, -to the Canadian frontier. In the many wars in which the British army -has fought, it would be hard to find a parallel instance in which -British troops have been so mishandled. The co-operation of the fleet -was unnecessary, as the enemy’s squadron could not have maintained -its position with the whole of Plattsburgh in British hands. Nine -thousand of Wellington’s veterans, who had defeated Napoleon’s -choicest troops again and again, were made to retreat from an -inferior force that could not have withstood them for an hour, with a -loss of less than 40 killed since they had crossed the frontier. No -wonder that the enemy first took the retreat for a _ruse de guerre_, -and that a British General broke his sword, vowing he would never -serve again. In the whole of the operations against Plattsburgh, -the land forces under Prevost’s immediate command suffered a total -loss of 37 killed, 150 wounded and 55 missing. In their anger at the -fiasco, an immense number of men deserted during the retreat, causing -a greater loss than a successful prosecution of the enterprise could -possibly have entailed. The 19th Light Dragoons while covering the -retirement, lost five men and horses taken prisoners. - -Only brief mention need be made of land operations elsewhere, as -they do not come within the scope of operations in which the 19th -Light Dragoons were concerned. In the middle of August, a combined -military and naval expedition fitted out from Bermuda, under Major -General Ross and Vice Admiral Cockburn, landed at Benedict in the -Potomac river, 50 miles from Washington, and marched on that town. At -Bladensberg, on the 24th, Ross encountered a U.S. army of about 8000 -men under General Winder, and gained a complete and easy victory, -taking 10 guns.[65] Washington was occupied the same evening. On -the following evening, after burning the most important public -buildings, in retaliation for the outrages committed on the Canadian -non-combatants, the force retired, and re-embarked on the 29th, -without molestation. - -At daylight on the 12th September, the same force landed 13 miles -from Baltimore, and advanced on that place. On first coming in touch -with the enemy, Ross was killed by a chance shot. Colonel Brook -assumed the command, and at about five miles from Baltimore a United -States’ force of about 7000 men was encountered and overthrown in -less than half an hour. Two field pieces and many prisoners were -captured. Preparations were then made for a combined attack on the -city, when it was discovered that the harbour was so effectually -closed by sunken vessels, that naval co-operation was impossible. -It being considered that, under these circumstances, the loss that -must be incurred in taking the place by storm would be out of -proportion to any benefit to be gained, the troops were withdrawn, -and re-embarked without the slightest molestation, on the 15th. The -troopships, after hovering on the coast, rather aimlessly for another -month, then set sail for Jamaica, where an expedition was preparing -against New Orleans. - -The mistake that had been made by the United States government -in the early part of the war, in under-rating the difficulty of -conquering Canada, and in believing that the inhabitants would join -the invaders, was now to be repeated by the British government. -British Ministers had been brought to believe that the inhabitants of -Louisiana were disaffected to the U.S. government, and that the State -could easily be taken possession of. With this object, an expedition -against New Orleans had been planned in England; and, it was in order -to save the troops for this purpose, that the attack on Baltimore had -been abandoned. New Orleans, though a great commercial centre, was -devoid of any military importance, and the expedition was destined to -furnish another example of the faulty strategy that was exhibited on -both sides during the war. - -On the 8th December, the expedition under Major General Sir -Edward Pakenham, appeared off the coast, and, on the night of the -12th, captured the enemy’s squadron of gunboats. On the 16th, the -landing of the troops commenced, at the mouth of the Pearl river. -Considerable delay ensued, owing to the swampy nature of the -ground, and the advance did not approach the city till the 23rd. -General Jackson, in command at New Orleans, occupied a long line of -entrenchments at right angles to the river. He was also assisted by -armed vessels on the Mississippi which inflicted severe losses on the -British troops, and greatly delayed their advance. On the morning -of the 8th January, the attack was made, and repulsed with heavy -slaughter. Pakenham fell at the head of his men; Major General Gibbs -died of his wounds the following day, and Major General Keane was -severely wounded. The total loss amounted to 2119 killed, wounded and -missing. So strongly were the enemy posted, that his loss did not -exceed about 80 men. Under this disastrous repulse the expedition -withdrew on the 18th, and re-embarked. A portion of the expedition -was then directed against Fort Bowyer, on Mobile Point, which -capitulated, on 12th February, without resistance. Twenty-eight guns -and over 300 prisoners fell into the hands of the British. - -In the middle of March, news was received that a Treaty of Peace had -been signed at Ghent on 24th December, and the war was at an end. - -During the summer of 1814, the Head Quarters of the regiment was -moved from La Prairie to Chambly, where they remained as long as -the regiment was in Canada. The four troops left behind in Ireland -had been moved, on the embarkation of the regiment for Canada, -to Radipole Barracks, near Weymouth; and thence to Maidstone, in -February 1814. In July of the same year, the regiment lost its -Colonel, Lord Howe, by death. In his place, Lieutenant General Sir -William Payne Bt., was transferred as Colonel, from the 23rd Light -Dragoons. He was an officer who had served in the Royal Dragoons, -and commanded the British Cavalry at the battle of Talavera. His -connection with the regiment was very brief, as, in the following -January, he was appointed Colonel of the 12th Light Dragoons. In his -place, Major General Sir John Ormsby Vandeleur K.C.B., Lieutenant -Colonel in the regiment, was appointed Colonel. - -Sir John Vandeleur had entered the army in 1781, and saw service in -Flanders in 1794, and at the Cape of Good Hope in 1796. He commanded -a brigade of cavalry, under Lake, in the wars against Scindia and -Holkar, 1803-5, and especially distinguished himself at Laswaree, -and on other occasions. In 1807, he exchanged into the 19th as -already mentioned.[66] In 1811, he commanded an infantry brigade in -Spain, under Wellington, and, at Ciudad Rodrigo, led the assault -after Craufurd’s fall, when he was severely wounded. Afterwards he -commanded the 4th cavalry brigade at Waterloo, and succeeded to the -command of the whole of the cavalry, on Lord Uxbridge being wounded. - -During 1814, gold lace was substituted for silver in the uniform of -the regiment. - -In May 1815, sanction was granted, under the following order, for -Major Lisle’s squadron to wear the badge “Niagara” for their services -on the Niagara frontier. The privilege seems to have been extended -later to the whole regiment. - -[Sidenote: 1815. - -19th Light Dragoons (Squadron under Major Lisle). Royal Scots--1st -Battalion. 8th or King’s--1st Battalion. 41st--Fl. Cos. 89th--2nd -Batt. 100th--103rd--Glengarry Lt. Inf. Fencibles.] - - HORSE GUARDS - _19th May 1815_. - - Sir, - - I have had the honour to lay before the Commander-in-Chief your - letter of the 26th February last, and am directed to acquaint - you in reply that His Royal Highness the Prince Regent has been - pleased, in the Name and on the behalf of His Majesty, to approve - of the Regiments named in the Margin, being permitted to bear on - their Colors and Appointments in addition to any other Badges, - or Devices, which may have been heretofore permitted to be borne - by those Regiments the Word “Niagara,” in consequence of the - distinguished Conduct of those Corps in the Capture of Fort - Niagara by Assault on the 19th December 1813, and in the Battle - at Lundy’s Lane, in North America, on the 25th July 1814. - - I have &c. - - H. CALVERT - A. G. - - Lt. General - Sir GEORGE PREVOST Bt. - or General Officer Commanding Canada. - -Detachments of the regiment were quartered at La Prairie, Isle aux -Noix, Blairfindie, Quebec, Montreal, and St John’s. - -In 1816, the whole of the ten troops of the regiment, amounting to -620 rank and file, appear to have been in Canada. At the very end -of the year, the strength of the Canadian establishment was fixed -at 5000 rank and file. In order to bring it down to this number, -the 19th were held under orders to return to England, but, it was -not till the following 6th August that they embarked at Quebec, -and landed at Tilbury, 13th September. On landing they marched to -Romford, where they remained till the following March. - -The execution done by the Polish lancers at Waterloo induced the -military authorities in England to arm four regiments with lances. -Accordingly, the 9th, 12th, 16th, and 23rd Light Dragoons were -equipped as Lancers, in September 1816. But great reductions in the -military establishments were in progress, and, in October 1817, the -23rd were disbanded, their horses being made over to the 19th, whose -establishment was reduced to eight troops. At the same time, the 19th -were ordered to be equipped as lancers.[67] - -In March 1818, the regiment was moved to Hounslow and Hampton Court, -with detachments at Pimlico and Kensington. On the 26th May, the -regiment, together with the 10th Hussars, was reviewed at Hounslow by -the Prince Regent, and, in November, they were on duty, at Datchet, -for Queen Charlotte’s funeral. - -The regimental muster rolls show that in October the regiment had 455 -rank and file. - -In June of the following year the regiment moved to Brighton, with -troops at Hastings, Arundel and Rottingdean. - -A year later (June 1820), the regiment was ordered to Nottingham, -with troops at Mansfield, Sheffield, Loughborough, Peterborough and -Derby. In spite of the distance, they marched to Hounslow to be -reviewed, on 4th August, in company with the 10th Hussars and 12th -Lancers, by George IV., when His Majesty expressed his “unqualified -approbation” of the three regiments. - -[Illustration: OFFICERS OF THE XIX^{TH} LANCERS, 1818. - -_to face p. 218._] - -During the winter, the regiment marched to Manchester, and, in the -end of May, embarked for Ireland, where they were quartered at -Newbridge. But further reductions were in progress, and, on 23rd -August 1821, warrants were issued for the disbandment of the 18th -Light Dragoons and 19th Lancers, which were carried into effect on -10th September. The strength of the 19th, at the time of disbandment, -was 103 officers and non-commissioned officers, 336 rank and file, -273 horses. - - - - -PART IV - -THE NINETEENTH “PRINCESS OF WALES’ OWN” HUSSARS - -(1858-1899) - - - - -CHAPTER I - -RAISING OF THE REGIMENT - -(1858-1882) - - The East India Company raises European Cavalry regiments--Their - formation--The Bengal 1st European Light Cavalry--Services - transferred to the Crown--The “White Mutiny”--Made 19th Light - Dragoons, afterwards Hussars--General Pattle--Regiment at - Meerut--General Hall--Regiment ordered to England--Badges of old - 19th Light Dragoons granted--Regiment ordered to Ireland--Guidons - of old 19th Light Dragoons presented to the regiment--Regiment - returns to England--Ordered on active service. - - -In May 1857, the mutiny of the Bengal Native Army occurred, which so -profoundly changed the nature of British administration in India. -Through carelessness and false economy, the East India Company -had allowed the number of European troops in India to sink to a -dangerously low level, in proportion to the number of native troops. -As against some 230,000 native soldiers, the European troops numbered -less than 40,000 men, of whom about 23,500 were royal troops. The -Company’s European troops in India consisted, at that time, of nine -battalions of Infantry, seventeen troops of Horse Artillery, and -forty-eight companies of Foot Artillery. Apart from other measures -for restoring tranquillity, it was determined to raise three -additional battalions of Infantry, and to replace the mutinous Bengal -Native Cavalry by Europeans. Of the ten regiments of regular Bengal -Native Cavalry, seven had mutinied, and two had been disarmed. - -In November 1857, intimation was sent to the Governor General that -it had been decided to form four regiments of Cavalry, for the -Company’s service, of men recruited in England, of ages between 20 -and 30 years, and of a standard height not less than 5 ft., and not -exceeding 5 ft. 4 in. Each regiment was to consist of ten troops, -with 70 privates per troop, together with the usual number of -officers, non-commissioned officers and staff. All accoutrements, -arms, and equipments were to be of a lighter description than those -in common use by British Cavalry: and the men were to be collected at -a depot in England (Warley), to be trained for three months, before -being embarked for India. A lower standard of height than that of -the Royal Army was adopted, with the intention that the recruiting -for the Royal Army should not be interfered with, and it was thought -that, by tapping a new stratum of recruits, men would be easily -obtained. These anticipations were justified. The whole nation had -been roused by the sufferings of our countrywomen in India, and -recruits flocked in. Three weeks later, the Court of Directors were -obliged to write to the Governor General that, in consequence of the -very rapid recruiting, accommodation could not be provided for the -men, in England, and it was necessary to embark a large body of them, -for Calcutta, at once. - -With regard to these undersized men, it may be said here, that a -large number of them made excellent soldiers in time; but there was -a considerable proportion of them, big men on short legs, over 25 -years of age at the time of enlistment, who were unfit for cavalry -purposes. - -After being kept some time near Calcutta, the men were gradually -forwarded to Allahabad, where they were collected in June 1858, an -almost undisciplined mob, without permanent officers, without horses, -and without equipments. On the 17th June, we find Major General -Sir William Mansfield (afterwards Lord Sandhurst) writing to Major -General Sir Hope Grant, then in the field against the rebels: “We -are about to organize the four regiments of Bengal Dragoons, and to -divide the recruits into four bodies without delay. How would it suit -you to have one of these young corps attached to the ‘Bays’ (2nd -Dragoon Guards), and another to the 7th (Hussars)? Not a man has ever -been on a horse, and the men are at present armed with _muskets_.” - -By the end of June, the apportioning of the men into regiments was -complete, and, on the 3rd July, the regiment with which our interest -lies, became established as the Bengal 1st European Light Cavalry, -to be quartered at Allahabad. The other three regiments marched for -various cantonments in North Western India. A fifth regiment was -formed at Peshawur, in November, of volunteers from Royal infantry -regiments, who had been formed into a cavalry corps for temporary -service during the Mutiny. - -To officer each of these regiments, the officers of two of the ten -mutinied or disbanded Bengal Native Cavalry regiments were utilized: -but, instead of placing them upon a single list, they were kept on -separate lists for promotion, which were styled Right and Left Wings, -corresponding to their late regiments. All officers newly appointed, -who had belonged to neither of the old Native regiments, were to be -borne on the strength of the Right Wing, so that, in process of time, -the Left Wing was destined to disappear; but the process would have -been one of thirty years or more, according to the rate of promotion -then existing in the Company’s service. - -The Bengal 1st European Light Cavalry was officered by the surviving -officers of the 1st and 3rd Bengal Native Cavalry, both of which -regiments had mutinied. For remounts, the men were given a number of -horses hastily purchased at the Cape of Good Hope and in Australia, -most of them wild unbroken bush horses that had never been handled. -An officer who served with the regiment at this time, writing of it -forty years afterwards, says:-- - - “No regiments were ever raised under such absurd conditions, and, - if the object had been to prove them a failure, no course better - calculated to achieve that end could have been pursued. The only - old soldiers sent to assist us were two or three infantry men - from a Fusilier regiment, none higher in rank than Corporal. - When the authorities were addressed on this subject, one or two - cavalry soldiers, I think from the 7th Hussars, were sent; the - highest in rank being a Lance Corporal who was promptly made a - Troop Sergeant Major, and I don’t think turned out a success. The - horses, like the men, were all untrained, and some of the horses - from the Cape were perfect devils, very difficult to clean, and - for some time impossible to ride or to shoe. I have a vivid - recollection of one roan, who stood in his stall for days covered - with mud, because no one could go near him. Out of the crowd of - raw recruits, we had to find all our Non-Commissioned officers - from Troop Sergeant Major downwards, so it may be imagined what - little respect was paid to the highest grades.” - -On the 1st November 1858, the Crown assumed the government of India, -and the East India Company thenceforth ceased to exist. No attention -was paid to the view that might be taken of the change, in the -ranks of the Company’s army. The British soldier, though he yields -to discipline, never forgets that he is a soldier by his own free -will; he objects to be treated like a conscript. The late Company’s -European soldiers quickly came to believe that their rights had been -infringed. Had they been asked to volunteer for service under the -Crown, they would have done so almost to a man; but they objected -to be handed over “like bullocks,” as they expressed it. The Indian -government consulted its legal advisers, who treated the objection as -a purely technical one, prompted by a wish for the offer of a bounty. -So long as the men were retained for the local service for which they -had enlisted, it was considered that they had no grievance. It was -decided that the men had no case, and a General Order to this effect -was published in April 1859. The agitation quickly assumed a serious -aspect, and, during May, there was a time when, in a few cantonments, -a collision between the Royal and the late Company’s European troops -appeared possible. The movement was not confined to the newly raised -regiments, but was equally shared in by the old soldiers of the late -Company, who had shown their fine qualities on many a hard fought -field. The behaviour of the 1st Bengal European Light Cavalry was -similar to that of the local European forces in most other places. -All guards and barrack duties were performed without demur, but the -men refused to turn out for parade. On one occasion the canteen was -broken into, and an attempt was made to release prisoners. Mutinous -language was used to officers in a few instances, and shots fired -in defiance, but not with evil intent. Under the circumstances -already related, it is surprising that nothing worse occurred. In one -instance alone, in one of the newly raised infantry regiments, was -there a dangerous attempt to act as an organized armed body hostile -to the State. This was speedily repressed, and the ringleader shot. - -The Calcutta government quickly recognized its mistake. In the end -of June, orders were published allowing the men the option of -discharge, but no bounty was offered to those who elected to remain, -while those who took their discharge were not allowed the option of -re-enlistment, as long as they remained in the country. Under the -feeling of exasperation that had grown up, upwards of 10,000 men -elected to take their discharge, of whom 2800 re-enlisted on reaching -England. - -The trouble with the Indian local European forces, in 1859, has been -frequently cited as a cogent reason against the maintenance of a body -of British troops in India, for local service only; a measure that -would overcome many difficulties now felt in army administration. -Those who study the events of 1859 must recognize that the trouble -arose, not from the conditions of service, but from the mistakes -of those in authority at Calcutta. The “White Mutiny” was no mere -outbreak against discipline: it was the vindication of the men’s -claim to be consulted in the disposal of their services. - -While these events were in progress, orders were received for the -regiment to march to Cawnpore, which it did in June. - -Early in 1861, it was determined to cease the maintenance of any -European force for local service in India, and, on 6th May, the -officers, non-commissioned officers and men were called on to -volunteer for General Service. They responded, almost to a man, and -the regiment received the designation of the 19th Light Dragoons. In -the same way, the Bengal 2nd and 3rd European Light Cavalry became -the 20th and 21st Light Dragoons; the 4th and 5th being disbanded. -At the same time, the establishment was assimilated to that of other -British cavalry regiments in India, viz. nine troops (one at the -depot in England) with 585 corporals and privates: 693 of all ranks. -Three months later, under Horse Guards order of 17th August 1861, -the designation of the regiment was changed to the 19th Hussars. -The standard for recruits was assimilated to that of other Hussar -regiments. - -At the beginning of February 1862, the regiment was moved to Lucknow. - -On the 30th July, in the same year, the complete roll of officers was -gazetted. - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ Charles Vanbrugh Jenkins. - - _Major_ John Hatfield Brooks. - Roland Richardson. - - Henry Cadogan Craigie. - _Sir_ John Hill, _Bt. Bt. Major_. - Henry Edward Ellice. - Robert Baring. - _Captain_ Melville Clarke. - Hugh Henry Gough, _V.C._, _Brevet Major_. - Frederick Peter Luard. - Richard Talbot Plantagenet Stapleton - Charles Manners Sutton Fairbrother. - - Charles Hay Fairlie. - Abel Henry Chapman. - Cecil Clarke Jervoise. - Arthur George Webster. - _Lieutenant_ Robert Morris. - Edward Stirling Rivett-Carnac. - John Biddulph. - George Cortlandt Buller Taylor. - Charles John Prinsep. - Albert Hearsey. - - Elliot Alexander Money. - Joseph Boulderson. - _Cornet_ Frederick Henry Huth. - Charles Robert St. Quintin. - Francis Dallas Harding. - Seymour Duncan Barrow. - - _Riding Master_ George Couch. - - _Adjutant_ Abel Henry Chapman. - - _Paymaster_ Henry Octavius Currie. - -The greater number of them had belonged to the Company’s 1st and 3rd -Bengal Native Cavalry. - -In September, General William Pattle C.B. was gazetted to be Colonel -of the regiment. He was an old Company’s officer who had entered the -service in 1800. He served under Lord Lake in the Mahratta campaigns -of 1803 and 1804, and was present at the battles of Alyghur, Delhi, -Laswaree, the siege of Bhurtpore &c. He served through the Mahratta -war of 1817-18, and commanded the cavalry under Sir Charles Napier, -during the conquest of Scinde, and at the battles of Meeanee and -Hyderabad. - -Under orders from the War office, dated 6th January 1863, the -establishment was reduced by one troop, leaving seven service troops -and one at Maidstone. - -In the autumn, orders were received for the regiment to march to -Meerut, where it arrived 28th November. Here the regiment remained -till the end of 1867. The only events to be noticed during these four -years are a reduction of establishment by 56 privates in 1866: and -the presence of the regiment at the great Durbar held by the Viceroy, -Sir John Lawrence, at Agra, in November 1866, when the 19th were -brigaded with the 2nd Dragoon Guards. - -In the beginning of 1865, the regiment lost its Colonel by death. In -his place Lieutenant General John Hall was appointed Colonel. - -On the 10th December 1867, the Head Quarters of the regiment, with -four troops, marched for Benares, being followed, a month later, by -the remaining three troops, who marched to Cawnpore. - -In the ordinary course of relief, the regiment was intended to leave -India in 1872. In a sudden fit of economy, the Indian Government -decided to get rid of two cavalry regiments, so that, without any -previous warning, the regiment received telegraphic orders, on 18th -January 1870, to proceed to England immediately. Similar orders were -sent to the 7th Hussars, then serving in India. Volunteering was at -once opened to men electing to serve in other regiments remaining in -India, and, on 24th January, the regiment was re-united at Allahabad, -whence it proceeded to Bombay, where it embarked on board the _Jumna_ -on the 14th February. So unexpected had been the move, that a draft -for the regiment, from England, joined it four days before sailing. -The strength of the regiment leaving India, was as follows: 18 -officers, 51 sergeants and corporals, 7 trumpeters, 257 privates, 28 -women and 55 children. - -On the 22nd March, the regiment landed at Dover, and proceeded to -Canterbury, whence all the Cavalry Depot troops, excepting those -of the 20th and 21st Hussars, had been moved to Maidstone. But the -British Government were as unwilling to have the home military -establishment increased by the two regiments thus sent from India, -as the Indian Government had been to retain them, and the idea of -disbanding two regiments was entertained. The Manchester school was -predominant; shortsighted financial considerations alone had any -weight. The changes rung in the establishment of the regiment for -the next four months show the hesitating counsels that prevailed. -On the 1st April, one troop was absorbed. A month later, the -establishment was nominally fixed at 25 officers, 457 Sergeants and -privates, and 300 horses, but recruiting to make the regiment up to -that strength was forbidden. At the end of June the establishment of -horses was reduced to 200. A week later, the war between France and -Germany broke out, while the question of the strength of military -establishments was still being bandied about between the Treasury and -the War Office. On the 1st August, orders were received to complete -the strength of the regiment up to 540 of all ranks, which was done -by the end of September. The number of horses was also raised to 350. - -Consequent on the increase of establishment, an eighth troop was -formed in February 1871. - -In May, the Head Quarters of the regiment and five troops marched to -Brighton; the other three troops going to the camp at Shorncliffe. - -On the 17th June, an inspection of the regiment was held at Brighton -by its Colonel, General John Hall. - -In August 1872, the regiment marched to Aldershot, and, a few days -after arrival, marched to take part in the Wiltshire manœuvres at -Pewsey, where it was brigaded under the command of Major General -Shute C.B.; returning to Aldershot in September. - -During 1872, the regiment lost its Colonel, Lieutenant General Hall, -who was succeeded by General John Yorke C.B. He was an old officer of -the Royal Dragoons, which regiment he commanded in the Crimean War, -and was severely wounded at Balaclava. - -In June 1873, the regiment marched to Windsor, to take part in the -review held in honour of H.M. the Shah of Persia, on the 24th; -returning to Aldershot the following day. - -In August, manœuvres were held at Dartmoor, in which the regiment -took part; proceeding by train as far as Exeter, and returning to -Aldershot by route march. The fine appearance of the regiment, and -its proficiency in outpost and reconnoissance duties attracted more -than usual attention on this occasion. - -Early in 1874, the regiment was granted the privilege of wearing the -badges so gloriously earned by the old 19th Light Dragoons. - - HORSE GUARDS _24th Feb. 1874_. - - SIR, - - I have the honor, by desire of His Royal Highness the Field - Marshall Commanding in Chief to acquaint you that Her Majesty has - been graciously pleased to approve of the regiment under your - command being permitted to wear the badges granted to the old - 19th Light Dragoons for achievements during the present Century, - viz.: - - The Elephant - - “Assaye” “Niagara” - - J. W. ARMSTRONG, - Depy. Adj. General - - To the - Officer Commanding - 19th Hussars. - -It will be observed that the “Seringapatam” badge, granted to the -old 19th Light Dragoons for four campaigns in the last century, was -withheld. The 23rd of September is now observed as an annual holiday -in the regiment, in commemoration of Assaye. - -On the 19th May, the regiment took part in the review held at -Aldershot, in honour of H.I.M. the Emperor of Russia. - -At the end of June, the regiment marched to new quarters at Hounslow, -with a troop at Hampton Court, and another at Kensington. - -At the end of July 1875, the regiment marched to Leeds, with troops -at Preston and Bury. - -In June 1876, the regiment proceeded to Ireland. After going through -the drill season at the Curragh, it went into quarters at Longford, -Gort, Castlebar, Dunmore, and Athlone. In the following spring it -returned to the Curragh, and, in October, marched to Dublin, where it -was quartered in the Royal Barracks and Arbour Hill. In the following -August, it again marched to the Curragh, whence, after a month, it -marched for Ballincollig, with out-quarters at Cork, Cahir, Limerick, -Bandon, Fermoy, and afterwards Waterford. In these quarters the -regiment remained till May 1880, when it was again ordered to the -Curragh. In August, the regiment again marched to Dublin, leaving -one squadron at the Curragh. Three months later, a wing was ordered -to Ballinrobe and Lough Mask, by rail, in aid of the civil power, -returning to Dublin after a fortnight’s work, in, what was then -called, the “Boycott” campaign. - -In May 1881, the regiment moved to Dundalk, with two troops at -Belfast and one at Belturbet. The time was one of much excitement in -Ireland, when the Land League conspiracy was in full force, and the -regiment was employed, during the winter, in much harassing work in -support of the civil power. - -While at Belfast the regiment became possessed of some greatly prized -relics of the old 19th Light Dragoons, through the generosity of a -lady whose husband had served in the old regiment. As is well known, -all cavalry regiments except Hussars and Lancers, at the beginning -of the century, had a standard or guidon for each squadron. After -their return from India, and shortly after the conferring of the -Elephant and Assaye badges (1807) the 19th Light Dragoons received -a new set of guidons.[68] On the regiment being equipped as Lancers -(1817) the guidons could no longer be used, and, on the disbanding -of the regiment they became the property of the Colonel, Sir John -Vandeleur. At his death he bequeathed them to his relative Major -William Armstrong of Farney Castle, Thurles, who had served in the -19th from 1809 to 1819. Major Armstrong’s widow now made known her -wish to restore the guidons to the regiment that bears the number and -badges which the old regiment so worthily earned. On the 28th March -1882, the Belfast squadron paraded, under Lieutenant Colonel Coghill, -and received the guidons with a royal salute. The Princess of Wales’ -Own Yorkshire Regiment (formerly the 19th Foot) lent the services of -their band, and the guidons were marched in all honour, through the -town, to barracks, where they were deposited in the Mess Room, after -a royal salute and an address to the squadron from Colonel Coghill. - -The honorary guidon granted to the old regiment for Assaye, has not -been traced. If it is still in existence, it is to be hoped that the -possessor will restore it to its rightful guardians. - -According to the old custom one guidon in each regiment was known -as the King’s. The King’s guidon was of crimson silk with the -Union badge in the centre. The regimental guidons were of the same -colour as the regimental facings, with the regimental badge in the -centre. Guidons were discarded on active service, after 1811, if not -earlier.[69] - -[Illustration: AN OFFICER OF THE XIX^{TH} HUSSARS, 1882. - - _to face p. 232._] - -In June 1882, the regiment received orders to return to England, -and, while on the march for Aldershot, where it arrived 14th July, -news was received that it was to proceed at once to Egypt on active -service. Weak and sickly men were drafted into Depot, to remain -behind, the four squadrons being completed by volunteers from other -regiments and from the Reserve. The following officers also were -attached to the regiment, for service. - - _Captain Lord_ St. Vincent 16th Lancers. - _Lieutenant Sir_ G. Arthur 2nd Life Guards. - ” Scott 3rd Hussars. - ” Crabbe ” ” - ” Morris 7th Hussars. - ” Ridley ” ” - ” Holland 15th Hussars. - ” de Crespigny ” ” - ” _Hon._ R. Leigh ” ” - ” Blagrove ” ” - ” La Terriere 18th Hussars. - - - - -CHAPTER II - -TROUBLES IN EGYPT - -1882-1884. - - Troubles in Egypt--Arabi’s rebellion--Capture of - Ismailia--Kassassin--Tel-el-Kebir--End of the War--19th at - Cairo--Badges granted--Troubles in Eastern Soudan--Osman - Digna--Regiment ordered to Suakin--Wreck of the _Neera_--Battle - of El Teb--Heavy losses of the 19th--Battle of Tamai--Osman - Digna’s camp burned--Regiment returns to Cairo--Badges granted. - - -In June 1879, Mahomed Ismail, the Khedive of Egypt, was deposed by -the Sultan, at the instance of England and France, in favour of -his son Mahommed Tewfik, and a control of Egyptian finances was -established by the two western powers. In the beginning of 1881, a -spirit of insubordination began to show itself among the officers of -the Egyptian army, who quickly recognised their own power to enforce -demands, and adopted as leader, one of their number, Said Ahmed -Arabi, better known as Arabi Pasha. By September, the pretensions -of the army had so far increased that, they forced the Khedive to -dismiss his Ministers. Attempts were soon afterwards made to get rid -of the Anglo-French control. Arabi’s influence increased daily; he -caused himself to be appointed Minister of War; and, by April 1882, -had practically got the whole of the country into his hands. The -Khedive was helpless. In May, the French and English fleets were -sent to Alexandria, in order to strengthen the Khedive’s hands. -But matters did not improve: Arabi openly assumed the direction of -affairs, and began to strengthen the forts commanding the Alexandria -harbour. On the 11th June, serious riots broke out in Alexandria, -in the course of which a number of Europeans were killed, and their -houses pillaged. It was seen in England that a military expedition -to restore order would probably be necessary, and preparations, in -anticipation, began to be made. - -In the meantime, the work on the Alexandria fortifications had so -far advanced as to endanger the safety of the fleets. The French -Government was unwilling to take action: the remonstrances of the -British Admiral were met by evasions and denials from Arabi Pasha. -At last, on 11th July, after due notice, the forts were bombarded -and destroyed by the British fleet. A force of seamen and marines -was landed to secure the safety of the Khedive, and put an end to -the pillaging and burning of the town by Arab marauders, and, on -the 17th, two battalions of British infantry, from Cyprus, under -Major General Sir Archibald Alison, landed to hold the town. On the -20th, the British Government definitely decided to send a military -expedition to Egypt, to restore the Khedive’s authority. The French -Government refused to co-operate, and withdrew from further action. - -The force sent from England and the Mediterranean stations amounted -to 25,450 men, of whom 2400 were cavalry: the whole being commanded -by Lieutenant General Sir Garnet Wolseley. There being no fear of -their being attacked at sea, they were sent without convoy, as -soon as the ships could be got ready. By the 11th August, the last -transport had sailed from England for Alexandria. The 19th Hussars -were among the last to go. On the 10th August, they embarked at -Southampton, in the _Assyrian Monarch_ and the _Montreal_, with a -total strength of 33 officers, 553 non-commissioned officers and -privates, and 464 horses, under command of Lieutenant Colonel K. J. -W. Coghill. Previous to this, a detachment of 20 men under Lieutenant -Aylmer had sailed in the _Orient_ as escort to H.R.H. the Duke -of Connaught. It was also arranged for a Contingent from India to -operate from Suez, consisting of one battalion of British infantry, -three battalions of Native infantry, and three regiments of Native -cavalry, under command of Major General Sir Herbert Macpherson. - -Arabi’s army, at the beginning of July, consisted only of about 9000 -men. By calling out reserves, and enlisting Arabs, it soon reached -the number of 60,000 men, and eventually amounted to 100,000. - -Before the expedition left England, it had been determined to seize -the Suez Canal, and advance on Cairo from Ismailia; but, as it was -expedient that the Canal should not be blocked or injured, Alexandria -was appointed as the rendezvous of the troops on the Mediterranean -side, and measures were taken to spread the belief that the advance -on Cairo would be made from that place. - -The greater part of the troops being gathered at Alexandria, on -the 18th August, preparations were made as if an attack on Aboukir -was intended. Troops were re-embarked, and sailed under convoy of -the fleet, at noon on the 19th, anchoring in Aboukir Bay the same -afternoon. After dark, while demonstrations of bombarding the Aboukir -forts were made, the transports weighed anchor, entered the Canal, -and commenced landing at Ismailia on the 20th. The movement was -unexpected by the enemy, and no resistance was experienced. By the -22nd, complete command had been gained of the whole Canal from Port -Said to Suez. On the 21st, Nefisha, four miles in front of Ismailia, -was occupied. Early on the 24th, a small force was pushed forward -to El Magfar, which was occupied after a slight skirmish, in which -Lieutenant Aylmer’s detachment of the 19th Hussars took part. At El -Magfar, it was found necessary to push on to Tel-el-Mahuta, to secure -the water supply. The place was strongly occupied by the enemy, and -the small British force was exposed to long range fire of guns and -small arms, for many hours, while reinforcements were coming up, -which did not happen till the evening. The next morning, the whole -force advanced, and occupied Tel-el-Mahuta after a slight opposition, -while the cavalry pushed forward, and occupied the enemy’s camp at -Mahsamah without resistance. Seven guns, with a large quantity of -small arms, ammunition and stores, fell into the hands of the British -troops. Early on the 26th, Kassassin was occupied by a brigade of -infantry under Major General Graham, and the troops from Suez began -to arrive at Ismailia. - -The 19th Hussars, in the _Assyrian Monarch_ and the _Montreal_, did -not reach Alexandria in time to take part in these operations. They -reached Ismailia on the 24th, and completed their disembarkation -by the evening of the 26th. The duty assigned to them was to act -as Divisional troops; the Right Wing, consisting of two squadrons -under Lieutenant Colonel Coghill, formed part of the 1st Division -under Lieutenant General Willis; the remaining two squadrons, under -Lieutenant Colonel A. G. Webster, formed part of the 2nd Division -under Lieutenant General Sir E. Hamley. One troop was detailed as -escort to Sir Garnet Wolseley throughout the campaign. The Right Wing -joined the Head Quarters of the 1st Division at Tel-el-Mahuta, on the -evening of the 27th. - -On the 28th, a demonstration was made by the enemy against Graham’s -force at Kassassin. The Right Wing of the 19th was ordered in support -to Mahsamah; but, on its being ascertained that no serious attack -was intended they returned to Tel-el-Mahuta. Graham, having been -reinforced, and expecting the Heavy Cavalry Brigade to join him, made -a general advance after sunset. The orders for the heavy cavalry had, -however, miscarried, and did not reach Major General Lowe for several -hours. Making a wide sweep into the desert, Lowe fell upon the left -of the enemy in the dark, and charged, rolling up their infantry; -the darkness made pursuit impossible. The sound of the heavy firing, -caused the Division at Tel-el-Mahuta to turn out again, but after a -brief advance they returned to camp, with the exception of the 19th -Hussars, who pushed on to Kassassin, which they reached at daybreak. -It was not till noon, after visiting the scene of the previous -night’s encounter, that they were able to off-saddle and rest. - -The following twelve days were spent in preparing for the advance -on Tel-el-Kebir, 13 miles from Kassassin, where Arabi’s army had -constructed a formidable line of entrenched works. During these days, -the 19th Hussars and the Indian Native Cavalry were employed in -continual outpost and reconnoissance duties. On the 5th, Lieutenant -Holland was badly wounded. - -By the 8th, all was ready for massing the whole force at Kassassin -preparatory to the advance on Tel-el-Kebir. Early on the 9th, Arabi -advanced in force on Kassassin, attacking in two separate bodies -simultaneously, one in front from Tel-el-Kebir, and the other in -flank from Es Salihiyeh. Willis repelled the double attack with ease, -and pushed the enemy back to within cannon shot of Tel-el-Kebir, -capturing four guns. - -Soon after dark on the 12th, the whole force consisting of 17,000 -men, with 61 guns, moved out of camp to some high ground in front of -Kassassin, in preparation for an attack on Arabi Pasha’s entrenched -lines. At 1.30 in the morning, the troops moved silently forwards -through the desert, their march directed by a naval officer steering -by the stars. The four infantry brigades, in two lines, led the -way, supported on the right by the heavy cavalry brigade and horse -artillery, and on the left by the naval brigade. In rear of the -naval brigade, followed the 19th Hussars under Lieutenant Colonel -Coghill. One troop of the regiment remained at Mahsamah, and another -at Tel-el-Mahuta, to guard those points. At five in the morning -the attack was delivered; after half an hour’s severe fighting, the -British infantry was in complete possession of the lines. While the -heavy cavalry pushed on to Zagazig to cut off fugitives, the 19th, -under Coghill, passed through an opening in the entrenchments, and -seized the Tel-el-Kebir railway station and bridge, cutting off a -great number of fugitives. Thence the pursuit was continued for -three hours, when the 19th returned to the enemy’s late camp. In -the afternoon they started again in the track of the heavy cavalry, -leaving a troop to protect burial parties, and reached Belbeis that -evening. On the following evening Cairo was taken possession of, and -Arabi surrendered himself. The only casualty in the regiment was -Lieutenant Barclay who was struck by a fragment of shell from one of -the first guns fired by the enemy at Tel-el-Kebir. - -The war was over. A medal, with clasp for Tel-el-Kebir, was given to -all who took part in the campaign. The medals were presented to the -regiment by Lady Dufferin, in Her Majesty’s name, in the following -February. H.H. the Khedive also gave a star. - -A few weeks after the arrival of the regiment in Cairo, a virulent -epidemic attacked the horses. In order to shake it off, the regiment -was moved to Helouan, at the end of the first week in November, with -248 sick horses, 56 having died in Cairo. A good deal of sickness -also set in among the men. In the following March the regiment -returned to Cairo, and occupied the Abassiyeh barracks, having lost -18 men and 141 horses in the interval. When the regiment went to -Egypt it had four coloured squadrons, chesnut, bay, brown, and black, -while the band were mounted on greys. Experience showed that the -greys bore the climate better than any others; the chesnuts also bore -the climate well. The dark coloured horses suffered most, and were -more liable, than the others, to sore backs. In respect to age, the -percentage of deaths among horses between five and ten years, was -double that among horses between ten and fifteen years. In the hurry -of departure from England, about twenty horses, over fifteen years of -age, were taken. They were employed as waggon horses, and had perhaps -harder work than those under saddle; yet they stood the climate and -work better than all the others. - -Affairs in Lower Egypt, to outward appearance, seemed to be settling -down so satisfactorily that, in November, the regiment received -orders to hold itself in readiness to proceed to England. This -prospect endured only for a week, when news from Upper Egypt was -received, altering all arrangements. - -While the British government were busying themselves with Lower -Egypt, they paid scanty attention to the Soudan, which they regarded -as a burden and encumbrance that Egypt would do well to get rid of. -The Khedive’s government did not hold this view, and continued to -occupy themselves in dealing with a movement that had originated in -Kordofan, the importance of which was greatly under-estimated at -the time. Simultaneously with the insubordination of the Egyptian -army and the rise of Arabi Pasha, another pretender to power, of a -more serious type had arisen in the South. In May 1881, an Arab, -in Kordofan, named Mahomed Ahmed, proclaimed himself to be the -Mahdi, and preached a religious war. Matters were not improved by -communications from Arabi, published in the Soudan, proclaiming -that the Khedive’s government was at an end, and that no obedience -should be paid to it. By the end of 1882, the Mahdi had gathered a -large force of fighting men, and had inflicted several disastrous -defeats on the Egyptian troops. In April 1883, an Egyptian force, -which came to be known as the “English Army,” was organized at -Khartoum, under the command of Major General Hicks, who had with -him a number of English officers, to advance on Kordofan, and put -down the revolt.[70] In October, this force was utterly destroyed, -and the whole of the Soudan was in a blaze. It was at once realized -that the reconquest of Kordofan and the complete suppression of -the Mahdi would require operations on a scale that could not then -be undertaken. A complete withdrawal from the Western Soudan was -therefore determined on. To effect this, Colonel Gordon with £40,000 -was sent to Khartoum. Meanwhile, the uprising of the tribes had -developed in another direction. - -In August 1883, a slave trader, named Osman Digna, in the Eastern -Soudan, had raised the tribesmen, in the name of the Mahdi, and -attacked the Egyptian posts in the vicinity of Suakin, the principal -seaport of the Soudan, laying siege to Sinkat and Tokar. An Egyptian -force for the relief of these places was organized in Cairo, and -sent down, under Major General Baker, in December. On the 4th -February 1884, while advancing to the relief of Tokar, it was utterly -destroyed, Baker and his staff making their escape with difficulty. -The fall of Sinkat and massacre of its garrison quickly followed. The -presence of British men-of-war at Suakin, alone saved that place. -It was evident that without British troops nothing could be done. -But beyond securing the safety of Suakin and effecting the relief of -Tokar, the British Government had no definite plans. - -To effect these objects, a force was organized at Cairo, under Major -General Graham, and dispatched from Suez. The 19th Hussars commanded -by Lieutenant Colonel A. G. Webster, left Cairo on the 17th February, -and embarked in the _Osiris_ and the _Neera_, with a strength of -20 officers, 457 non-commissioned officers and men, and 395 horses. -Three hundred of the horses were small Syrian Arabs procured from the -Egyptian cavalry. The force was destined to land at Trinkitat, about -50 miles south of Suakin, and the nearest point on the coast to Tokar. - -The _Osiris_ reached Trinkitat on the 22nd February, and the -portion of the 19th on board, disembarked the following day. In a -reconnoissance made on the 24th, they came in touch with the enemy at -once. The _Neera_, less fortunate, struck on a rock off Suakin, and -became a total wreck, though men and horses were all saved; but they -did not reach Trinkitat till the 25th. The regiment was brigaded with -the 10th Hussars and mounted infantry, about 750 men in all, under -Colonel Herbert Stewart. On the 28th, the whole force, consisting of -about 4500 men, moved from Trinkitat to Fort Baker, but, before this, -the news of the fall of Tokar had been received. - -On the 29th, the force advanced against the enemy, who occupied a -strong position at El Teb. Moving in a large square, they found the -Arab force in position on an isolated ridge covered with bush scrub, -and protected with parapets and rifle pits. A squadron of the 10th -Hussars covered the front and left face of the square; a troop of the -19th covered the right face. The rest of the cavalry were disposed in -rear of the square, in three lines, commanded respectively by Lieut. -Colonel Wood, 10th Hussars, Lieut. Colonels Barrow and Webster, 19th -Hussars. By their defeat of General Baker, and the capture of Tokar, -the enemy had become possessed of guns, small arms and ammunition, -which they used very efficiently. As the British force came within -range, the cavalry cleared away from the front of the square, which -moved to the right, across the front of the position, so as to attack -the left flank of the enemy, and the British guns came into action. -In forty minutes, the enemy’s guns being silenced, the square moved -forward again. As they approached the ridge, the enemy’s fire ceased, -and, in small groups of twenty and thirty men, the Arabs dashed at -the face of the square with the most reckless valour. Not one of them -succeeded in reaching it. Again the British infantry advanced, and -again with desperate courage a great force of Arabs hurled themselves -on the British bayonets. There are no braver men than the Arabs of -the Soudan. Armed with sword and spear, in spite of hundreds being -shot down, many of them succeeded in coming hand to hand with their -foes and the matter was decided by the bayonet. Thus, fighting at -every step, the British infantry swept steadily along the whole line -of the enemy’s position, capturing seven guns in their progress. The -enemy’s number was computed at from 6000 to 10,000 men. Of these, -over 2000 lay dead on the ridge. As the remainder drew off across -the plain beyond, the first two lines of British cavalry swept round -the end of the ridge, and pursued. After driving the main body of -the enemy before them for some distance, it was found necessary to -return to encounter a large body of the enemy they had passed in -the broken ground, and that now interposed between them and the -infantry. The 10th Hussars, and two squadrons of the 19th under -Lieutenant Colonel Barrow, charged a large body of Arabs composed of -horsemen, men on camels, and footmen, and at once became involved in -a desperate hand to hand conflict. This body of Arabs had not been -engaged with our infantry, and were quite fresh. Thirty Arab horsemen -charged one of the leading squadrons, three of them getting through -and wheeling their horses in pursuit regardless of the second line. -The Arab swordsmen and spearmen, taking advantage of the scrub and -broken ground, hamstrung horses as they passed, and then attacked -the riders. Captain Freeman of the 19th and several men were -killed, and many wounded. Of all those who lost their horses in the -_mêlée_, Colonel Barrow alone escaped alive. His horse was killed, -and he received a thrust from a spear that passed through his arm -and penetrated his side. Surrounded by numbers of the enemy, he must -have been killed, had it not been for the devotion of Quarter Master -Sergeant William Marshall who rode to his assistance, seconded by -Sergeant Fenton and Private Boseley. Marshall gave the Colonel his -hand. Running in this fashion, in rear of the charging squadrons, -Barrow, with the heavy spear swaying to and fro in his side, -managed to get free of the enemy before he sank down. His attendant -trumpeter, in spite of sixteen terrible wounds, kept his horse going, -and escaped from the press, to die of his injuries later. Captain -Jenkins, on whom the command of the two squadrons devolved, on Barrow -being disabled, was engaged by three of the enemy at once. His horse -was wounded in three places, but he himself escaped with a slight -wound. Horsemen, as a rule, have little difficulty in dispersing and -driving before them disordered infantry: but, so extraordinary was -the activity and bravery of the Arabs, and the skill with which they -used their spears and two-handed swords that, in the uneven ground -covered with low mimosa bushes, they were more than a match for -horsemen. It was not till some men had dismounted, and opened fire on -them, that they sullenly drew off and retreated. - -Meanwhile, the other two squadrons of the regiment, acting -independently under Lieutenant Colonel Webster and Major -Hanford-Flood, had cleared the flank of numerous small parties of -the enemy. By 1.30 the action was at an end. The total British -loss was 34 killed or died of wounds, and 155 wounded. To this -the 19th Hussars contributed one officer killed, two wounded, 13 -non-commissioned officers and men killed or died of wounds, 20 -wounded; a heavier loss than fell on any other regiment engaged -at El Teb. Every single casualty in the regiment was caused in -hand-to-hand combat, by sword or spear. For his gallant behaviour, -Quartermaster Sergeant William Marshall received the Victoria Cross. -Lieutenant Colonel Barrow’s wound was of so terrible a nature that it -was not thought possible he could survive, but he lived to go through -another and more arduous campaign. - -On the following day the force advanced on Tokar. Sergeant James Fatt -of the 19th while scouting in advance, rode boldly into the village, -while it was still uncertain whether there would be any opposition, -and brought out one of the villagers. Osman Digna’s camp was taken -without resistance: two guns and a great quantity of small arms, -ammunition and stores, captured from General Baker’s force, being -taken by the cavalry. - -On the 5th March, the regiment paraded, for inspection by General -Graham and Colonel Stewart, and received complimentary addresses from -both officers. - -On the 6th, the force re-embarked at Trinkitat, and landed at Suakin -the following day, to encounter Osman Digna in person, who was -encamped at Tamai, sixteen miles from Suakin. On the night of the -12th, the whole force bivouacked in front of Osman Digna’s position; -the infantry at about one mile, the cavalry four miles in rear of -the infantry. At eight the next morning, the advance commenced: -the two infantry brigades in squares, the cavalry in rear of the -left. The Arab skirmishers, who had pelted the British encampment -with rifle fire during the night, fell back, increasing in numbers -as they retired. Seeing a great number of the enemy in front of -them, massed in a ravine, the front line of the 2nd brigade charged -with the bayonet, destroying the formation of their square. The -active Arabs broke into the opening, stabbing and slashing at close -quarters. Numbers followed, and for a few minutes a catastrophe was -imminent. The cavalry galloped forward on the left, dismounted, and -poured volley after volley into the flank of the advancing Arabs, -while the bayonet and spear contended for victory within the square -itself. The 1st brigade, which had repulsed a similar charge, swept -the right face of the 2nd brigade square with its fire, and, in a few -minutes, the last surviving Arab who had penetrated the square had -paid the penalty. The ranks were reformed, and the infantry advance -was resumed, the cavalry clearing away the numerous small parties of -the enemy who still clung to the broken ground. The battle was over. -In those few minutes over 2000 of the enemy had fallen, out of an -estimated number of 12,000: of the British force, 109 officers and -men were killed, and 112 wounded. The 19th Hussars lost one killed -and two wounded. - -On the following day the force advanced to Tamai, burned Osman -Digna’s camp, and returned to Suakin. For a fortnight the force -lay at Suakin, the cavalry and mounted infantry being employed in -daily reconnoissances. On the 27th, the whole force advanced for a -distance of 25 miles to ascertain if the enemy remained in any force. -A few hundreds only were found. Beyond some desultory skirmishing, -which drew from the General in command a highly complimentary order, -nothing serious occurred, and the force returned to Suakin. - - “Too high praise can scarcely be given to the Cavalry and Mounted - Infantry, who bore the brunt of a long skirmish on rocky ground - unsuited for cavalry action, and who, the following morning, - although nearly twenty-four hours without water for their horses, - performed admirable scouting duty during the advance of the force - in a mountainous district, when distant peaks and ridges had to - be crowned and watched.”[71] - -It being considered that the objects of the expedition had been -fully attained, the force was broken up and withdrawn. The 19th -embarked on the 1st April, and returned to Cairo on the 6th. - -By G.O. 10 of January 1885 the regiment was permitted to add the date -“1884” to the badges on its appointments. A medal with clasps for El -Teb and Tamai were granted to those present. - - - - -CHAPTER III - -CAMPAIGN ON THE NILE - -1884-1899 - - Troubles in the Western Soudan--Expedition to relieve - Khartoum--19th ordered up the Nile--Korti--The Desert - Column--Action at Abu Klea--Action at Abu Krou--Quartermaster - Lima killed--The horses--Metemmeh--Fall of Khartoum--Return of - the Column--The River Column--Action at Kirbekan--Return of the - Column--Summer Quarters--Regiment returns to Cairo--Squadron sent - to Suakin--Serious losses--Returns to Cairo--Designation granted - of “Princess of Wales’ Own”--Death of Colonel Barrow--19th - returns to England--Badge of “Mysore” granted--19th embarks for - India--Bangalore--Secunderabad. - - -In the meantime, matters in the Western Soudan had steadily been -getting worse. In March, the Mahdi’s forces had reached Khartoum; -by the end of May Berber had fallen, cutting off communication -between Khartoum and Cairo, and the wave of rebellion rolled steadily -northward. Still the Government in England did nothing. They had -resolutely ignored the whole Soudan question, and allowed matters to -drift. Gordon’s urgent advice to occupy Berber with British troops, -in order to keep open the route to Suakin, had been disregarded, and -his demand for Zobehr Pasha to be sent to Khartoum, as the only -chance of saving the situation, was emphatically refused. It was not -till August, that the British Cabinet recognised that some effort -might be required to relieve Khartoum, and even to defend Lower Egypt -from the Mahdi. By the middle of August preparations were made for -dispatching a small body of troops to Wady Halfa, and a squadron of -the 19th Hussars was held in readiness. Then followed more delay. It -was not till the middle of September that preparations for an advance -beyond Wady Halfa began to be made in earnest. - -On the 25th October, three squadrons of the regiment, under Lieut. -Colonel Barrow, left Cairo, and reached Wady Halfa, by rail and -steamer, on 12th November, with a total strength of 21 officers, and -353 Non-Commissioned officers and men. Two instances of the eager -spirit to get to the front, that animated the whole regiment, must -not go unrecorded. At the moment of leaving the barracks in Cairo, -a man met with an accident that necessitated his being left behind. -In a minute one of the men detailed to remain at Cairo stepped -forward in his place, in marching order, with kit complete. He had -got himself ready on the chance of some such opportunity occurring, -and it is pleasant to know that he got it. At Assiout, next morning, -a stowaway was discovered, a bandboy, who accounted for himself by -saying “He was the only _man_ in the band without a medal, and he -could not stand it.” - -Experience had shown that English horses could not stand hard work -under a tropical sun, with scarcity of water and desert fare. It -was therefore decided, before leaving Cairo, to mount the regiment -entirely on the small Syrian Arab horses used by the Egyptian -cavalry. Three hundred and fifty of these little horses had been sent -up in advance, and were taken over by the regiment on arrival at Wady -Halfa. The regiment was at this time in superb condition. The men -had an average of seven years’ service, and most of them had been -through the preceding campaigns of Tel-el-Kebir and Suakin. From Wady -Halfa the regiment marched, by squadrons, to Korti, where it arrived -on the 20th December. - -Here was assembled the expeditionary force, under General Lord -Wolseley; perhaps the most singular force ever put into the field -by Great Britain, to fight in one of the most remarkable campaigns; -starting from a base a thousand miles from the sea. In addition to -the 19th Hussars, who were the only horsemen with the force, and -nine battalions of infantry, there were four Camel Corps, composed -respectively of picked men from different Heavy and Light Cavalry -regiments, the Foot Guards, and Infantry of the Line; a Naval Brigade -of Bluejackets and Marines; a Battery of Royal Artillery, and two -Camel Batteries. The boats by which the Nile had been ascended had -been built in England, and were managed by Canadian voyageurs, some -of whom were of Indian blood, and by Kroomen from the west coast of -Africa, while the camels were managed by Arab drivers brought for the -purpose from Aden. - -The original intention had been to follow the course of the river the -whole way to Khartoum, but now a fresh disposition became necessary. -A letter from Gordon, dated 4th November, was received, showing that -provisions in Khartoum were running short, and time would not allow -of the slow but less hazardous advance along the river. The new plan -was to send a compact flying column across the desert to Metemmeh, -under Brigadier General Sir Herbert Stewart, for the purpose of -opening communication with Khartoum. A second column, under Major -General W. Earle, was to ascend the river, clearing away all parties -of the enemy, and, eventually, to recapture Berber. The rest of the -force was to remain at Korti, where Lord Wolseley’s Head Quarters -were fixed. The 19th Hussars were destined to furnish a contingent to -both columns. - - -THE DESERT COLUMN - -The task before the Desert Column was no easy one. Between Korti -and Metemmeh 176 miles of barren desert have to be traversed. At -two places only is water in any considerable quantity procurable; -at Jakdul 98 miles from Korti, and at Abu Klea, about 53 miles from -Jakdul. The first operation was to establish a post at Jakdul, where -as yet the enemy had not appeared. - -On the 30th December, a force of 1107 men of all ranks, with 2200 -camels, started from Korti, under Sir Herbert Stewart. With them went -2 officers and 32 men of the 19th. Being the only horsemen with the -force, the whole of the scouting duties devolved upon the men of the -19th. The rest of the force were mounted on camels. One gallon of -water for each man, and two for each horse, were carried on camels. -In the early morning of the 2nd January, the Jakdul wells were -reached, in 63 hours after leaving Korti. Only a few stragglers of -the enemy were sighted. On the same evening the force set out on its -return to Korti, leaving a garrison of 420 men at Jakdul. - -On the 8th January, Sir Herbert Stewart again started with the main -column, consisting of 1607 men, 2228 camels, and 306 camel drivers. -The 19th Hussars, on this occasion, mustered 135 officers and men, -with 155 horses, under Lieut. Colonel Barrow. On the 14th, the column -left Jakdul: about 1800 combatants of all ranks, with 1118 camels. -Early on the 16th, the 19th were pushed on ahead of the column, -and came in touch with the enemy in front of the Abu Klea wells. A -patrol, under Major French, pursued a small body of men right into -the gorge leading to the wells, and captured one of them, on the spot -where next day’s action was fought. A number of horsemen appearing -and threatening to cut him off, French was obliged to relinquish -his prisoner, and retire to the entrance of the gorge. Here Barrow -dismounted his men in order to keep the road open for Stewart’s -force. Though threatened on both flanks by the enemy’s horsemen, the -position was easily held by carbine fire, and the power of the enemy -to dispute the advance of the column at this point was checkmated. -On the arrival of the column a zeriba was formed for the night, -three and a half miles from the water. As the camp was being formed, -the enemy appeared in considerable numbers, and opened a distant -fire, wounding one man and several horses of the 19th. As darkness -closed in the enemy became bolder, and, during the whole night, the -force was exposed to a constant fire which did little harm beyond -disturbing the much needed rest of the men. At daybreak, the fire -increased in intensity; several officers and men were struck down, -and the 19th had several horses killed and disabled while standing at -their pickets. At 9 A.M. the force was formed in square, preparatory -to an advance towards the water which was of such vital importance. -While the square was forming, the 19th were ordered to move out and -hold in check a body of some 500 of the enemy, horsemen and footmen -combined, who threatened to get round to the rear of the square. -An hour after the hussars had left, the square advanced. The small -force moved slowly, frequent halts being necessary to permit of the -camels, loaded with ammunition and water, closing up. The ground was -uneven, with ravines and hollows that prevented the full strength of -the enemy being seen. Suddenly a great body of Arabs, 5000 strong, -rose from a fold in the ground, and rushed at the square. So rapid -and overwhelming was their attack, aided by the inequalities of the -ground, and the fact that the fire from the square was at first -impeded by its own retiring skirmishers that, in spite of the heavy -fire poured upon them, the Arabs succeeded in penetrating the square, -as at Tamai, stabbing and slashing in every direction. At the same -moment, a squadron of horsemen charged the square, but were repulsed. -For five minutes the hand-to-hand conflict raged, till the last Arab -who penetrated the formation was killed. The remainder, who had been -heavily punished by rifle and artillery fire drew off, though for -a time it seemed doubtful if they would not renew the attack. The -19th, who had helped the square with dismounted fire, followed and -cut off many stragglers, but the number of the enemy was too great -to admit of a charge on the main body. The horses also were hardly -able to move out of a walk, having been thirty hours without water. -In this brief conflict the small British force lost 74 killed, and 94 -wounded, some of whom died of their injuries. As at El Teb and Tamai, -the fatal skill with which the Arabs used their weapons is shown -by the relative numbers of killed and wounded. Of the Arabs, whose -strength was estimated at about 9000 men, 1100 dead were counted in -close proximity to the square. - -On the retreat of the enemy, Barrow pushed on and occupied the wells, -from which the enemy had to be driven by carbine fire. It was late at -night before the infantry obtained the much needed water. - -The greater part of the 18th was spent in building a small fort at -Abu Klea, and establishing a post there, for the protection of the -wounded and defence of the wells. While this was in progress, the -19th returned to the battle field and buried the British dead. Late -in the afternoon the small column moved out, to traverse the 25 miles -of desert that must be crossed before the Nile could be reached. The -19th Hussars led the way. As night closed in, progress became very -slow. Men and camels were exhausted, and, in the darkness, great -confusion ensued. Night marching over an unknown route is a doubtful -expedient. In the early morning of the 19th, the line of the Nile, -with villages, was sighted about six miles distant. But between -them and the column was a gravel ridge on which the enemy appeared, -and soon, dense masses of them were visible, swarming out to meet -the column. In view of the distress for want of water, it had been -Sir Herbert Stewart’s wish to reach the Nile without fighting; but -this was now impossible. The camels were collected together, and a -zeriba of brushwood, saddles, boxes &c. formed. By 8 o’clock the -enemy’s fire became heavy. Among the earliest to be struck was the -commander of the column, Sir Herbert Stewart, who received a wound -that afterwards proved mortal. Speaking to Colonel Barrow just before -he received the fatal wound, he said, “Take care of the 19th Hussars, -they have done well.” The command devolved on Colonel Sir Charles -Wilson. It was necessary to drive the enemy away, but nothing could -be done till the zeriba was complete, and, owing to the exhaustion of -the men, the work proceeded slowly. In the interval there were many -casualties, and here the 19th Hussars lost Quarter Master A. G. Lima, -who was killed by a shot through the head. - -At last all was ready. The 19th Hussars came in, and picketted their -horses, which were so exhausted as to be scarcely able to carry the -men. Colonel Barrow and his men were detailed to assist in holding -the zeriba, while the rest of the force marched out to engage the -enemy. By 2 o’clock the square had formed up outside the zeriba, -and moved off. With it went a few dismounted men of the 19th, under -Lieutenant Craven. - -As the square moved towards the Nile, the enemy’s fire increased, -and many men fell. The progress made was very slow. The bush and -sandhills on three sides swarmed with Arabs. As the square neared the -ridge, the men dropped fast under the heavy rifle fire to which they -were exposed. Suddenly the enemy’s fire ceased, and a great swarm of -Arabs poured down on the square. There were no skirmishers to mask -the fire, as at Abu Klea, and the Arabs were met by a steady fire -that swept away the foremost ranks wholesale. Not an Arab lived to -reach the square, and a ringing British cheer went up as the enemy -were seen to be flying in all directions. The way to the Nile was no -longer closed. Half an hour after dark the river was reached, near -the village of Abu Krou. It was not till the afternoon of the 20th -that the 19th Hussar horses were able to drink. Half of them had been -72 hours without water; none of them less than 56 hours, yet only -3 succumbed. If English horses had been employed, probably not one -would have survived. - - “The cavalry horses were quite done up. The way in which Barrow - managed to bring the 19th Hussars across the desert is one of - the best things in the expedition; but the horses had only had - a short drink at Abu Klea, and then they had barely enough to - wash their mouths out until they got to the Nile on the 20th. The - scouting of the Hussars during the march was admirably done; they - were ubiquitous. But want of food and water no horses can fight - against, and they were but a sorry spectacle as they moved out of - the zeriba to go down to the river. They reached the Nile almost - useless as cavalry, and could only be employed for scouting - purposes, at short distances from the camp.”[72] - -During the whole march from Korti the entire scouting duty had been -taken by the 19th Hussars, so that, each day, they covered far more -ground than the rest of the force. The men also were thoroughly -exhausted with the tremendous efforts they had been called on to -make, but their health continued to be good. There was wonderful -freedom from sickness of any kind. The casualties in the whole force -on the 19th January, amounted to 1 officer and 22 non-commissioned -officers and men killed; 8 officers and 90 non-commissioned officers -and men wounded. Many non-combatants also were killed or wounded. - -The 20th was occupied in placing the village of Gubat in a state of -defence, and, at dawn of the 21st, Barrow and his Hussars rode out to -reconnoitre Metemmeh, preparatory to an attack in force. So exhausted -were the horses that all the Hussars could do was to ride up in a -body to some high ground on the north of the village, while the rest -of the force opened fire from the east side. While the attack was -proceeding, four small steamers sent down by Gordon from Khartoum on -the 14th December, appeared in sight, and landed some native troops. -They brought intelligence of Arab reinforcements being on the march -from Khartoum. It was important to husband ammunition, and incur no -further losses of men, so the attack was withdrawn. But the Arab -reinforcements never reached Metemmeh. The news of the disastrous -defeats their comrades had sustained at Abu Klea and Abu Krou, caused -them to retrace their steps. - -Reconnoissances having shown that no large force of the enemy was in -the vicinity, Sir Charles Wilson started on the 24th for Khartoum, -with two of the steamers, taking with him two hundred men. On the -28th, after great difficulties, Khartoum was reached, and found to -be in the hands of the Arabs. The town had been captured by the -Mahdi, two days before, and Gordon was dead. On the 4th February, -Sir Charles Wilson and his party rejoined the camp at Gubat, after -adventures that read more like a page of romance than of modern -history. In the interval, both his steamers had been wrecked, and -the whole party had been continuously under fire for eight days -and a half. In the meantime, the force at Gubat received some -reinforcements and supplies from Korti. The 19th were engaged in -daily skirmishes with the outlying pickets of the enemy who showed -a wholesome respect for them: “Even the fierce Baggara horsemen -appeared unwilling to cross swords with our Hussars,” wrote one who -was present with the force. On the 11th, Major General Sir Redvers -Buller arrived to take command of the force, with orders to retire on -Abu Klea. - -On the 14th February, Gubat was evacuated, and Abu Klea reached on -the 15th, followed by the enemy who annoyed the force with long range -rifle fire. At Abu Klea, on the 17th, a smart skirmish took place -which cost the force 3 killed and 27 wounded. Among the killed was -Sergeant Horwood of the 19th Hussars, who was acting as Sergeant -Major with the Mounted Infantry. It had been intended to occupy -Abu Klea permanently, in view of a second advance on Khartoum in -the autumn; but want of food, scarcity of water, and the complete -breakdown of transport necessitated Buller’s withdrawal to Korti. On -the 16th, the 19th Hussars marched out for Jakdul, leaving at Abu -Klea with Sir R. Buller a small detachment under Major French. The -march was a painful one, about half the men being on foot. While on -the march they heard of Sir Herbert Stewart’s death near Jakdul. -Wishing to be present at the funeral of the commander they had -served under in two campaigns, they made a long forced march into -Jakdul, but arrived too late. They had the melancholy satisfaction -of erecting a walled enclosure, with headstone, round his grave. On -the 3rd March they left Jakdul, and reached Korti on the 8th. On -the 23rd February the last of the desert column left Abu Klea, and -returned to Korti, 16th March. In a dispatch from Jakdul, dated 26th -February, Sir R. Buller wrote of the 19th Hussars:-- - - “I wish expressly to remark on the very excellent work done - by the small detachment of the 19th Hussars, both during our - occupation of Abu Klea and during our retirement. Each man has - done the work of ten, and it is not too much to say that the - force owes much to Major French and his 13 troopers.” - -Meanwhile, the men of the 19th, left at Korti, had not been idle. In -February they were engaged in establishing two watering posts in the -desert, distant respectively twelve and thirty miles from Korti, for -the use of the retiring force. The water was conveyed in tin lined -biscuit boxes, and every animal in camp was pressed into the service. - - -THE RIVER COLUMN - -The primary object of General Earle’s column was to clear the river -line of all hostile parties as far as Abu Hamed, punishing, _en -route_, the Monassir tribe of Arabs who had treacherously murdered -Colonel Stewart and a small party sent down by Gordon from Khartoum, -in September. At Abu Hamed a base was to be established for a further -advance on Berber. The force, under General Earle, consisted of four -battalions of infantry, a battery of Egyptian Artillery, an Egyptian -Camel Corps, and one squadron of the 19th Hussars; the latter under -Major Hanford-Flood, amounting to 91 sabres and 107 horses. The total -strength of the force was about 3000 officers and men. - -The force left Korti, in detachments, for Hamdab, about 50 miles -up the river, whence the final start was to be made. On the 18th -January, 60 men of the 19th Hussars together with the Egyptian Camel -Corps, under Major Flood, made a forced march into the desert to -surprise a party of the enemy collected at the wells of El Kooa, 35 -miles from Hamdab. The Arabs having received timely notice of their -coming, hastily broke up their camp and disappeared, before Flood’s -arrival. The detachment returned to Hamdab after 32 hours’ absence. - -On the 24th, the start was made; the Hussars, Camel Corps and -baggage, marching along the left bank, the infantry and stores in -boats. Progress was very slow, the banks of the river being rough -and difficult, and the frequent rapids and cataracts causing great -labour in tracking the boats up. On the 27th, the cavalry skirmishers -first came in touch with the enemy, but beyond a harmless interchange -of shots at long range nothing occurred. This happened frequently, -the enemy falling back, day by day, as the river column advanced. -The progress of the boats was very slow owing to the succession of -rapids here formed by the Nile. Major Flood’s men worked and camped -independently, reconnoitring along the left bank, far ahead of the -main body, and, owing to the rocky nature of the ground, often at a -considerable distance from the river. The rocky ridge, on which the -battle of Kirbekan was afterwards fought, was ascended and mapped, -and a reconnoissance of the 19th Hussars was pushed some way into the -Shukook Pass, five days before the action. On the 6th February, a two -days’ halt at Birti became necessary, in consequence of the fall of -Khartoum making a change of plans possible. The enemy meanwhile had -fallen back to the Shukook Pass. - -On the 8th, the advance was resumed, and it became known that the -enemy, about 1000 strong, had advanced from the Shukook Pass, and -taken position in some extremely strong ground at Kirbekan, in front -of the Pass, about 14 miles from Earle’s Head Quarters. The 8th -and 9th were employed in reconnoitring, and closing up the troops -preparatory to the attack. On the 8th, Major Flood, with twenty of -his men, exchanged volleys with the enemy, and drove in some of their -advanced posts. On the 9th, the whole of the mounted troops felt -the enemy again. That night the troops bivouacked in their allotted -stations, the most advanced of the infantry being only a short mile -from the enemy’s position. - -On the morning of the 10th, General Earle, with 1196 men of all -ranks, moved forward to the attack. The enemy occupied a position -on a line of low rocky eminences at right angles to the river, and -a detached steep ridge in echelon with the rocky eminences. It was -determined to march right round the rear of their position by the -desert side, closing their retreat, and attack them in flank and rear -from the river side. Two companies of the Staffordshire regiment, -with two guns were left in front of the position to occupy the -enemy’s attention, and keep down their fire. The 19th Hussars led the -way, and the force marched right round the enemy’s position till the -river was again reached in the enemy’s right rear. As soon as they -saw their retreat was cut off, a number of the enemy tried to escape -by swimming the river, many of them being shot in the attempt. But a -considerable number of them still held their ground. The Black Watch -were accordingly ordered to assault the line of rocky eminences, -while the Staffordshire regiment assaulted the ridge. As the Black -Watch won their way along the lower eminences, a desperate rush was -made by a body of the enemy, which was repulsed, and the eminences -crowned by the Highlanders; the Arabs gallantly fighting to the last -man. In the moment of victory, General Earle was killed by a shot -from a hut which he had incautiously approached. The assault on the -high steep ridge offered greater difficulties, but the position was -gallantly carried by the Staffordshire men. Both regiments had their -commanding officers killed. - -In the meantime, Flood’s Hussars and the Egyptian Camel Corps had -gained the entrance to the Shukook Pass, and captured one of the -enemy’s camps, in which were a number of standards, camels and -donkeys. The enemy opened fire from the surrounding hills without -effect. The victory was purchased with the loss of three officers -and nine men killed, four officers and forty-four men wounded. The -enemy’s force was subsequently ascertained to have been from fifteen -hundred to two thousand men, but of these only about six hundred -fought well. - -The advance of the column was continued, on the 12th, under Colonel -H. Brackenbury, on whom the command had devolved by General Earle’s -death. The enemy had disappeared, but progress was slow, through -the continuous rapids. On the 20th, a suitable place was found for -crossing the Nile. A scouting party of the 19th was first rowed -across, and brushed away some of the enemy’s scouts. By the afternoon -of the 21st, the whole force was transported to the right bank, at -Hebbeh, the scene of Colonel Stewart’s murder in September. The -murderers had fled, and beyond the destruction of their property no -other punishment could be meted out to them. By the evening of the -23rd, the whole force was concentrated at Huella, 26 miles from Abu -Hamed. - -All was ready for the advance on Abu Hamed, where a strong force of -the enemy was known to be posted. Hardly had the troops commenced -their march, on the 24th, when orders were received from Korti -directing their return to Merawi. Sir Redvers Buller’s withdrawal -from Abu Klea rendered a farther advance on Berber out of the -question, and the River Column had to return. While the main body -commenced to descend the river, Major Flood’s squadron scouted -another six miles towards Abu Hamed, without seeing an enemy. -Descending by the right bank, Merawi was reached on the 5th March, -and, on the 6th, after recrossing the river to Abu Dom, the River -Column was broken up. One troop of the 19th was left at Abu Dom, -while the remainder marched for Korti. - -In spite of the extremely hard work, the health of the troops, as -with the Desert Column, had been excellent. Not a single man of Major -Flood’s party had been on the sick list, from the time of leaving -Korti till the date of return. Of the horses, three had succumbed. -The performance of the small Arab horses both with the River and -Desert Columns, carrying a heavy weight, on scanty fare and less -water, is a marvel of endurance. - -The next few days were spent in arranging for the distribution of -the troops into summer quarters, in anticipation of the advance on -Khartoum in the autumn. The quarters selected for the 19th were -Merawi, Abu Dom, Tani, Kurot, Abu Kussi, and Dongola. By the 1st -April, they were all located in the assigned positions. Before -leaving Korti, the regiment was inspected by Lord Wolseley, who -addressed them in terms of commendation that will long be remembered -in the regiment. - - -OPERATIONS NEAR SUAKIN - -While their comrades had thus been busy on the Nile, the remnant -of the regiment left at Cairo had found work to do. The effect -of the operations, near Suakin, in March 1884, had been quite -temporary. Osman Digna had recovered his authority, and was again -threatening the port. It was also considered that, by making a -diversion at Suakin, the operations near Berber and the reopening -of the Suakin-Berber road would be facilitated. It was determined, -therefore, to send a sufficient force to crush Osman Digna, and to -make a railway line to Berber. The capture of Berber, before the -great heat of the summer set in, was then considered feasible. - -Before the force, which was to be commanded by Lieut. General Sir -Gerald Graham, could arrive, a weak squadron of the 19th Hussars, -under Captain Apthorp, was dispatched from Cairo on the 24th January, -together with two Horse Artillery guns, followed next day by a -battalion of infantry. On landing at Suakin, reconnoissances were -instituted to ascertain the strength and position of the enemy. On -the 1st February, a small force of all arms reconnoitred, under Major -General Fremantle, towards Hasheem, 8 miles west of Suakin. The Arabs -were found in great numbers, in a position too strong to attack. The -infantry were formed in square, while the cavalry and guns were sent -forward to try and draw the enemy out of their position. But the -memory of El-Teb and Tamai were too fresh in the Arab mind for them -to be induced to attack the arrayed infantry. They refused to quit -their position, and after a prolonged skirmish, General Fremantle’s -force returned to camp. One Egyptian trooper was wounded, and the -19th Hussars lost a horse. - -On the 3rd, Captain Apthorp was sent with 40 of his own men and 40 -Egyptian troopers to reconnoitre along the Berber road. At Hamdoob, -10 miles from Suakin, a camp and village, occupied by the enemy, was -surprised and burnt. While the small party were thus occupied, a -great body of Arabs, 5000 strong, had moved from Tamai and Hasheem -to intercept them, and took post in a ravine two miles from Hamdoob, -completely blocking their return to Suakin. The Arab force was so -well concealed that the squadron was almost in contact with them -before their presence was discovered, and the great mass of Arabs, -footmen and men mounted on camels, bore down on the small body of -cavalry at once. There was no time to dismount and fire, and it was -hopeless to attempt to break through: nothing was left them but to -ride for Suakin by a circuitous route. Turning eastwards the squadron -started on a long gallop round the enemy’s flank. The Arabs followed -in overwhelming numbers, and, moving on a shorter line, together with -their knowledge of the ground, were able to harass the squadron for -several miles. The 19th lost 8 men and 11 horses, while the Egyptian -troop lost three men and six horses. - -The number of Arabs in the neighbourhood of Suakin was too great to -allow of distant reconnoissances, little more of interest occurred, -therefore, till the arrival of Sir Gerald Graham’s force. Early in -March, they began to arrive, but the whole force was not completed -till nearly the middle of April. On the 17th March, the 19th Hussar -squadron re-embarked for Cairo in order to join the Head Quarters of -the regiment at Dongola, in readiness for the advance on Khartoum in -the autumn. - -Our interest with the Suakin force ceases here. It is sufficient -to say that it amounted to 12,500 men, composed of troops from -England, a contingent of native troops from India, and a contingent -from New South Wales consisting of two batteries of artillery, and -500 infantry. It had also with it a balloon detachment, the first -occasion on which balloons were used by British troops in warfare. -On the 20th March, it fought a successful action at Hasheem, and -again on the 22nd, at Tofrik, when an enormous number of the enemy -were killed at a rather heavy cost to the British troops engaged. On -the 3rd April, Tamai was occupied, and the last of the enemy’s force -broken up. By the end of April, 18 miles of railway were completed, -and the tribes in the neighbourhood had given in their submission; -when the intention of the British Government to abandon the advance -on Khartoum became known. On the 17th May, the withdrawal of the -troops commenced, and again Suakin was left with only a small force -to protect the port. - -We left the three squadrons of the 19th at Dongola and other stations -south of that place, with all thoughts concentrated on preparations -for the autumn advance on Khartoum. The regimental establishment -was increased by 110 men, bringing up the strength to 740 sabres. -Four strong squadrons were being prepared for the field: but over -13 years were to elapse before Khartoum was again seen by British -troops. About the 22nd April it was announced that the intention -of advancing on Khartoum in the autumn had been abandoned, and -orders were issued for the withdrawal of the troops. The retirement -commenced on the 26th May, when Merawi was evacuated. The troops were -withdrawn down the river in detachments, each post being evacuated -in turn as it became the southernmost point of occupation. On the -22nd June, the Head Quarters of the 19th marched out of Dongola, the -last of the force to leave for Lower Egypt. At Wady Halfa the hot -and tedious march came to an end, and from that point the regiment -reached the railway at Assiout in barges. At Wady Halfa, Korosko and -Assouan they made over their horses to the 20th Hussars, and, by -the 14th August, the regiment was reunited in Cairo. In the whole -campaign the regiment had suffered a total loss of two officers, -Lt. Colonel Taylor (died of fever) and Quarter Master Lima, and 18 -non-commissioned officers and men. - -In July 1885, Her Majesty was graciously pleased to confer on the -regiment the designation of “Princess of Wales’ Own,” in recognition -of “its distinguished services in Egypt and the Soudan.” - -By G.O. 10 of January 1886 the regiment was permitted to bear on its -appointments, the words “Nile 1884-85” “Abu Klea,” in commemoration -of the ascent of the river Nile and the operations in the Eastern -Soudan. - -[Illustration: COLONEL PERCY BARROW, C.B. - - _From a Photograph._] - -At the beginning of 1886, the regiment experienced a severe loss -in the death of its commander, Colonel Percy Barrow. The desperate -wound he had received at El Teb, on the 19th February 1884, was -one from which complete recovery was impossible. In spite of grave -inconvenience to himself, he had gone through the most arduous part -of the Nile campaign without flinching, while the skill and judgment -with which he handled his men during the march of the Desert Column -won the applause of the whole force. While preparing the regiment -for some regimental games, a violent exertion re-opened the old -wound, and after thirty hours of intense suffering he expired on the -13th January, in his 38th year. In him the army lost a soldier of -great promise. The son of a well known Indian Officer, Major General -Lousada Barrow, who commanded a Corps of Volunteer Cavalry in the -Indian Mutiny and at the relief of Lucknow, Percy Barrow entered the -19th Hussars as Cornet in 1868. In 1879, he was selected to command a -corps of Mounted Infantry and some irregular troops in the Zulu war; -and served through the Boer war of 1881 in command of the Mounted -Infantry. The soldierly spirit that animated him, and his intense -devotion to everything that concerned the welfare of the regiment, -can only be appreciated by those who have been privileged to read his -letters written in quarters and in the field. Telegrams of condolence -to the regiment from Her Majesty the Queen and from Her Royal -Highness the Princess of Wales testified to the general appreciation -of the loss the public service had suffered in his death. His remains -were removed to England and interred at Saltwood near Hythe. To -command the regiment, his brother-in-law, Colonel Boyce Combe, was -transferred from the 10th Hussars to the 19th. - -In May, the regiment was ordered to proceed to England, and embarked -at Alexandria on the 19th, in the _Geelong_ and the _Iona_, leaving -their horses behind them. On the 6th and 7th June, they landed at -Harwich and Woolwich, and proceeded to Norwich, three troops being -sent to Colchester. The regiment was much gratified at the receipt, -on landing, of a telegram, welcoming them to England, from H.R.H. the -Princess of Wales. In July, one of the Colchester troops was recalled -to Head Quarters. The establishment of the regiment was fixed at 24 -officers, 469 warrant officers non-commissioned officers and men, and -300 horses. - -In the following March, the two troops at Colchester were sent to -Birmingham, being replaced, in September, at Colchester by two troops -from Head Quarters. - -In October, the establishment was increased by 132 rank and file and -80 horses. For this purpose the necessary horses were transferred to -the regiment from the 14th and 21st Hussars. A month later, by which -time 56 recruits had been enlisted, the order was cancelled, and the -horses were transferred to the 18th and 20th Hussars. At the end of -the year, the Colchester squadron rejoined Head Quarters. - -In April 1888, the regiment marched from Norwich and Birmingham to -Hounslow, Hampton Court and Kensington. - -In September, the regiment was brought on the strength of the 1st -Army Corps, and its establishment increased to 707 of all ranks with -424 horses. - -In March 1889, under Army Order No. 136, the regiment was granted -permission to wear “Mysore” on its appointments, in commemoration of -the campaigns against Tippoo in the last century, in which the old -19th Light Dragoons had borne so distinguished a part. The badge is -certainly more appropriate than the old one of “Seringapatam” which -was discarded. - -In the same month the regiment lost its Colonel, Major General John -Yorke, C.B. In his place Major General and Honorary Lieut. General -Coote Synge Hutchinson was gazetted to the regiment. He was an old -2nd Dragoon Guards’ officer, and had served with that regiment -through the Indian Mutiny. - -In the following June, the regiment marched to Aldershot. On the 3rd -July, it was employed in London on the occasion of H.M. the Shah of -Persia visiting the City. - -In September 1890, the regiment took part in the manœuvres on -Berkshire Downs. - -On the 26th June 1891, a special inspection of the regiment was held -by H.R.H. the Princess of Wales; and, on the 8th July, the 19th took -part in a review at Hounslow before H.I.M. the German Emperor. - -The regiment was again destined for foreign service. At the end of -July, it marched to Shorncliffe, and, on 1st September, embarked at -Portsmouth, in the _Euphrates_, for India, arriving at Bombay on the -28th, whence it was forwarded by train to Secunderabad in relief of -the 7th Hussars. In November the regiment was transferred, by train, -to Bangalore. - -Towards the end of 1892 the squadron system was substituted for the -troop system in the regiment. - -In October 1896, the 19th P.W.O. Hussars were transferred to -Secunderabad. Here we must take leave of the regiment. The history -of a regiment in quarters possesses little interest. “Soldiers in -peace are like chimneys in summer.” When the time comes for the 19th -P.W.O. Hussars to take the field again, they will be found like their -predecessors, over one hundred years ago, “ready in all that depends -upon them, and willing beyond description.” - - - - -APPENDICES - - - - -APPENDIX A. - -YEARLY LISTS OF THE OFFICERS OF THE NINETEENTH. - - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1760 | 1761 | 1762 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Lieut.Colonel|Charles, _Earl of_|Charles, _Earl of_|Charles, _Earl of_| - | Commandant_ | Drogheda. | Drogheda. | Drogheda. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Wynne. | John Wynne. | Richard Gorges. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Wm. John, _Lord_ | Wm. John, _Lord_ |Francis Caulfield.| - | | Newbattle. | Newbattle. | | - | | | | | - | |Francis Caulfield.|Francis Caulfield |Chas. Wilson Lyon.| - |_Captain_ |Henry Mark Mason. |Henry Mark Mason. |_Hon._ Richard | - | |Chas. Wilson Lyon.|Chas. Wilson Lyon.| Rochfort. | - | | | |Francis Brooke. | - | | | | | - |_Capt. | _Hon._ Richard | _Hon._ Richard |_Hon._Thos. Vesey.| - | Lieutenant_ | Rochfort. | Rochfort. | | - | | | | | - | | Thomas Vesey. | Francis Brooke. |Clotworthy Rowley.| - | |Clotworthy Rowley.|_Hon._Thos. Vesey.| Charles Burton. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Charles Burton. |Clotworthy Rowley.| Thomas Walmesley.| - | | Francis Brooke. | Charles Burton. | William Burton. | - | | Michael Goodman. | Thos. Walmesley. |Skeffington Smith.| - | | | | | - | | William Burton. |Skeffington Smith.| William Moore. | - | |Skeffington Smith.| William Burton. | Paul Gore. | - |_Cornet_ | Paul Gore. | William Moore. | James Staunton | - | | Robert Moore. | Paul Gore. | Hepburn. | - | | James Staunton | James Staunton | James Johnston. | - | | Hepburn. | Hepburn. | Robert Nicholson.| - | | | James Johnston. |Lawrence Chaloner.| - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | | Henry Blacker. | Henry Blacker. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Michael Goodman. | Thos. Walmesley. | Thos. Walmesley. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | | Alexander Eason. | Alexander Eason. | - | | | | | - |_Agent_ | |Capt. Montgomery, | | - | | | Mary St., Dublin.| | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------++-----------------+------------------+ - | | 1763[73] || 1779 | 1780 | - +--------------+------------------++-----------------+------------------+ - | | || | | - |_Colonel_ | ||Russell Manners, |Russell Manners. | - | | || _Major General_.| | - | | || | | - |_Lieut.Colonel|Charles, _Earl of_|| | | - | Commandant_ | Drogheda. || | | - | | || | | - |_Lieut. | Richard Gorges. || Robert Laurie. | Francis Augustus | - | Colonel_ | || | Eliott. | - | | || | | - |_Major_ |Francis Caulfield.|| Richard Grant. | Richard Grant. | - | | || | | - | |Chas. Wilson Lyon.|| John Hamilton. | John Hamilton. | - |_Captain_ |Francis Brooke. || Fewster Johnson.| Fewster Johnson. | - | |Thomas, _Lord_ || John Morris. | John Morris. | - | | Knapton. || | | - | | || | | - |_Capt. | || _Hon._ Chas. | _Vacant._ | - | Lieutenant | || Gunter Legge. | | - | and Captain_| || | | - | | || | | - |_Capt. |Clotworthy Rowley.|| | | - | Lieutenant_ | || | | - | | || | | - | | Charles Burton. || Nassau Smith. | Francis Gregory. | - | | Thomas Walmesley.|| Geo. Chas. | Tho. Chas. Hardy.| - |_Lieutenant_ | William Burton. || Brathwaite. | Geo. Chas. | - | |Skeffington Smith.|| Francis Gregory.| Brathwaite. | - | | William Moore. ||Tho. Chas. Hardy.| John Petley. | - | | || John Petley. | William Wills. | - | | || | | - | | Robert Nicholson.|| John Bailey. | John Bailey. | - | |Lawrence Chaloner.|| Geo. Montgomery.| Richard Warner. | - |_Cornet_ | William Scott. || ---- Smith. | William Tooke | - | | John Moore. || Richard Warner. | Harwood. | - | | Gorges Crofton. || _Vacant._ | Francis Drake. | - | | _Vacant._ || _Vacant._ | George Street. | - | | || | _Vacant._ | - | | || | | - |_Chaplain_ | Henry Blacker. || _Vacant._ | Charles Mayo. | - | | || | | - |_Adjutant_ | Thomas Walmesley.|| _Vacant._ | George Street. | - | | || | | - |_Surgeon_ | Alexander Eason. || Christopher | Christopher | - | | || Arden. | Arden. | - | | || | | - | | || Messrs Bisshopp | | - |_Agents_ | || & Brummell, | | - | | || Vine Street, | | - | | || St James’. | | - +--------------+------------------++-----------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1781 | 1782 | 1783 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | Russell Manners. | Russell Manners. | Russell Manners. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | R. Mason Lewis. | R. Mason Lewis. | R. Mason Lewis. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Benjamin Lambert.|William,_Viscount_| John Callander. | - | | | Fielding. | | - | | | | | - | | John Hamilton. | John Hare. | John Hare. | - |_Captain_ | _Sir_ James | John Petley. | John Petley. | - | | Erskine. | | | - | | John Quantock. |Wm. Tooke Harwood.|Wm. Tooke Harwood.| - | | | | | - |_Capt. | John Hare. | Thomas Carteret | Thomas Carteret | - | Lieutenant | | Hardy. | Hardy. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | Thomas Carteret | John Bailey. | John Bailey. | - | | Hardy. | Richard Kelsall. | Richard Kelsall. | - |_Lieutenant_ | John Petley. | Francis Drake. | George Street. | - | | John Bailey. | George Street. | Thomas Townley | - | | Richard Warner. | _Vacant._ | Parker. | - | | Robert Kelsall. | | Wm. Cave Brown. | - | | | | | - | | William Tooke | | | - | | Harwood. | Henry Geo. Grey. | Charles Richard | - | | Francis Drake. | Henry Goodricke. | Vaughan. | - | | George Street. | Wm. Cave Brown. | Edward Walbanke. | - |_Cornet_ | Henry Geo. Grey. | Charles Richard |George Donithorpe.| - | | Francis Thomas | Vaughan. | John Monk. | - | | Hammond. | E. Walbanke. | ---- Cary. | - | | Francis Philip | _Vacant._ | Philip Gresley. | - | | Bodingfield. | | | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | Charles Mayo. | Charles Mayo. | Samuel Bethell. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | George Street. | George Street. | Digby Hamilton. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ |Christopher Arden.|Christopher Arden.|Christopher Arden.| - | | | | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +------------------------------------------+----------------------------+ - | THE TWENTY-THIRD LIGHT DRAGOONS. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1782 | 1783 | 1784 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Sir_ John | _Sir_ John | _Sir_ John | - | | Burgoyne | Burgoyne. | Burgoyne. | - | | _Major General_.| | | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Thomas Nash. | Thomas Nash. | Thomas Nash. | - | | | | | - | | Jonathan Thomas. | Jonathan Thomas. | John Beckwith. | - |_Captain_ | John Beckwith. | John Beckwith. | Thomas Crewe | - | | Thos. Crewe Dodd.| Thos. Crewe Dodd.| Dodd. | - | | | | | - |_Captain | | | | - | Lieutenant | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | - | | Child. | Child. | Child. | - | | William Walton. | William Walton. | Guy Henry | - |_Lieutenant_ | Guy Henry | Guy Henry | Crawford. | - | | Crawford. | Crawford. | T. J. Venables | - | | T. J. Venables | T. J. Venables | Hinde. | - | | Hinde. | Hinde. | William Sage. | - | | William Sage. | William Sage. | George Williams. | - | | | | | - | | George Williams. | George Williams. | John Campbell. | - | | John Campbell. | John Campbell. | John Jaffray. | - |_Cornet_ | John Horsefall. | John Horsefall. | Robert Anstey. | - | | John Jaffray. | John Jaffray. | John Armstrong. | - | | Robert Anstey. | Robert Anstey. | Robert Hilton. | - | | John Armstrong. | John Armstrong. | _Hon._ Andrew | - | | | | Cochrane. | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Burgh. | John Burgh. | John Burgh. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Robert Hilton. | Robert Hilton. | Lawrence Neville.| - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John M‘Cullock. | John M‘Cullock. | John M‘Cullock. | - | | | | | - | | Messrs Gray and | | | - |_Agents_ | Collyer, | | | - | | Terrace, | | | - | | Spring Gardens.| | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1785 | 1786[74] | 1787 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - | | _Sir_ John | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | - |_Colonel_ | Burgoyne. | Howe, _K.B._, | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | _Lt.-General_. | | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Thomas Nash. | Thos. Crewe Dodd.| James Affleck. | - | | | | | - | | Jonathan Thomas. | James Affleck. | George Browne. | - |_Captain_ | John Beckwith. | George Browne. | Samuel Orr. | - | | Thos. Crewe Dodd.| Samuel Orr. | Edward Sage. | - | | | | | - |_Capt. | James Affleck. | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | - | Lieutenant | | Child. | Child. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | |Wm. Gilbert Child.| William Sage. | George Williams. | - | | T. J. Venables | George Williams. | Thomas Howell. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Hinde. | John Jaffray. | Robert Anstey. | - | | William Sage. | Thomas Howell. | Patrick Maxwell. | - | | George Williams. | Robert Anstey. | _Hon._ Andrew | - | | John Jaffray. | | Cochrane. | - | | | | | - | | Robert Anstey. | _Hon._ Andrew | John Banger. | - | | _Hon._ Andrew | Cochrane. | Walter Monteath. | - | | Cochrane. | Patrick Maxwell. | John Whitford. | - |_Cornet_ | Patrick Maxwell. | John Banger. | James Patterson. | - | | John Banger. | Walter Monteath. | Abraham Brown. | - | | Walter Monteath. | John Whitford. | Arthur Brabazon. | - | | John Whitford. | James Patterson. | Robert Williams. | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Price. | John Price. | John Price. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John McCullock. | James Irwine. | James Irwine. | - | | | | | - | | | Messrs Cox, Cox | | - |_Agents_ | | and Greenwood, | | - | | | Craig’s Court. | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1788 | 1789 | 1790 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | - | | | | | - | | George Browne. | George Browne. | George Browne. | - |_Captain_ | Samuel Orr. | Edward Sage. | Edward Sage. | - | | Edward Sage. | James Campbell. | James Campbell. | - | | | | | - |_Captain | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | - | Lieutenant | Child. | Child. | Child. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | George Williams. | George Williams. | Robert Anstey. | - | | Robert Anstey. | Robert Anstey. | Thomas Paterson. | - |_Lieutenant_ | _Hon._ Andrew | Thomas Paterson. | _Hon._ Andrew | - | | Cochrane. | _Hon._ Andrew | Cochrane. | - | | Thomas Paterson. | Cochrane. | John Bayly. | - | | John Bayly. | John Bayly. | Walter Monteath. | - | | | | | - | | John Banger. | Walter Monteath. | James Patterson. | - | | Walter Monteath. | James Patterson. | Abraham Brown. | - |_Cornet_ | James Patterson. | Abraham Brown. | Robert Williams. | - | | Abraham Brown. | Robert Williams. | James Kennedy. | - | | Arthur Brabazon. | James Kennedy. | Arthur Brabazon. | - | | Robert Williams. | Arthur Brabazon. | John Banger. | - | | | John Banger. | _Vacant._ | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Price. | John Price. | John Price. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | James Irwine. | James Irwine. | James Irwine. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1791 | 1792 | 1793 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | - | | George Browne. | George Browne. | William Gilbert | - | | | | Child. | - | | | | | - | | William Sage | William Gilbert | William Sage. | - |_Captain_ | William Gilbert | Child. | James Campbell. | - | | Child. | William Sage. | Patrick Maxwell. | - | | James Campbell. | James Campbell. | | - | | | | | - |_Captain | | | | - | Lieutenant | Robert Anstey. | Robert Anstey. | Thomas Paterson. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | | | | - | | Thomas Paterson. | Thomas Paterson. | John Bayly. | - | | John Bayly. | John Bayly. | Walter Monteath. | - | | Walter Monteath. | Walter Monteath. | James Kennedy. | - | | James Patterson. | James Patterson. | Arthur Brabazon. | - | | Robert Williams. | James Kennedy. | John Fortnam. | - |_Lieutenant_ | James Kennedy. | Arthur Brabazon. | Roderick | - | | Arthur Brabazon. | John Fortnam. | Mackenzie. | - | | Roderick | Roderick | Charles Maddison.| - | | Mackenzie. | Mackenzie. | James Cockburn. | - | | Lawrence Neville.| Charles Maddison.| Rich. Drummond. | - | | Charles Maddison.| James Cockburn. | William Bellasis.| - | | James Cockburn. | Rich. Drummond. | George Hale. | - | | | | | - | | John Banger. | John Banger. | John Banger. | - | | George Hale. | George Hale. | James Cathcart. | - | | John Fell Snow. | John Fell Snow. | Robert Lisle. | - |_Cornet_ | James Cathcart. | James Cathcart. | John A. Winne. | - | | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Henry Roberts. | - | | John A. Winne. | John A. Winne. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Henry Roberts. | Henry Roberts. | John Dent. | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Price. | John Price. | John Price. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Lawrence Neville.| Thomas Hassall. | Thomas Hassall. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | James Irwine. | James Irwine. | James Irwine. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1794 | 1795 | 1796 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - | | James Affleck. | James Affleck. | William Gilbert | - |_Major_ | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | Child. | - | | Child. | Child. | William Sage. | - | | | | | - | | William Sage. | William Sage. | Patrick Maxwell. | - |_Captain_ | James Campbell. | James Campbell. | Thomas Paterson. | - | | Patrick Maxwell. | Patrick Maxwell. | Rich. Drummond. | - | | | | | - |_Captain | | | | - | Lieutenant | Thomas Paterson. | Thomas Paterson. | John Bayly. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | John Bayly. | John Bayly. | Walter Monteath. | - | | Walter Monteath. | Walter Monteath. | James Kennedy. | - | | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | Arthur Brabazon. | - | | Arthur Brabazon. | Arthur Brabazon. | John Fortnam. | - | | John Fortnam. | John Fortescue. | Roderick | - |_Lieutenant_ | Roderick | Roderick | Mackenzie. | - | | Mackenzie. | Mackenzie. | Charles Maddison.| - | | Charles Maddison.| Charles Maddison.| William Bellasis.| - | | James Cockburn. | James Cockburn. | James Cathcart. | - | | Rich. Drummond. | Rich. Drummond. | _Vacant._ | - | | William Bellasis.| William Bellasis.| _Vacant._ | - | | George Hale. | George Hale. | _Vacant._ | - | | | | | - | | John Banger. | John Banger. | John Banger. | - | | James Cathcart. | James Cathcart. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Henry Roberts. | - |_Cornet_ | John A. Winne. | Henry Roberts. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Henry Roberts. | Henry Skelton. | Thomas Hassall. | - | | Henry Skelton. | _Vacant._ | _Vacant._ | - | | John Dent. | _Vacant._ | _Vacant._ | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Day. | John Day. | John Day. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Thomas Hassall. | Thomas Hassall. | Thomas Hassall. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | James Irwine. | Joseph Mayde. | Joseph Mayde. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1797 | 1798 | 1799 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | _Hon. Sir_ W. | - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | John Floyd. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - | | William Gilbert | William Gilbert | Patrick Maxwell. | - |_Major_ | Child. | Child. | Charles Bladen. | - | | William Sage. | William Sage. | | - | | | | | - | | Patrick Maxwell. | Patrick Maxwell. | Thomas Paterson. | - |_Captain_ | Thomas Paterson. | Thomas Paterson. | John Bayly. | - | | John Bayly. | John Bayly. | Walter Monteath. | - | | Walter Monteath. | Walter Monteath. | Arthur Brabazon. | - | | | | | - |_Captain | | | | - | Lieutenant | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | Arthur Brabazon. | Arthur Brabazon. | John Fortnam. | - | | John Fortnam. | John Fortnam. | Roderick | - | | Roderick | Roderick | Mackenzie. | - | | Mackenzie. | Mackenzie. | James Cathcart. | - | | Charles Maddison.| William Bellasis.| John Banger. | - | | William Bellasis.| James Cathcart. | Robert Lisle. | - |_Lieutenant_ | James Cathcart. | John Banger. | Henry Roberts. | - | | John Banger. | Robert Lisle. | Thomas Hassall. | - | | Robert Lisle. | Henry Roberts. | George John Sale | - | | Henry Roberts. | Thomas Hassall. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Henry Skelton. | George John Sale.| Patrick Anderson.| - | | _Vacant._ | Henry Skelton. | Edward Darvall. | - | | | | | - | | Thomas Hassall. | Wallace Boyle. | Wallace Boyle. | - | | George John Sale.| Nathan Wilson. | Nathan Wilson. | - |_Cornet_ | Edward Darvall. | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | - | | Henry Young. | Edward Darvall. | Henry Young. | - | | George Tuite. | Henry Young. | George Tuite. | - | | Philip Bailey. | George Tuite. | Philip Bailey. | - | | | Philip Bailey. | Andrew Geils. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Chaplain_ | John Day. | | | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | Thomas Hassall. | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | - | | | | | - |Surgeon | Thomas Browne. | Thomas Browne. | Thomas Browne. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | William Beville. | William Beville. | William Beville. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1800 | 1801 | 1802 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_| - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | John Floyd. | Patrick Maxwell. | Patrick Maxwell. | - | Colonel_ | | Edgar Hunter. | Edgar Hunter. | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Patrick Maxwell. | Thomas Paterson. | John Bayly. | - | | Thomas Paterson. | John Bayly. | _Vacant._ | - | | | | | - | | John Bayly. | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | - |_Captain_ | Walter Monteath. | John Fortnam. | John Fortnam. | - | | Arthur Brabazon. | James Cathcart. | James Cathcart. | - | | _Vacant._ | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | | | | - |_Captain | | | | - | Lieutenant |James Kennedy. | Henry Roberts. | Henry Roberts. | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - | | | John Banger. | John Banger. | - | | John Fortnam. | Thomas Hassall. | George John Sale.| - | | Roderick | George John Sale.| Henry Skelton. | - | | Mackenzie. | Henry Skelton. | Wallace Boyle. | - | | James Cathcart. | Patrick Anderson.| Nathan Wilson. | - | | John Banger. | Wallace Boyle. | Patrick Anderson.| - |_Lieutenant_ | Robert Lisle. | Nathan Wilson. | Edward Geils. | - | | Henry Roberts. | Edward Geils. | Henry Young. | - | | Thomas Hassall. | Henry Young. | Thomas Vaughan | - | | George John Sale.| Thomas Vaughan | George Tuite. | - | | Henry Skelton. | George Tuite. | Thomas Johnson. | - | | Patrick Anderson.| Thomas Johnson. | Robert Torrens. | - | | Edward Darvall. | Robert Torrens. | John Crooks. | - | | | John Crooks. | F. Cumberlege. | - | | | F. Cumberlege. | Joseph Dowson. | - | | | | | - | | | | Michael Thomas | - | | | Michael Thomas | Harris. | - | | | Harris. | William Lewis | - | | Wallace Boyle. | John Christopher | Herries. | - | | Nathan Wilson. | Ridout. | Charles Cobbe. | - | | Edward Geils. | William Lewis | ---- Port. | - |_Cornet_ | Henry Young. | Herries. | George Hutchins | - | | George Tuite. | Charles Cobbe. | Bellasis. | - | | Philip Bailey. | George Hutchins | William Serle. | - | | _Vacant._ | Bellasis. | Charles Abdy | - | | | ---- Port. | Chapman. | - | | | William Serle. | John Montague | - | | | | Jackson. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | Thomas Browne. | Thomas Browne. | Thomas Browne. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | William Beville. | James Colgan. | James Colgan. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1803 | 1804 | 1805 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_| - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Patrick Maxwell. | Edgar Hunter. | James Kennedy. | - | Colonel_ | Edgar Hunter. |_Sir_ Robt.Wilson.| R. R. Gillespie. | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | John Bayly. | John Bayly. | John Fortnam. | - | | | James Kennedy. | James Cathcart. | - | | | | | - | | | John Fortnam. | Robert Lisle. | - | | James Kennedy. | James Cathcart. | Henry Roberts. | - | | John Fortnam. | Robert Lisle. | George John Sale.| - |_Captain_ | James Cathcart. | Henry Roberts. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Robert Lisle. | George John Sale.| Hugh Henry. | - | | Henry Roberts. | Henry Skelton. | Nathan Wilson. | - | | | Hugh Henry. | Patrick Anderson.| - | | | Wallace Boyle. | Edward Geils. | - | | | | | - |_Capt. Lieut. | George John Sale.| | | - | and Captain_| | | | - | | | | | - |_Lieutenant_ | John Banger. | Nathan Wilson. | | - | | Henry Skelton. | Patrick Anderson.| | - | | Wallace Boyle. | Edward Geils. | Henry Young. | - | | Nathan Wilson. | Henry Young. | George Tuite. | - | | Patrick Anderson.| George Tuite. | Robert Torrens. | - | | Edward Geils. | Thomas Johnson. | John Crooks. | - | | Henry Young. | Robert Torrens. | Charles Cobbe. | - | | George Tuite. | John Crooks. | Richard Miller. | - | | Thomas Johnson. | F. Cumberlege. | William Serle. | - | | Robert Torrens. | Joseph Dowson. | C. A. Chapman. | - | | John Crooks. | Charles Cobbe. | Benjamin Jones. | - | | F. Cumberlege. | Richard Miller. | Alan Twaddle. | - | | Joseph Dowson. | John David Duval.| | - | | Richard Miller. | Wm. L. Herries. | | - | | | | | - | | Michael T.Harris.| Geo. H. Bellasis.| Geo. H. Bellasis.| - | | Wm. L. Herries. | William Serle. | John Atkins. | - | | Charles Cobbe. | C. A. Chapman. | James Verner. | - |_Cornet_ | ---- Port. | John Atkins. | Colin Anderson. | - | | Geo. H. Bellasis.| James Verner. | Chas. T. Wilson. | - | | William Serle. | Colin Anderson. | H. A. Gladwin. | - | | C. A. Chapman. | Charles Townsend | Robert Kennedy. | - | | John M. Jackson. | Wilson. | J. W. Fullerton. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Abercromby. | John Abercromby. | John Abercromby. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | James Allerdice. | James Allerdice. | James Allerdice. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1806 | 1807 | 1808 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_| - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | - | Colonel_ | Robt. R. | Robt. R. | J. O. Vandeleur. | - | | Gillespie. | Gillespie. | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | John Fortnam. | James Cathcart. | James Cathcart. | - | | James Cathcart. | Hugh Henry. |_Hon._ John Bruce.| - | | | | Richard O’Neill. | - | | | | | - | | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Henry Roberts. | Henry Roberts. | Henry Roberts. | - | | George John Sale.| George John Sale.| George John Sale.| - |_Captain_ | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Hugh Henry. | Nathan Wilson. | Nathan Wilson. | - | | Nathan Wilson. | Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| - | | Patrick Anderson.| Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | - | | Edward Geils. | | Henry Young. | - | | | |_Sir_George Tuite.| - | | | | Robert Torrens. | - | | | | | - | | Henry Young. | Henry Young. | John Crooks. | - | | George Tuite. | George Tuite. | John Atkins. | - | | Robert Torrens. | Robert Torrens. | James Verner. | - | | John Crooks. | John Crooks. | C. A. Chapman. | - | | Charles Cobbe. | Charles Cobbe. | William Dunbar. | - |_Lieutenant_ | William Serle. | C. A. Chapman. | Chas. T. Wilson. | - | | C. A. Chapman. | William Dunbar. | H. A. Gladwin. | - | | William Dunbar. | Thomas Keighley. | Lewis B. Buckle. | - | | Thomas Keighley. | Alan Twaddle. | Robt. John Edgar.| - | | Benjamin Jones. | William Serle. | Benjamin Burton. | - | | Alan Twaddle. | James Verner. | Thomas Coulthard.| - | | | Robert Kennedy. | R. W. Maxwell. | - | | | Thomas Martin. | | - | | | Chas. T. Wilson. | | - | | | H. A. Gladwin. | | - | | | Edward Taylor. | | - | | | | | - | | John Atkins. | John Atkins. | Henry Young. | - | | James Verner. | Colin Anderson. | Benjamin Jones. | - | | Colin Anderson. | Henry Young. | James Rathbone. | - | | Chas. T. Wilson. | Samuel Saunders. | G. A. Moultrie. | - |_Cornet_ | H. A. Gladwin. | John Edgar. | | - | | Robert Kennedy. | Lewis B. Buckle. | | - | | ---- Smith. | Charles Warden. | | - | | J. W. Fullerton. | | | - | | John Edgar. | | | - | | Lewis B. Buckle. | | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | ---- Smith. | Samuel Saunders. | James Rathbone. | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Abercromby. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| John Murray. | James Allerdice. | James Allerdice. | - | | James Allerdice. | | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | Joseph Erratt. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1809 | 1810 | 1811 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_| - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | | | - | | | | J. O. Vandeleur, | - |_Lieut. | James Kennedy. | James Kennedy. | _Major General_.| - | Colonel_ | J. O. Vandeleur. | J. O. Vandeleur. |_Hon._ John Bruce.| - | | | | Richard O’Neill. | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Edward Parker. | Edward Parker. | Edward Parker. | - | | A. J. Dalrymple. | A. J. Dalrymple. | A. J. Dalrymple. | - | | | | | - | | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Nathan Wilson. | Nathan Wilson. | Patrick Anderson.| - | | Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| Edward Geils. | - |_Captain_ | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | Robert Torrens. | - | |_Sir_George Tuite.|_Sir_George Tuite.| C. A. Chapman. | - | | Robert Torrens. | Robert Torrens. | Francis D’Arcey | - | | C. A. Chapman. | C. A. Chapman. | Bacon. | - | | Francis D’Arcey | Francis D’Arcey | Archibald Ross. | - | | Bacon. | Bacon. | John Atkins. | - | | Archibald Ross. | Archibald Ross. | Lewis B. Buckle. | - | | | | | - | | John Crooks. | John Atkins. | James Verner. | - | | John Atkins. | James Verner. | Colin Anderson. | - | | James Verner. | Colin Anderson. | H. A. Gladwin. | - | | Colin Anderson. | H. A. Gladwin. | Benjamin Burton. | - | | Chas. T. Wilson. | Lewis B. Buckle. | Thomas Coulthard.| - | | H. A. Gladwin. | Benjamin Burton. | G. A. Moultrie. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Lewis B. Buckle. | Thomas Coulthard.| John R. Eustace. | - | | Benjamin Burton. | Robt. W. Maxwell.| James Rathbone. | - | | Thomas Coulthard.| G. A. Moultrie. | John Lucas. | - | | Robt. W. Maxwell.| John R. Eustace. | Henry Floyd. | - | | G. A. Moultrie. | James Rathbone. | Wm. Armstrong. | - | | John R. Eustace. | John Lucas. | | - | | | | | - | | Henry Young. | Henry Floyd. | James Skelton. | - | | Benjamin Jones. | Wm. Armstrong. | William Rhodes. | - |_Cornet_ | James Rathbone. | James Skelton. | Wm. T. Lee. | - | | Geo. E. Quintin. | William Rhodes. | John Lang. | - | | John Lucas. | Wm. T. Lee. | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Lawrence Neville.| Lawrence Neville.| Wm. F. Neville. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | James Rathbone. | James Rathbone. | James Rathbone. | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| James Barlow. | James Barlow. | James Barlow. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Charles Dymoke. | Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1812 | 1813 | 1814 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_|William,_Viscount_| - | | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | Howe, _K.B._ | - | | | _General_. | | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | J. O. Vandeleur. | J. O. Vandeleur. | J. O. Vandeleur. | - | Colonel_ | _Hon._John Bruce.| _Hon._John Bruce.| _Hon._John Bruce.| - | | Richard O’Neill. | Richard O’Neill. | Richard O’Neill. | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Edward Parker. | Edward Parker. | Edward Parker. | - | | A. J. Dalrymple. | A. J. Dalrymple. | A. J. Dalrymple. | - | | | | | - | | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| - | | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | - | | Robert Torrens. | Robert Torrens. | C. A. Chapman. | - |_Captain_ | C. A. Chapman. | C. A. Chapman. | _Lord_ Arthur | - | | Francis D’Arcey | Francis D’Arcey | J. H. Somerset.| - | | Bacon. | Bacon. | James Verner. | - | | John Atkins. | John Atkins. | William Browne. | - | | L. B. Buckle. | L. B. Buckle. | George Austin | - | | _Lord_ Arthur | _Lord_ Arthur | Moultrie. | - | | J. H. Somerset.| J. H. Somerset.| Colin Anderson. | - | | | | | - | | James Verner. | James Verner. | H. A. Gladwin. | - | | Colin Anderson. | Colin Anderson. | Benjamin Burton. | - | | H. A. Gladwin. | H. A. Gladwin. | J. R. Eustace. | - | | Benjamin Burton. | Benjamin Burton. | James Rathbone. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Thos. Coulthard. | G. A. Moultrie. | Henry Floyd. | - | | G. A. Moultrie. | J. R. Eustace. | Wm. Armstrong. | - | | J. R. Eustace. | James Rathbone. | William Rhodes. | - | | James Rathbone. | John Lucas. | John Lang. | - | | John Lucas. | Henry Floyd. | Wm. F. Arnold. | - | | Henry Floyd. | Wm. Armstrong. | George Snoad. | - | | Wm. Armstrong. | William Rhodes. | John Hammersley. | - | | | | | - | | James Skelton. | John Lang. | William Verelst | - | | William Rhodes. | Wm. F. Arnold. | Horton. | - |_Cornet_ | Wm. T. Lee. | George Snoad. | Lionel Goldsmid. | - | | John Lang. | John Hammersley. | Wm. Long Wrey. | - | | Wm. F. Arnold. | Wm. V. Horton. | Thomas Walker. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | James Rathbone. | James Rathbone. | James Rathbone. | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| James Barlow. | James Barlow. | Wm. O’Donnell. | - | | Wm. O’Donnell. | Wm. O’Donnell. | E. Pilkington. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1815 | 1816 | 1817 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Sir_ Wm. Payne, | _Sir_ John Ormsby| _Sir_John Ormsby | - | | _Lt. General_. | Vandeleur, | Vandeleur, | - | | | _K.C.B._ | _K.C.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | J. O. Vandeleur. | _Hon._John Bruce.| Henry Wyndham. | - | Colonel_ | _Hon._John Bruce.| Richard O’Neill. | | - | | Richard O’Neill. | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| Patrick Anderson.| - | | | | | - | | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | - | | C. A. Chapman. | C. A. Chapman. | James Verner. | - | | _Lord_ Arthur | _Lord_ Arthur | William Browne. | - | | J. H. Somerset.| J. H. Somerset.| G. A. Moultrie. | - |_Captain_ | James Verner. | James Verner. | Colin Anderson. | - | | William Browne. | William Browne. | _Sir_John Rowland| - | | G. A. Moultrie. | G. A. Moultrie. | Eustace. | - | | Colin Anderson. | Colin Anderson. | Wm. Armstrong. | - | | John R. Eustace. | John R. Eustace. | H. A. Gladwin. | - | | Wm. Armstrong. | Wm. Armstrong. | William Rhodes. | - | | | | | - | | H. A. Gladwin. | H. A. Gladwin. | Benjamin Burton. | - | | Benjamin Burton. | Benjamin Burton. | James Rathbone. | - | | James Rathbone. | James Rathbone. | John Lang. | - | | William Rhodes. | William Rhodes. | Wm. F. Arnold. | - |_Lieutenant_ | John Lang. | John Lang. | George Snoad. | - | | Wm. F. Arnold. | Wm. F. Arnold. | John Hammersley. | - | | George Snoad. | George Snoad. | Joseph Wakefield.| - | | John Hammersley. | John Hammersley. | Richard E. Welby.| - | | Wm. V. Horton. | Wm. V. Horton. | Charles Wyndham. | - | | Lionel Goldsmid. | Lionel Goldsmid. | William Dungan. | - | | Wm. Long Wrey. | Wm. Long Wrey. | | - | | | | | - | | Thomas Walker. | Thomas Walker. | Henry Georges. | - | | Richard E. Welby.| Richard E. Welby.| John Gowdie. | - | | William Dungan. | William Dungan. | Wm. Glanville. | - |_Cornet_ | George Macquay. | George Macquay. | George Gregory. | - | | Chas. J. Peshall.| Chas. J. Peshall.| Robert Downes. | - | | Henry Georges. | Henry Georges. | Alexander Bailey.| - | | | John Gowdie. | | - | | | Wm. Glanville. | | - | | | George Gregory. | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | James Rathbone. | Wm. Glanville. | Wm. Glanville. | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| Edward | Edward | Edward | - | | Pilkington. | Pilkington. | Pilkington. | - | | William Pardy. | William Pardy. | William Pardy. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1818 | 1819 | 1820 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Sir_ John O. | _Sir_ John O. | _Sir_ John O. | - | | Vandeleur, | Vandeleur, | Vandeleur, | - | | _K.C.B._ | _K.C.B._ | _K.C.B._ | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Henry Wyndham. | Henry Wyndham. | Henry Wyndham. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | Robert Lisle. | - | | Patrick Anderson.| Edward Geils. | Edward Geils. | - | | | | | - | | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | Henry Skelton. | - | | Edward Geils. | William Browne. | George Austin | - | | William Browne. | George Austin | Moultrie. | - | | George Austin | Moultrie. | _Sir_John Rowland| - |_Captain_ | Moultrie. | _Sir_John Rowland| Eustace. | - | | Colin Anderson. | Eustace. | John Hammersley. | - | | _Sir_John Rowland| Wm. Armstrong. | George Doherty. | - | | Eustace. | Wm. F. Arnold. | William Moray. | - | | Wm. Armstrong. | John Hammersley. | Wm. H. Stewart. | - | | Henry A. Gladwin.| George Doherty. | Joseph Wakefield.| - | | | | | - | | | | John Lang. | - | | Benjamin Burton. | Benjamin Burton. | William Dungan. | - | | James Rathbone. | John Lang. | R. S. Ruddach. | - | | John Lang. | Joseph Wakefield.| Henry Georges. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Wm. F. Arnold. | William Dungan. | John Gowdie. | - | | John Hammersley. | Robert Downes. | Wm. Glanville. | - | | Joseph Wakefield.| John Gowdie. | Alexander Bailey.| - | | William Dungan. | Wm. Glanville. | Charles Lush | - | | Robert Downes. | | Cumberlege. | - | | | | George Duff. | - | | | | | - | | Henry Georges. | Alexander Bailey.| J. H. Whitmore. | - | | John Gowdie. | Charles Lush |George Blair Hall.| - | | Wm. Glanville. | Cumberlege. | Gilbert E. | - | | Alexander Bailey.| George Duff. | Jolliffe. | - |_Cornet_ | Charles Lush | J. H. Whitmore. | George Mecham. | - | | Cumberlege. |George Blair Hall.| Alexander Wilton | - | | George Duff. | Gilbert E. | Dashwood. | - | | J. H. Whitmore. | Jolliffe. | George Talbot. | - | |George Blair Hall.| George Mecham. | George Johnstone.| - | | Gilbert E. | Alexander Wilton | _Hon._ Geo. | - | | Jolliffe. | Dashwood. | Hervey. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | Wm. F. Neville. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ |William Glanville.| Wm. Glanville. | Wm. Glanville. | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John Gloag. | John Gloag. | James M‘Lennon. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Murray. | John Murray. | John Murray. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| John Riach. | John Riach. | John Riach. | - | | Edward Hollier. | | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Lawrence Bird. |Lawrence Bird. | Lawrence Bird. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------------+--------------------------------------+ - | | 1821 | - +--------------------+--------------------------------------+ - | | | - |_Colonel_ | _Sir_ John Ormsby Vandeleur, _K.C.B._| - | | | - |_Lieut. Colonel_ | Henry Wyndham. | - | | | - |_Major_ | Robert Lisle. | - | | George Austin Moultrie. | - | | | - | | Henry Skelton. | - | | _Sir_ John Rowland Eustace. | - | | John Hammersley. | - |_Captain_ | George Doherty. | - | | William Moray. | - | | Joseph Wakefield. | - | | Robert Stewart Ruddach. | - | | Richard Beauchamp. | - | | | - | | William Dungan. | - | | Henry Georges. | - | | John Gowdie. | - | | William Glanville. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Alexander Bailey. | - | | Charles Lush Cumberlege. | - | | George Duff. | - | | Gilbert East Jolliffe. | - | | Edward Methold. | - | | | - | | George Blair Hall. | - | | George Mecham. | - | | Alexander Wilton Dashwood. | - |_Cornet_ | George Talbot. | - | | George Johnstone. | - | | _Hon._ George Hervey. | - | | William Osborne. | - | | Horatio Clagett. | - | | | - |_Paymaster_ | William Frederick Neville. | - | | | - |_Adjutant_ | William Glanville. | - | | | - |_Quartermaster_ | James MacLennon. | - | | | - |_Surgeon_ | John Murray. | - | | | - |_Assistant Surgeon_ | John Riach. | - | | | - |_Veterinary Surgeon_| Lawrence Bird. | - +--------------------+--------------------------------------+ - - +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | BENGAL FIRST EUROPEAN LIGHT CAVALRY. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | RIGHT WING. 1859 LEFT WING. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | | - |_Colonel_ | T. M. Taylor. | - | | | - |_Lieut. Colonel_| F. Wheler. | - | | G. M. C. Smyth. | - | | | - |_Major_ | Charles V. Jenkins. Henry Drummond. | - | | | - | | John H. Brooks. John Christie. | - | | C. H. Nicholetts. A. W. C. Plowden. | - | | Hamilton Forbes. Roland Richardson. | - |_Captain_ | F. C. J. Brownlow. H. C. Craigie. | - | | _Sir_ J. Hill, _Bt._ G. A. Galloway. | - | | H. E. Ellice. R. Baring. | - | | W. H. Macnaghten. Melville Clarke. | - | | | - | | C. Martin. | - | | F. P. Luard. | - | | R. T. P. Stapleton. | - | | R. W. Dent. H. H. Gough, _V.C._| - | | A. H. Chapman. J. A. M. Patton. | - |_Lieutenant_ | R. G. Birch. A. R. D. Mackenzie.| - | | J. S. Robinson. C. H. Fairlie. | - | | R. Morris. C. C. Jervoise. | - | | E. S. R. Carnac. A. G. Webster. | - | | G. C. B. Taylor. | - | | C. J. Prinsep. | - | | F. Currie. | - | | | - |_Cornet_ | | - | | | - |_Adjutant_ | C. Martin. | - | | | - |_Interpreter and| | - | Quartermaster_ | | - | | | - |_Surgeon_ | J. F. Beatson. | - | | | - |_Asst. Surgeon_ | T. P. Page. | - | | | - |_Vety. Surgeon_ | | - | | | - |_Riding Master_ | J. Brennan. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - - +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | BENGAL FIRST EUROPEAN LIGHT CAVALRY. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | RIGHT WING. 1860 LEFT WING. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | | - |_Colonel_ | Harry Thomson, | - | | _C.B._ | - | | | - |_Lieut. Colonel_| F. Wheler. | - | | G. M. C. Smyth. | - | | | - |_Major_ | Charles V. Jenkins. Henry Drummond. | - | | | - | | John H. Brooks. John Christie. | - | | C. H. Nicholetts. A. W. C. Plowden. | - | | Hamilton Forbes. Roland Richardson. | - |_Captain_ | F. C. J. Brownlow. H. C. Craigie. | - | | _Sir_ J. Hill. G. A. Galloway. | - | | H. E. Ellice. R. Baring. | - | | W. H. Macnaghten. Melville Clarke. | - | | | - | | C. Martin. | - | | F. P. Luard. | - | | R. T. P. Stapleton. | - | | A. H. Chapman. H. H. Gough, _V.C._| - | | R. G. Birch. J. A. M. Patton. | - |_Lieutenant_ | J. S. Robinson. A. R. D. Mackenzie.| - | | R. Morris. C. H. Fairlie. | - | | E. S. R. Carnac. C. C. Jervoise. | - | | G. C. B. Taylor. A. G. Webster. | - | | C. J. Prinsep. | - | | F. Currie. | - | | A. W. Roberts. | - | | | - |_Cornet_ | E. C. B. Rawlinson. | - | | | - |_Adjutant_ | C. Martin. | - | | | - |_Interpreter and| | - | Quartermaster_ | | - | | | - |_Surgeon_ | J. F. Beatson. | - | | | - |_Asst. Surgeon_ | W. E. Caird. | - | | | - |_Vety. Surgeon_ | T. P. Page. | - | | | - |_Riding Master_ | Lt. W. Keily. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - - +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ - | BENGAL FIRST EUROPEAN LIGHT CAVALRY. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | RIGHT WING. 1861 LEFT WING. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - | | | - |_Colonel_ | H. Thomson, _C.B._ | - | | | - |_Lieut. Colonel_| F. Wheler. | - | | W. B. Wemyss. | - | | | - |_Major_ | C. V. Jenkins. H. Drummond. | - | | | - | | J. H. Brooks. | - | | C. H. Nicholetts. R. Richardson. | - | | H. Forbes. H. C. Craigie. | - |_Captain_ | F. C. J. Brownlow. G. A. Galloway. | - | | _Sir_ J. Hill. R. Baring. | - | | H. E. Ellice. M. Clarke. | - | | W. H. Macnaghten. | - | | | - | | C. Martin. | - | | F. P. Luard. | - | | R. T. P. Stapleton. H. H. Gough, _V.C._| - | | A. H. Chapman. J. A. M. Patton. | - | | R. G. Birch. A. R. D. Mackenzie.| - |_Lieutenant_ | J. S. Robinson. C. H. Fairlie. | - | | R. Morris. C. C. Jervoise. | - | | E. S. R. Carnac. A. G. Webster. | - | | G. C. B. Taylor. | - | | C. J. Prinsep. | - | | F. Currie. | - | | | - |_Cornet_ | | - | | | - |_Adjutant_ | | - | | | - |_Interpreter and| | - | Quartermaster_ | | - | | | - |_Surgeon_ | J. Campbell, | - | | _C.B._ | - | | | - |_Asst. Surgeon_ | | - | | | - |_Vety. Surgeon_ | T. P. Page. | - | | | - |_Riding Master_ | Capt. W. Keily. | - +----------------+------------------------------------------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1863 | 1864 | 1865 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ |Wm. Pattle, _C.B._|Wm. Pattle, _C.B._| John Hall, _Lt. | - | | _General_. | | General_. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | J. H. Brooks. | R. Richardson. | R. Richardson. | - | | R. Richardson. | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| - | | | | | - | | Henry C. Craigie.| _Sir_ John Hill. | Henry E. Ellice. | - | | _Sir_ John Hill. | Henry E. Ellice. | Robert Baring. | - | | Henry E. Ellice. | Robert Baring. | Melville Clarke. | - | | Robert Baring. | Melville Clarke. | R. T. P. | - | | Melville Clarke. |H. H. Gough,_V.C._| Stapleton. | - |_Captain._ |H. H. Gough,_V.C._| R. T. P. | Chas. M. S. | - | | F. P. Luard. | Stapleton. | Fairbrother. | - | | R. T. P. | Chas. M. S. | George A. Bishop.| - | | Stapleton. | Fairbrother. | K. J. W. Coghill.| - | | Chas. M. S. | George A. Bishop.| James Duncan. | - | | Fairbrother. | | | - | | | | | - | | Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | - | | C. C. Jervoise. | C. C. Jervoise. | A. G. Webster. | - | | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | Edward S. | - | | Robert Morris. | Robert Morris. | Rivett-Carnac. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Edward S. | Edward S. | John Biddulph. | - | | Rivett-Carnac. | Rivett-Carnac. | G. C. B. Taylor. | - | | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | Chas. J. Prinsep.| - | | G. C. B. Taylor. | G. C. B. Taylor. | Elliot A. Money. | - | | Chas. J. Prinsep.| Chas. J. Prinsep.| H. E. Kensit. | - | | Albert Hearsey. | Elliot A. Money. | | - | | | | | - | | Elliot A. Money. |Joseph Boulderson.|Joseph Boulderson.| - | |Joseph Boulderson.| Fred. H. Huth. | Fred. H. Huth. | - |_Cornet_ | Fred. H. Huth. | C. R. St Quintin.| C. R. St Quintin.| - | | C. R. St Quintin.| F. D. Harding. | F. D. Harding. | - | | F. D. Harding. | S. D. Barrow. | S. D. Barrow. | - | | S. D. Barrow. | Jos. S. A. Bruff.| Jos. S. A. Bruff.| - | | | R. G. E. | R. G. E. | - | | | Dalrymple. | Dalrymple. | - | | | | C. A. H. | - | | | | Bannister. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | | Henry O. Currie. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | A. H. Chapman. | A. H. Chapman. | A. H. Chapman. | - | | | | | - |_Riding | George Couch. | George Couch. | George Couch. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | | William Langdale.| William Langdale.| - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | | | Edward Menzies. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| | | Samuel Fuller. | - | | | | Byng T. Giraud. | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| | | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1866 | 1867 | 1868 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Hall. | John Hall. | John Hall. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | R. Richardson. | R. Richardson. | R. Richardson. | - | | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| - | | | | | - | | Henry E. Ellice. | Henry E. Ellice. | Henry E. Ellice. | - | | Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | - | | Melville Clarke. | Melville Clarke. | Melville Clarke. | - | | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | - | | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | - |_Captain._ | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | - | | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | - | | G. A. Bishop. | G. A. Bishop. | K. J. W. Coghill.| - | | K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| James Duncan. | - | | James Duncan. | James Duncan. | Samuel C. Walker | - | | | | | - | | Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | - | | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | - | | Edward S. | Edward S. | Edward S. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Rivett-Carnac. | Rivett-Carnac. | Rivett-Carnac. | - | | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | - | | G. C. B. Taylor. | G. C. B. Taylor. | G. C. B. Taylor. | - | | Chas. J. Prinsep.| Chas. J. Prinsep.| Chas. J. Prinsep.| - | | Elliot A. Money. | Elliot A. Money. | Elliot A. Money. | - | | Henry E. Kensit. | Fred. H. Huth. | Fred. H. Huth. | - | | | | | - | |Joseph Boulderson.|Joseph Boulderson.|Joseph Boulderson.| - | | Fred. H. Huth. | C. R. St Quintin.| C. R. St Quintin.| - | | C. R. St Quintin.| F. D. Harding. | F. D. Harding. | - |_Cornet_ | F. D. Harding. | S. D. Barrow. | S. D. Barrow. | - | | S. D. Barrow. | Jos. S. A. Bruff.| R. G. E. | - | | Jos. S. A. Bruff.| R. G. E. | Dalrymple. | - | | R. G. E. | Dalrymple. | C. A. H. | - | | Dalrymple. | C. A. H. | Bannister. | - | | C. A. H. | Bannister. | L. A. C. Cook. | - | | Bannister. | L. A. C. Cook. | J. L. Mackay. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | A. H. Chapman. | A. H. Chapman. | A. H. Chapman. | - | | | | | - |_Riding | George Couch. | George Couch. | George Couch. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter |William Langdale. | William Langdale.| William Langdale.| - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | Edward Menzies. | Edward Menzies. | Benjamin Burland.| - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| Samuel Fuller. | Samuel Fuller. | Byng T. Giraud. | - | | Byng T. Giraud. | Byng T. Giraud. | Thomas Babington.| - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| | | Hugh Anderson. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1869 | 1870 | 1871 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Hall. | John Hall. | John Hall. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | R. Richardson. | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| - | | Henry C. Craigie.| Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | - | | | | | - | | Robert Baring. | Melville Clarke. | Melville Clarke. | - | | Melville Clarke. | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | - | | R. T. P. | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | - | | Stapleton. | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | - | | Chas. M. S. | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | - |_Captain_ | Fairbrother. | K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| - | | K. J. W. Coghill.| James Duncan. | Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | James Duncan. | Chas. H. Fairlie.| Abel H. Chapman. | - | | Samuel C. Walker.| Abel H. Chapman. | A. G. Webster. | - | | Chas. H. Fairlie.| A. G. Webster. | | - | | | | | - | | Abel H. Chapman. | | Edward S. | - | | A. G. Webster. | Edward S. | Rivett-Carnac. | - | | Edward S. | Rivett-Carnac. | John Biddulph. | - | | Rivett-Carnac. | John Biddulph. | G. C. B. Taylor. | - | | John Biddulph. | G. C. B. Taylor. | John Nethercote. | - |_Lieutenant_ | G. C. B. Taylor. | Chas. J. Prinsep.|E. W. G. Williams.| - | | Chas. J. Prinsep.| John Nethercote. | Wm. S. Greene. | - | | C. R. St Quintin.|E. W. G. Williams.| L. A. C. Cook. | - | | John Nethercote. | F. D. Harding. | J. L. Mackay. | - | |E. W. G. Williams.| Wm. S. Greene. | Henry Hall. | - | | | | P. H. S. Barrow. | - | | | | | - | |Joseph Boulderson.| S. D. Barrow. | | - | | F. D. Harding. | R. G. E. | | - | | S. D. Barrow. | Dalrymple. | | - | | R. G. E. | L. A. C. Cook. | J. C. Christie. | - | | Dalrymple. | James L. Mackay. | James M‘Killop | - |_Cornet_ | C. A. H. | Henry Hall. | Macwhirter. | - | | Bannister. | P. H. S. Barrow. | Henry Edmonds | - | | L. A. C. Cook. | J. C. Christie. | Kynaston. | - | | James L. Mackay. | James M‘Killop | | - | | Henry Hall. | Macwhirter. | | - | | P. H. S. Barrow. | | | - | | J. C. Christie. | | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | - | | | | | - |_Adjutant_ | A. H. Chapman. | J. Nethercote. | J. Nethercote. | - | | | | | - |_Riding | George Couch. | George Couch. | George Couch. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | William Langdale.| William Langdale.| William Langdale.| - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | Benjamin Burland.| Benjamin Burland.| Benjamin Burland.| - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| Byng T. Giraud. | Byng T. Giraud. | Edmund Vallance. | - | | Thomas Babington.| Thomas Babington.| | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| Chas. Barrow. | Chas. Barrow. | Chas. Barrow. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1872 | 1873 | 1874 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Hall. | John Yorke, _Maj.| John Yorke. | - | | | General._ | | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| - | | Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | - | | | | | - | | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | - | | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | - | | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | - | | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | - | | K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| - |_Captain_ | Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | Abel H. Chapman. | - | | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | - | | Edward S. | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | - | | Rivett-Carnac. |E. W. G. Williams.|E. W. G. Williams.| - | | John Biddulph. | | Wm. S. Greene. | - | | | | | - | | G. C. B. Taylor. | | | - | |E. W. G. Williams.| Wm. S. Greene. | Henry Hall. | - | | Wm. S. Greene. | Henry Hall. | P. H. S. Barrow. | - | | L. A. C. Cook. | P. H. S. Barrow. | James M‘K. | - | | Henry Hall. | James M‘K. | Macwhirter. | - |_Lieutenant_ | P. H. S. Barrow. | Macwhirter. | Clement Smith. | - | | J. C. Christie. | Clement Smith. | H. E. Kynaston. | - | | James M‘K. | H. E. Kynaston. | Frederic M. Stow.| - | | Macwhirter. | Frederic M. Stow.| Charles Edward | - | | H. E. Kynaston. | Charles Edward | Warde. | - | | F. M. Stow. | Warde. | | - | | C. E. Warde. | | | - | | | | | - | | | A. M. Taylor. | A. M. Taylor. | - | | | Eugené Dieudonné | R. C. Gregg. | - | | | Feraldi. | H. M. A. Warde. | - |_Sub. | | Wm. Frederic H. | Jno. Compton | - | Lieutenant_ | | Yatman. | Hanford-Flood. | - | | | R. C. Gregg. | Wm. E. Phillips. | - | | | Henry Murray | Stephen George | - | | | Ashley Warde. | Wilson. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | H. O. Currie. | H. O. Currie. | H. O. Currie. | - | | | | | - |_Riding | George Couch. | George Couch. | George Couch. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | Wm. Langdale. | Wm. Langdale. | Wm. Langdale. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Surgeon_ | Benj. Burland. | Benj. Burland. | Benj. Burland. | - | | | | | - |_Asst.Surgeon_| Edmund Vallance. | Edmund Vallance. | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| James Kettle. | James Kettle. | James Kettle. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1875 | 1876 | 1877 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Yorke. | John Yorke. | John Yorke. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | C. V. Jenkins. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| - | | Robert Baring. | Robert Baring. | | - | | | | | - | | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | R. T. P. | - | | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | Stapleton. | - | | C. M. S. | C. M. S. | C. M. S. | - | | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | - |_Captain_ | K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| K. J. W. Coghill.| - | | Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | A. G. Webster. | - | | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | John Biddulph. | - | |E. W. G. Williams.|E. W. G. Williams.|E. W. G. Williams.| - | | Wm. S. Greene. | Wm. S. Greene. | P. H. S. Barrow | - | | Henry Hall. | Henry Hall. |H. W. R. Blackett.| - | | | P. H. S. Barrow. | W. L. Twentyman. | - | | | | | - | | P. H. S. Barrow. | James M‘Killop | James M‘Killop | - | | James M‘Killop | Macwhirter. | Macwhirter. | - | | Macwhirter. | Clement Smith. | Clement Smith. | - | | Clement Smith. | H. E. Kynaston. | H. E. Kynaston. | - | | H. E. Kynaston. |F. M. Kenyon-Stow.|F. M. Kenyon-Stow.| - |_Lieutenant_ | Frederic M. Stow.| Charles E. Warde.| Charles E. Warde.| - | | Charles E. Warde.| Alex. M. Taylor. | Alex. M. Taylor. | - | | Alex. M. Taylor. | J. D. P. French. | J. D. P. French. | - | | J. D. P. French. | J. C. Hanford- | J. C. Hanford- | - | | Ralph C. Gregg. | Flood. | Flood. | - | | | H. M. A. Warde. | C. B. H. Jenkins.| - | | | D. R. Apthorp. | H. M. A. Warde. | - | | | | D. R. Apthorp. | - | | | | H. O’C. Henchy. | - | | | | Maurice Wright. | - | | | | | - |_Sub. | H. M. A. Warde. | H. O’C. Henchy. | H. E. Reynolds. | - | Lieutenant_ | J. C. Hanford- | C. B. H. Jenkins.| | - | | Flood. | | | - | | H. O’C. Henchy. | | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | Henry O. Currie. | - | | | | | - |_Riding | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John White. | John White. | John White. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Medical | B. Burland. | B. Burland. | B. Burland. | - | Officer_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| James Kettle. | James Kettle. | James Kettle. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1878 | 1879 | 1880 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Yorke. | John Yorke. | John Yorke. | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Henry C. Craigie.| Henry C. Craigie.| Chas. M. S. | - | Colonel_ | | | Fairbrother. | - | | | | | - |_Major_ | Richard T. P. | Chas. M. S. | K. J. W. Coghill.| - | | Stapleton. | Fairbrother. | | - | | | | | - | | Chas. M. S. | K. J. W. Coghill.| Chas. H. Fairlie.| - | | Fairbrother. | Chas. H. Fairlie.| A. G. Webster. | - | | K. J. W. Coghill.| A. G. Webster. |E. W. G. Williams.| - | | Chas. H. Fairlie.|E. W. G. Williams.| P. H. S. Barrow, | - |_Captain_ | A. G. Webster. | P. H. S. Barrow. | _C.M.G._ | - | |E. W. G. Williams.|H. W. R. Blackett.|H. W. R. Blackett.| - | | Percy H. S. | Wm. Lawrence | Wm. Lawrence | - | | Barrow. | Twentyman. | Twentyman. | - | |H. W. R. Blackett.| James M‘Killop | James M‘Killop | - | | Wm. Lawrence | Macwhirter. | Macwhirter. | - | | Twentyman. | Clement Smith. | Clement Smith. | - | | James M‘Killop | H. E. Kynaston. | H. E. Kynaston. | - | | Macwhirter. | | | - | | | | | - | | Clement Smith. | Charles E. Warde.| Alex. M. Taylor. | - | | H. E. Kynaston. | Alex. M. Taylor, |Jno. D. P. French.| - | | Fred. M. Kenyon- | _Adj._ |Jno. C. Hanford- | - | | Stow. |Jno. D. P. French.| Flood. | - | | Charles E. Warde.|Jno. C. Hanford- | C. B. H. Jenkins.| - | | Alex. M. Taylor. | Flood. | H. M. A. Warde. | - | |Jno. D. P. French.| C. B. H. Jenkins.| D. R. Apthorp. | - |_Lieutenant_ |Jno. C. Hanford- | H. M. A. Warde. | H. E. Reynolds. | - | | Flood. | D. R. Apthorp. | Hugh O’Connor | - | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| H. E. Reynolds. | Henchy. | - | | H. M. A. Warde. | Hugh O’Connor | Maurice Wright. | - | | D. R. Apthorp. | Henchy. | | - | | H. E. Reynolds. | Maurice Wright. | | - | | Hugh O’Connor | | | - | | Henchy. | | | - | | Maurice Wright. | | | - | | | | | - |_Sub. | | David Edward D. | David Edward D. | - | Lieutenant_ | | Barclay. | Barclay. | - | | | | Jno. Douglas M. | - | | | | Guthrie. | - | | | | Fred. A. Freeman.| - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | Henry O. Currie. | |Jas. O. Dalgleish.| - | | | | | - |_Riding | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John White. | John White. | John White. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| James Kettle. | James Kettle. | James Kettle. | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1881 | 1882 | 1883 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Chas. M. S. | Chas. M. S. | Kendall J. W. | - | Colonel_ | Fairbrother. | Fairbrother. | Coghill, _C.B._| - | | | K. J. W. Coghill.| A. G. Webster. | - | | | | | - | | | A. G. Webster. | Percy H. S. | - |_Major_ | K. J. W. Coghill.| Percy H. S. | Barrow, _C.M.G._| - | | | Barrow, _C.M.G._|H. W. R. Blackett.| - | | |H. W. R. Blackett.| Clement Smith. | - | | | | Alex. M. Taylor. | - | | | | | - | | A. G. Webster. | Clement Smith. |Jno. D. P. French.| - | | Percy H. S. | Alex. M. Taylor. |Jno. C. Hanford- | - | | Barrow, _C.M.G._| J. D. P. French. | Flood. | - | |H. W. R. Blackett.| Jno. C. Hanford- | C. B. H. Jenkins.| - |_Captain_ | W. L. Twentyman. | Flood. | H. M. A. Warde. | - | | James M‘K. | C. B. H. Jenkins.| Dudley Richard | - | | Macwhirter. | | Apthorp. | - | | Clement Smith. | | H. E. Reynolds. | - | | H. E. Kynaston. | | William Pochin | - | | Alex. M. Taylor. | | Warner. | - | |Jno. D. P. French.| | | - | | | | | - | | Jno. C. Hanford- | H. M. A. Warde. | H. O’C. Henchy. | - | | Flood. | D. R. Apthorp. | Maurice Wright. | - | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| H. E. Reynolds. | D. E. D. Barclay.| - | | H. M. A. Warde. | Hugh O’Connor | J. D. M. Guthrie.| - | | D. R. Apthorp. | Henchy. | F. A. Freeman. | - | | H. E. Reynolds. | Maurice Wright. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Hugh O’Connor | D. E. D. Barclay.| Jno. Charles Ker | - | | Henchy. | J. D. M. Guthrie.| Fox, _Adj._ | - | | Maurice Wright. | F. A. Freeman. | H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | D. E. D. Barclay.| E. K. G. Aylmer. | H. G. Marsh. | - | | | Jno. Charles Ker | J. C. A. Walker. | - | | | Fox, _Adj._ | H. G. S. Young. | - | | | | W. S. Stanhope. | - | | | | H. G. De Pledge. | - | | | | G. O. Welch. | - | | | | R. W. Nicholson. | - | | | | | - |_Second | J. D. M. Guthrie.| | | - | Lieut._ | F. A. Freeman. | | | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | J. O. Dalgleish. |Jas. O. Dalgleish.| D. C. O. Spiller.| - | | | | | - |_Riding | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | Robert Speirs. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John White. | John White. | John White. | - | master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| James Kettle. | | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1884 | 1885 | 1886 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | A. G. Webster. | Percy H. S. | Percy H. S. | - | Colonel_ | Percy H. S. | Barrow,_C.B._, | Barrow,_C.B._, | - | | Barrow,_C.M.G._| _C.M.G._ | _C.M.G._ | - | | | Alex. M. Taylor. | J. D. P. French. | - | | | | | - | |H. W. R. Blackett.| Clement Smith. | Clement Smith. | - | | Clement Smith. |Jno. D. P. French.| Jno. C. Hanford- | - |_Major_ | Alex. M. Taylor. |Jno. C. Hanford- | Flood. | - | |Jno. D. P. French.| Flood. | C. B. H. Jenkins.| - | | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| H. M. A. Warde. | - | | | | | - | | Jno. C. Hanford- | H. M. A. Warde. | D. R. Apthorp. | - | | Flood. | D. R. Apthorp. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| E. K. G. Aylmer. | J. C. K. Fox, | - | | H. M. A. Warde. | J. C. K. Fox, | _Adj._ | - |_Captain_ | Dudley Richard | _Adj._ | B. R. Wilson. | - | | Apthorp. |Belford R. Wilson.| H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | D. E. D. Barclay.| H. D. Fanshawe. | Maurice Wright. | - | | | Maurice Wright. | H. G. Marsh. | - | | | | | - | | Maurice Wright. | Harry G. Marsh. |Jno. C. A. Walker.| - | | F. A. Freeman. | J. C. A. Walker. | H. G. S. Young. | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | H. G. S. Young. | W. Spencer- | - | | J. C. K. Fox, | W. Spencer- | Stanhope. | - | | _Adj._ | Stanhope. | H. G. De Pledge. | - | | H. D. Fanshawe. | H. G. De Pledge. | Geo. O. Welch. | - | | H. G. Marsh. | G. O. Welch. | R. W. Nicholson. | - | |Jno. C. A. Walker.| R. W. Nicholson. | E. S. Craven. | - |_Lieutenant_ | H. G. S. Young. | E. S. Craven. | H. W. Boyce. | - | | W. Spencer- | H. W. Boyce. | H. J. M‘Laughlin.| - | | Stanhope. | H. J. M‘Laughlin.| P. J. Zigomala. | - | | H. G. De Pledge. | P. J. Zigomala. | F. E. S. Swan. | - | | Geo. O. Welch. | F. E. S. Swan. | Francis Woodward | - | | R. W. Nicholson. | F. W. Clementson.| Clementson. | - | | Edward S. Craven.| F. D. Barry. | F. D. Barry. | - | | | | H. P. Levita. | - | | | | Jas. Wm. Gally P.| - | | | | Jeffcock. | - | | | | Chas. Sydney W. | - | | | | Reeve. | - | | | | Slingsby Edward | - | | | | D. Cradock. | - | | | | Vere de Lone | - | | | | Temple. | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | H. F. G. Webster.| H. F. G. Webster.| - | | | | | - |_Riding | Wm. Francis. | Wm. Francis. | Wm. Francis. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | John White. | A. G. Lima. | W. T. Marshall, | - | master_ | | | _V.C._ | - | | | | | - |_Vety.Surgeon_| | | | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1887 | 1888 | 1889 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| John Yorke._C.B._| - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Boyce Albert | Boyce Albert |Jno. D. P. French.| - | Colonel_ | Combe. | Combe. | | - | |Jno. D. P. French.|Jno. D. P. French.| | - | | | | | - | | Jno. C. Hanford- | Jno. C. Hanford- | Jno. C. Hanford- | - |_Major_ | Flood. | Flood. | Flood. | - | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| C. B. H. Jenkins.| C. B. H. Jenkins.| - | | H. M. A. Warde. |Henry M. A. Warde.|Henry M. A. Warde.| - | | | | | - | | Dudley Richard | Dudley Richard | Dudley Richard | - | | Apthorp. | Apthorp. | Apthorp. | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - |_Captain_ | Jno. C. K. Fox. | Jno. C. K. Fox. | Hew. D. Fanshawe,| - | | Hew. D. Fanshawe,| Hew. D. Fanshawe,| _Adj._ | - | | _Adj._ | _Adj._ | Maurice Wright. | - | | Maurice Wright. | Maurice Wright. | Harry G. Marsh. | - | | Harry G. Marsh. | Harry G. Marsh. |Jno. C. A. Walker.| - | |Jno. C. A. Walker.|Jno. C. A. Walker.| Arthur Heywood | - | | | | Brooksbank. | - | | | | | - | | Hugh G. S. Young.| Hugh G. S. Young.| Hugh G. S. Young.| - | | W. Spencer- | W. Spencer- | W. Spencer- | - | | Stanhope. | Stanhope. | Stanhope. | - | | Harold G. de | Harold G. de | Harold G. de | - | | Pledge. | Pledge. | Pledge. | - | | George O. Welch. | George O. Welch. | George O. Welch. | - | | Edward S. Craven.| Edward S. Craven.| Edward S. Craven.| - | | Hugh W. Boyce. | Hugh W. Boyce. | Pandia J. | - | | H. J. M‘Laughlin.| H. J. M‘Laughlin.| Zigomala. | - | | Pandia J. | Pandia J. | Francis E. L. | - | | Zigomala. | Zigomala. | Swan. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Francis E. L. | Francis E. L. | Francis W. | - | | Swan. | Swan. | Clementson. | - | | Francis W. | Francis W. | Fred. D. Barry. | - | | Clementson. | Clementson. | Harry P. Levita. | - | | Fred. D. Barry. | Fred. D. Barry. | Jas. W. G. P. | - | | Harry P. Levita. | Harry P. Levita. | Jeffcock. | - | | Jas. W. G. P. | Jas. W. G. P. |Chas. S. W. Reeve.| - | | Jeffcock. | Jeffcock. | Slingsby E. D. | - | |Chas. S. W. Reeve.|Chas. S. W. Reeve.| Cradock. | - | | Slingsby E. D. | Slingsby E. D. | Vere de Lone | - | | Cradock. | Cradock. | Temple. | - | | Vere de Lone | Vere de Lone | | - | | Temple. | Temple. | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | H. F. G. Webster.| Herbert H. |Capt. H. G. Marsh.| - | | | Gilbert. | | - | | | | | - |_Riding | William Pilley. | William Pilley. | William Pilley. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | - | master_ | _V.C._ | _V.C._ | _V.C._ | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1890 | 1891 | 1892 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | Coote Synge- | C. S. Hutchinson.| C. S. Hutchinson.| - | | Hutchinson, | | | - | | _Lt. Gen._ | | | - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | J. D. P. French. | J. D. P. French. | J. D. P. French. | - | Colonel_ | | | | - | | | | | - | | J. C. Hanford- | J. C. Hanford- | J. C. Hanford- | - |_Major_ | Flood. | Flood. | Flood. | - | | C. B. H. Jenkins.| C. B. H. Jenkins.| C. B. H. Jenkins.| - | | H. M. A. Warde. | H. M. A. Warde. | H. M. A. Warde. | - | | | | D. R. Apthorp. | - | | | | | - | | D. R. Apthorp. | D. R. Apthorp. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | H. D. Fanshawe, | H. D. Fanshawe. | Harry G. Marsh. | - |_Captain_ | _Adj._ | Harry G. Marsh. | J. C. A. Walker. | - | | Harry G. Marsh. | J. C. A. Walker. | A. H. Brooksbank.| - | | J. C. A. Walker. | A. H. Brooksbank.| H. G. S. Young. | - | | A. H. Brooksbank.| H. G. S. Young. | H. G. de Pledge, | - | | H. G. S. Young | H. G. de Pledge. | _Adj._ | - | | | | Pandia J. | - | | | | Zigomala. | - | | | | | - | | W. Spencer- | Pandia J. | Fred. D. Barry. | - | | Stanhope. | Zigomala. | J. W. G. P. | - | | H. G. de Pledge. | Fred. D. Barry. | Jeffcock. | - | | Pandia J. | Harry P. Levita. | Vere de Lone | - | | Zigomala. | J. W. G. P. | Temple. | - |_Lieutenant_ | F. E. L. Swan. | Jeffcock. | Eustace T. Hill. | - | | Fred. D. Barry. | Vere de Lone | Alfred Jennings- | - | | Harry P. Levita. | Temple. | Bramly. | - | | J. W. G. P. | Eustace T. Hill. | Philip W. | - | | Jeffcock. | Alfred Jennings- | Chetwode. | - | | Vere de Lone | Bramly. | H. V. Thomson. | - | | Temple. | Philip W. | Rupert M. Ross- | - | | | Chetwode. | Johnson. | - | | | | H. R. Grafton. | - | | | | | - | | Eustace T. Hill. | H. V. Thomson. | A. J. Mosely. | - |_2nd | Alfred Jennings- | F. W. Mussenden. | A. L. Powell. | - | Lieutenant_ | Bramly. | | G. J. F. Lidwill.| - | | Philip Walhouse | | G. A. Egerton. | - | | Chetwode. | | Robert F. Cox. | - | | | | C. V. Henderson. | - | | | |M. G. E. Woodmass.| - | | | |E. S. St. Quintin.| - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Riding | William Pilley. | William Pilley. | W. F. G. Percy. | - | Master_ | | | | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | - | master_ | _V.C._ | _V.C._ | _V.C._ | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1893 | 1894 | 1895 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | C. S. Hutchinson.| C. S. Hutchinson.| C. S. Hutchinson.| - | | | | | - |_Lieut. |Jno. D. P. French.| Jno. C. Hanford- | Jno. C. Hanford- | - | Colonel_ | | Flood. | Flood. | - | | | | | - | | Jno. C. Hanford- | C. B. H. Jenkins.|C. B. H. Wolseley-| - | | Flood. | Dudley Richard | Jenkins. | - |_Major_ | C. B. H. Jenkins.| Apthorp. | D. R. Apthorp. | - | | H. M. A. Warde. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - | | D. R. Apthorp. | H. D. Fanshawe. | H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | | | | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | H. G. Marsh. | H. G. Marsh. | - | | H. D. Fanshawe. | J. C. A. Walker. |Jno. C. A. Walker.| - | | H. G. Marsh. | Arthur H. | H. G. S. Young. | - | |Jno. C. A. Walker.| Brooksbank. | Harold G. de | - |_Captain_ | A. H. Brooksbank.| Hugh G. S. Young.| Pledge, _Adj._ | - | | H. G. S. Young. | Harold G. de | P. J. Zigomala. | - | | Harold G. de | Pledge, _Adj._ | Adam Brack-Boyd- | - | | Pledge, _Adj._ | P. J. Zigomala. | Wilson. | - | | P. J. Zigomala. | F. D. Barry. | | - | | | | | - | |Frederic D. Barry.| James W. G. P. | Eustace T. Hill. | - | | James W. G. P. | Jeffcock. | Alfred Jennings- | - | | Jeffcock. | Eustace T. Hill. | Bramly, _Adj._ | - | | Eustace T. Hill. | Alfred Jennings- | P. W. Chetwode. | - | | Alfred Jennings- | Bramly. | A. J. Moseley. | - |_Lieutenant_ | Bramly. | P. W. Chetwode. | A. L. Powell. | - | | P. W. Chetwode. | A. J. Moseley. | G. A. Egerton. | - | | H. V. Thomson. | A. L. Powell. | Robert F. Cox. | - | | A. J. Mosely. | G. A. Egerton. | C. V. Henderson. | - | | A. L. Powell. | R. F. Cox. |M. G. E. Woodmass.| - | | | Carlisle V. |E. S. St. Quintin.| - | | | Henderson. | W. R. P. Staple- | - | | | Montague G. E. | ton-Cotton. | - | | | Woodmass. | A. R. Armstrong. | - | | | | | - | | G. J. F. Lidwill.| G. J. F. Lidwill.| N. F. Uniacke. | - | | Geo. A. Egerton. |E. S. St. Quintin.| M. Archer-Shee. | - | | Robert F. Cox. | W. R. P. Staple- | A. J. Campbell. | - | | C. V. Henderson. | ton-Cotton. | G. D. Franks. | - |_2nd | Montague G. E. | A. R. Armstrong. | S. S. Binny. | - | Lieutenant_ | Woodmass. | N. F. Uniacke. | H. A. Porter. | - | |E. S. St. Quintin.| Martin Archer- | J. F. Ritchie. | - | |Wellington R. P. | Shee. | | - | | Stapleton-Cotton.| A. J. Campbell. | | - | |A. R. Armstrong. | | | - | |N. F. Uniacke. | | | - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ |_Lt._ A. Jennings-|_Lt._ A. Jennings-| A. L. Powell | - | |Bramly (_acting_).|Bramly (_acting_).| (_acting_). | - | | | | | - |_Riding | W. F. G. Percy, | W. F. G. Percy, | W. F. G. Percy, | - | Master_ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | - | master_ | _V.C._, | _V.C._, | _V.C._, | - | | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | 1896 | 1897 | 1898 | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - | | | | | - |_Colonel_ | C. S. Hutchinson.| C. S. Hutchinson.| C. S. Hutchinson.| - | | | | | - |_Lieut. | Jno. C. Hanford- | Jno. C. Hanford- |C. B. H. Wolseley-| - | Colonel_ | Flood. | Flood. | Jenkins. | - | | | | | - | |C. B. H. Wolseley-|C. B. H. Wolseley-| E. K. G. Aylmer. | - | | Jenkins. | Jenkins. | D. R. Apthorp. | - |_Major_ | D. R. Apthorp. | D. R. Apthorp. | H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | E. K. G. Aylmer. | Harry G. Marsh. | - | | H. D. Fanshawe. | H. D. Fanshawe. | | - | | | | | - | | Harry G. Marsh. | Harry G. Marsh. | H. G. S. Young. | - | | J. C. A. Walker. | J. C. A. Walker. | H. G. de Pledge. | - | | H. G. S. Young. | H. G. S. Young. | Pandia J. | - |_Captain_ | H. G. de Pledge. | H. G. de Pledge. | Zigomala. | - | | Pandia J. | Pandia J. | Eustace T. Hill. | - | | Zigomala. | Zigomala. | Alfred Jennings- | - | | A. Brack-Boyd- | A. Brack-Boyd- | Bramly, _Adj._ | - | | Wilson. | Wilson. | P. W. Chetwode. | - | | | Eustace T. Hill. | | - | | | | | - | | Eustace T. Hill. | Arthur Jennings- | A. L. Powell. | - | | Arthur Jennings- | Bramly, _Adj._ | G. A. Egerton. | - | | Bramly, _Adj._ | P. W. Chetwode. | Robert F. Cox. | - | | P. W. Chetwode. | A. L. Powell. |M. G. E. Woodmass.| - | | A. L. Powell. | G. A. Egerton. |E. S. St. Quintin.| - |_Lieutenant_ | G. A. Egerton. | Robert F. Cox. |W. R. P. | - | | Robert F. Cox. | C. V. Henderson. | Stapleton-Cotton.| - | | C. V. Henderson. |M. G. E. Woodmass.|A. R. Armstrong. | - | |M. G. E. Woodmass.|E. S. St. Quintin.|N. F. Uniacke. | - | |E. S. St. Quintin.|W. R. P. |M. Archer-Shee. | - | |W. R. P. | Stapleton-Cotton.|A. J. Campbell. | - | | Stapleton-Cotton.|A. R. Armstrong. | | - | |A. R. Armstrong. |N. F. Uniacke. | | - | | | | | - | | N. F. Uniacke. | M. Archer-Shee. | G. D. Franks. | - | | M. Archer-Shee. | A. J. Campbell. | Steuart S. Binny.| - |_2nd | A. J. Campbell. | G. D. Franks. | H. A. Porter. | - | Lieutenant_ | G. D. Franks. | Steuart S. Binny.| W. J. R. | - | | Steuart S. Binny.| H. A. Porter. | Wingfield. | - | | H. A. Porter. | W. J. R. | Arthur Holford. | - | | James F. Ritchie.| Wingfield. | Walter Pepys. | - | | | Arthur Holford. | Lionel K. D’Arcy.| - | | | | | - |_Paymaster_ | A. L. Powell | A. L. Powell | A. L. Powell | - | | (_acting_). | (_acting_). | (_acting_). | - | | | | | - |_Riding | W. F. G. Percy, | W. F. G. Percy, | W. F. G. Percy, | - | Master_ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | - | | | | | - |_Quarter | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | W. T. Marshall, | - | master_ | _V.C._, | _V.C._, | _V.C._, | - | | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | _Hon. Lieut._ | - +--------------+------------------+------------------+------------------+ - - +----------------+---------------------------------+ - | | 1899 | - +----------------+---------------------------------+ - | | | - |_Colonel_ | C. S. Hutchinson. | - | | | - |_Lieut. Colonel_| C. B. H. Wolseley-Jenkins. | - | | | - | | E. K. G. Aylmer. | - |_Major_ | D. R. Apthorp. | - | | H. D. Fanshawe. | - | | Harry G. Marsh. | - | | | - | | H. G. S. Young. | - | | H. G. de Pledge. | - |_Captain_ | A. Jennings-Bramly. | - | | P. W. Chetwode. | - | | A. L. Powell. | - | | | - | | G. A. Egerton. | - | | Robert F. Cox. | - | | M. G. E. Woodmass. | - | | E. S. St. Quintin. | - | | W. R. P. Stapleton-Cotton. | - |_Lieutenant_ | M. Archer-Shee, _Adj._ | - | | A. J. Campbell. | - | | G. D. Franks. | - | | Steuart S. Binny. | - | | H. A. Porter. | - | | W. J. R. Wingfield. | - | | | - | | A. Holford. | - | | L. K. D’Arcy. | - |_2nd Lieutenant_| W. A. Orlebar. | - | | A. W. Parsons. | - | | O. M. Croshaw. | - | | E. H. Fanshawe. | - | | | - |_Paymaster_ | | - | | | - |_Riding Master_ | W. F. G. Percy, _Hon. Lieut._ | - | | | - |_Quartermaster_ | W. T. Marshall, _V.C._, | - | | _Hon. Capt._ | - +----------------+---------------------------------+ - - - - -APPENDIX B. - -CASUALTIES IN THE NINETEENTH HUSSARS DURING THE EGYPTIAN CAMPAIGN OF -1882. - - -_Wounded._ - - - _Lieutenant_ H.C. Holland (attached), 6th September. - D. E. D. Barclay, 13th September. - - - - -APPENDIX C. - -SPECIAL HONOURS GRANTED TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS FOR EGYPTIAN CAMPAIGN -OF 1882. - - -_Companionship of the Bath._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ K. J. W. Coghill. - - -_Order of the Medjidie (4th Class)._ - - _Captain_ J. C. Hanford-Flood. - - -_Order of the Osmanieh (4th Class)._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ A. G. Webster. - _Major_ A. M. Taylor. - - -_Brevets._ - - _Major_ A. M. Taylor to be _Lieutenant Colonel_. - _Captain_ J. C. Hanford-Flood to be _Major_. - - -_Mentioned in Dispatches._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ K. J. W. Coghill. - A. G. Webster. - - _Captain_ J. C. Hanford-Flood. - - - - -APPENDIX D. - -CASUALTIES IN THE NINETEENTH HUSSARS DURING THE CAMPAIGN NEAR SUAKIN, -1884. - - -EL TEB (29th February). - - _Killed_-- - - _Captain_ F. A. Freeman. - - _Sergeant_ F. Keith. - H. Grey. - W. D. Brown (_died of wounds_). - - _Corporal_ H. Ibbott. - P. Hughes. - - _Lance Corporal_ C. Maney. - - _Trumpeter_ R. Fanning (_died of wounds_). - - _Private_ H. Cottle. - C. Singleton. - H. Williams. - W. Wilkinson. - P. Webb. - S. Garside (_died of wounds_). - - _Wounded_-- - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ P. H. S. Barrow. - _Captain_ C. B. H. Jenkins. - _Troop Sergeant Major_ T. Taylor. - _Sergeant_ H. Phipps. - _Saddler_ J. Ferguson. - _Corporal_ C. Masters. - - _Private_ H. Reeves. F. Floyd. - D. C. Price. J. Waitt. - E. Fitzpatrick. W. Hollinshead. - A. Hubbard. F. Hainning. - J. Bartley. W. Lennon. - J. Todd. R. Shepperd. - J. Sankey. J. Raines. - T. O’Connor Lee. E. R. Cheeseman. - - -TAMAI (13th March). - - _Killed_-- - - _Private_ W. Page. - - _Wounded_-- - - _Lance Corporal_ R. Williams. - _Private_ T. Hamilton. - - - - -APPENDIX E. - -SPECIAL HONOURS GRANTED TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS FOR CAMPAIGN NEAR -SUAKIN, 1884. - - -_Companionship of the Bath._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ A. G. Webster. - P. H. S. Barrow. - - -_Mentioned in Dispatches._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ A. G. Webster. - P. H. S. Barrow. - - _Major_ J. C. Hanford-Flood. - - _Captain_ C. B. H. Jenkins. - - _Regimental Sergeant Major_ A. G. Lima. - - _Quarter Master Sergeant_ W. Marshall. - - _Troop Sergeant Major_ T. Taylor. - - _Sergeant_ H. Phipps. - W. S. Fenton. - - _Private_ J. Bosely. - - -_Victoria Cross._ - - _Quarter Master Sergeant_ William T. Marshall. - - -_Distinguished Service Medal._ - - _Troop Sergeant Major_ T. Taylor. - - _Sergeant_ H. Phipps. - W. S. Fenton. - - _Private_ J. Boseley. - - - - -APPENDIX F. - - ADDRESS TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS BY MAJOR GENERAL G. GRAHAM, C.B., - V.C. TRINKITAT, 5TH MARCH 1884. - - - “COLONEL WEBSTER, - -“I congratulate you on the efficient state of your Regiment, and I -wish to express my high appreciation of the conduct of the officers, -non-commissioned officers and men who have displayed unceasing -energy in the discharge of their duties. From the commencement of -the campaign, no other regiment has done more valuable service, -or displayed greater dash and daring, than the 19th Hussars, -especially on the 29th February. I wish to convey to the officers, -non-commissioned officers and men, my high opinion of their conduct, -and, before leaving, I wish the regiment every success in its future -career.” - - - ADDRESS TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS BY BRIGADIER GENERAL H. STEWART. - TRINKITAT, 5TH MARCH 1884. - - “COLONEL WEBSTER, OFFICERS, NON-COMMISSIONED - OFFICERS AND MEN OF THE 19TH HUSSARS, - -“It affords me great pleasure to thank you for the valuable -services you have rendered during the campaign, especially on the -29th February at Fort Teb, where you displayed extreme coolness, -unparalleled courage and fearlessness and cheerful and ready -obedience to orders, when under a heavy fire, and surrounded by an -almost innumerable foe. As a cavalry officer I had not the chance -to notice each act of bravery as others had, but the conduct of the -regiment, and its steadiness and boldness were noticed by several -Infantry Officers who were better able to see and judge than I, and -who have spoken to me in the highest possible terms of the way in -which it discharged its difficult duties. - -“Your loss has been heavy, but your victory has been sure. I mourn -the fate of my comrades in arms, and of your second in command Lieut. -Colonel Barrow. - -“I had heard of your drill, and I proved the efficiency of the -regiment when it was on the Curragh, and its present state of -efficiency is admirable. Words are inadequate to convey to you how -much I would wish to thank you, but I do thank you from the bottom of -my heart.” - - - - -APPENDIX G. - - CASUALTIES IN THE NINETEENTH HUSSARS DURING THE SOUDAN CAMPAIGN - OF 1885. - - -ABU KLEA (16th and 17th January). - - _Killed_-- - - _Corporal_ J. Walker. - - _Private_ W. Purton. - - _Wounded_-- - - _Farrier Sergeant_ J. Short. - - _Private_ J. Whitefield - C. Ray. - J. Whelan. - - -ABU KROU (19th January). - - _Killed_-- - - _Quartermaster_ A. G. Lima. - - _Wounded_-- - - _Private_ D. Godfrey. - J. Pullan. - - -ABU KLEA (17th February). - - _Killed_-- - - _Sergeant_ Horwood. - - -OPERATIONS NEAR SUAKIN (3rd February). - - _Killed_-- - - _Lance Corporal_ W. Hardy. - W. Coyle. - - _Private_ W. Campbell. - W. Cooper. - B. Coppstone. - P. King. - T. Rafferty. - St. Clair. - - - - -APPENDIX H. - - SPECIAL HONOURS GRANTED TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS FOR SOUDAN - CAMPAIGN, 1885. - - -_Order of the Medjidie_ (_4th Class_). - - _Major_ C. B. H. Jenkins. - - -_Order of the Osmanieh_ (_4th Class_). - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ J. C. Hanford-Flood. - - -_Brevets._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ P. H. S. Barrow to be _Colonel_. - - _Major_ J. C. H Flood to be _Lieutenant Colonel_. - - -_Mentioned in Dispatches._ - - _Lieutenant Colonel_ P. H. S. Barrow. - J. D. P. French. - - _Major_ J. C. Hanford-Flood. - - _Captain_ J. C. Ker Fox. - - _Troop Sergeant Major_ W. T. Beale. - - _Sergeant_ R. O. Chislett. - - -_Distinguished Service Medal._ - - _Troop Sergeant Major_ W. T. Beale. - - _Sergeant_ R. O. Chislett. - - _Corporal_ P. Breslan. - - _Lance Corporal_ W. Woolley. - H. Baker. - - _Private_ W. Lennon. - - - - -APPENDIX I. - - ADDRESS TO NINETEENTH HUSSARS BY GENERAL LORD WOLSELEY, G.C.B. - KORTI, 23RD MARCH 1885. - - -“I am very much pleased with your general appearance and smart turn -out this afternoon, which reflects great credit upon the Regiment. - -“I know the wear and tear to which your clothing and equipment has -been put, and your appearance to-day is highly creditable; but I -tell you what is more creditable, and that is the admirable manner -in which you have done your work during the campaign, both with the -River and Desert Column. The late Genl. Sir H. Stewart told me, -after the campaign of 1884 in the Eastern Soudan, of the good work -you did there, and said that there was no regiment of cavalry in -Her Majesty’s Service which knew its work more thoroughly, or could -have performed it better than the 19th Hussars, and that you were -everything a Hussar regiment should be. - -“He was no bad judge, and I know you will value what he said. - -“I for my part have heard this opinion confirmed on all sides, during -the campaign, and, from what I have personally seen of you, I believe -it to be true. Your success is due not only to the Officers and -Non-Commissioned Officers, who have taught you, and who lead you, but -to the Private Soldiers, each one of whom knows his work as a Cavalry -Soldier, and does his duty so thoroughly. - -“This is of the highest importance in a Light Cavalry Regiment, and -you have proved its value. You have several months of hot weather in -front of you, but I know you will face it cheerfully, as your duty; -and I hope that you will keep well, so that when the autumn comes, -and we advance on Khartoum, I may see the 19th Hussars leading the -way, and giving a good account of the enemy, as they have done before. - -“I shall have very much pleasure in reporting to H.R.H. the Field -Marshal Commanding in Chief what I have told you to-day.” - - - - -APPENDIX K. - - REPORT BY COLONEL BARROW ON THE ARAB HORSES RIDDEN BY THE - NINETEENTH HUSSARS DURING THE NILE CAMPAIGN OF 1885. - - -_Description of Horse._ - -Arab stallion. Average height, 14 hands; average age, 8 years to 9 -years; some 15 per cent. over 12 years; bought by Egyptian Government -in Syria and Lower Egypt; average price, 18_l._ - - -_Work done previous to Campaign._ - -Some 50 per cent. had been through the campaign in the Eastern Soudan -with the 19th Hussars in February and March 1884, and returned in a -very exhausted state, and about 10 per cent. had been at Tel-el-Kebir. - -In June 1884 the whole number were taken by Lieutenant-Colonel -Taylor, with the Egyptian Cavalry, from Cairo to Assouan in barges, -and remained there for two months. - -In September 1884 they were marched by Major Grenfell from Assouan -to Wady Halfa, 210 miles, and there awaited the arrival of the 19th -Hussars. 350 of these ponies were handed over to the 19th Hussars on -13th November 1884, all except some 10 per cent., being in a very -fair marching condition. - - -_The March up the Nile._ - -The 19th Hussars marched by squadrons from Wady Halfa to Korti, -distance 360 miles. Average daily march about 16 miles, not including -halts. - -Halts were made for one day at Absarat, one day at Dongola, and two -days at Shabadood when crossing the river. - -The ration was supposed to be 8 lb. of grain, barley or dhourra, and -10 lb. of dhourra stalk; but owing to scarcity of grain, the horses -generally received about 6 lb. of grain and 10 lb. of dhourra stalks. - -They arrived at Korti in very good condition. - - -_Halt at Korti._ - -The horses remained at Korti from 20th December to 7th January, and -received 8 lb. green dhourra stalk daily instead of dry stalk. They -improved during the halt at Korti. - -On the 30th December 40 horses proceeded to Jakdul, 100 miles, and -performed the reconnaissance duties of the column. The march to -Jakdul was performed in 63 hours, 15 hours’ rest there, and the -return journey in 63 hours. Six horses returned the 100 miles in 46 -hours; the last 50 miles in 7½ hours. - -During the 141 hours of this march the horses were ridden for 83 -hours. - - -_Desert March._ - -From the 8th to the 19th of January, the 19th Hussars, strength -as below, marched across the desert with General Sir H. Stewart’s -Column:-- - - Officers 8 - Men 127 - Horses 155 - -In addition, therefore, to one extra horse for each Officer, there -were 12 spare horses. - -The following table will show the daily work performed and amount of -food and water given daily to each horse. - -The 40 horses referred to in previous paragraph returned to Korti on -the 5th, and started again on the 8th, as fit as any horses in the -troop. - -There was not one casualty out of the 40:-- - - +---------+----------------------+-----+----+----------+--------+------+ - | | | No. of | When | Amount | Food | - | Date. | Time of March. |Hours. | Watered. | of |Grain.| - | | | Miles.| | Water.| | - |---------+----------------------+-----+----+----------+--------+------+ - | | | | | | | lb. | - |Janry.8th| 2p.m. to 6p.m. | 4 | 16 | ... ... | ... | 6 | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 9th | 2.45a.m. to 10a.m. | 7¼ | 29 | 10.30a.m.| 1½ gal.| 6 | - | | 2p.m. to 6p.m. | 4 | 16 | 6.15p.m.| ½ ” | | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 10th | 3a.m. to 9am. | 6 | 24 | ... ... | ... | 6 | - | |12.15p.m. to 4.30p.m. | 4½ | 17 | 4.45p.m.| ¼ gal.| | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 11th | 3.30a.m. to 12.30p.m.| 9 | 36 | 12.45p.m.|F’ldr’nk| 6 | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 12th | ... ... ... | ... | ...| 9a.m. | ” | 6 | - | |12.30p.m. to 4.30p.m. | 4 | 16 | 4.45p.m.| ” | | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 13th | Halt at Gakdul | ... | ...| 8.30a.m.,| ” | 6 | - | | | | | 4.45p.m.| | | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 14th | ... ... ... | ... | ...| 6a.m., | ” | 6 | - | | | | | 1p.m. | | | - | | 2.30p.m. to 6.30p.m. | 4 | ...| ... ... | ... | | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 15th | 5a.m to 10a.m. | 5 | 20 | 10.30a.m.| 1¼ gal.| 5 | - | | 1.30p.m. to 6p.m. | 4½ | 18 | ... ... | ... | | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 16th | 4.30a.m. to 4p.m. | 11½ | 40 | 6p.m. | ½ gal.| 4 | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 17th | 8a.m. to 4p.m. | 8 | 32 | 4p.m. | 2 gal.| 4 | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 18th | ... ... ... | ... | ...| 7a.m. | 1 gal.| 3 | - | | 4p.m. to 12p.m. | 8 | 32 | ... ... | ... | ... | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 19th | 12p.m. to 9a.m. | 9 | 36 | ... ... | ... | 1 | - | | 9a.m. to 12 noon | 21 | ...| ... ... | ... | ... | - | | | | | | | | - | ” 20th | 12 noon to 1p.m. | 13 | ...| ... ... | ... | ... | - | | ... ... ... | 1 | 4 | 2p.m. |F’ldr’nk| ... | - +---------+----------------------+-----+----+----------+--------+------+ - -It will be seen from the above table, that the average forage ration -for the first 10 days was about 5 lb. to 6 lb. of grain, and 2 -gallons of water, the horses performing 31 miles daily, not counting -one day’s halt. - -When the final advance was made on Matammeh, the horses marched to -the Nile without having received a drop of water for 55 hours, and -only 1 lb. of grain. Some 15 to 20 horses received no water for 70 -hours. - - -_The Halt at Gubat._ - -During the period, 20th January to 14th February, the horses received -no grain, but were fed on dhourra stalk, or green dhourra stalk, -about 8 lb. daily; two days before marching they received 6 lb. of -grain. - -They performed outpost and patrol duty, averaging some 8 miles daily. -Under the above conditions the horses recovered from the effort made -during the desert march, but many were in a weak state. - - -_Return to Korti and Dongola._ - -The first 75 miles, the horses performed the whole distance on 4 lb. -of grain and 3 gallons of water, the remainder of the journey water -was plentiful, and the 8 lb. of grain was supplied. Two marches of -over 40 miles were performed, which shows that the horses were still -able to march. After two weeks’ rest at Korti, the horses marched -strong and well to Dongola and other stations, receiving plenty of -food and water, and after two months’ halt they were in quite as good -condition as when they left Wady Haifa. - - -_The Return March--Dongola to Wady Haifa._ - -On the return march to Wady Haifa the distance, some 250 miles, was -performed at the average rate of some 16 miles a day, with one halt -for two days. - -The marching was done mostly at night, but the horses were generally -exposed to a hot sun all day, as there was not much shelter for them -under the palm trees. - -Except two fractures from kicks, no horses were lost or left on the -line of march. - -The horses were conveyed from Wady Haifa to Assouan in barges, and -after two weeks’ rest at Assouan were handed over to the 20th Hussars -in quite as good order as when they left Wady Haifa nine months -previously. - -The attached statement gives a list of casualties. - -I think it may be considered a most remarkable circumstance, that out -of 350 horses during nine months on a hard campaign, only 12 died -from disease. - -This result must be attributed to the two facts:-- - - 1. That the climate of the Soudan is most suitable for horses. - - 2. That the Syrian horse has a wonderful constitution, and is - admirably suited for warfare in an eastern climate. - - -_Conclusion._ - -The distance actually marched from point to point, not taking any -account of reconnaissances, &c., was over 1500 miles. - -The weight carried was reduced to the minimum, but averaged about -14 stone. The weather during the last four months of the campaign -was trying. Food was often very limited, and during the desert march -water very scarce. Under the above conditions, I venture to think -that the performances of the regiment on the Arab ponies, will -compare with the performance of any horsemen on record. - - * * * * * - - _Casualty Return of Arab ponies, 19th (Princess of Wales’ Own) - Hussars, 13th November 1884 to 1st July 1885._ - -SUMMARY. - - Killed in action 20 - Destroyed 37 - Drowned 1 - Missing 1 - Died 12 - -- - Total 71 - === - - -DISEASE. - - Bullet wounds 23 - Exhaustion 31 - Fractures 7 - Paralysis 1 - Enteritis 1 - Farcy 1 - Purpura hæmorrhagica 1 - Rupture of intestine 1 - Rupture of stomach 1 - Saddle gall 1 - Colic spasmodic 1 - Missing 1 - Drowned 1 - -- - Total 71 - === - - - _Casualty Return of Arab Ponies, 19th (Princess of Wales’ Own) - Hussars, from 13th November 1884, to 1st July 1885, showing the - period during which the horses died._ - - +----------------------+----------+------------+-------------+--------+ - | Period. |Number of |Destroyed or|Destroyed or | Killed | - | | horses | died from | died from | in | - | |effective.|debility and|other causes.| action.| - | | | exhaustion.| | | - +----------------------+----------+------------+-------------+--------+ - | | | | | | - |Wady Haifa to Korti, | 350 | ... | 5 | ... | - | 13th November to | | | | | - | 8th January | | | | | - | | | | | | - |Korti to Matammeh and | 155 | 19 | 5 | 20 | - | back, 8th January | | | | | - | to 8th March | | | | | - | | | | | | - |At Korti, 8th January | 73 | ... | 2 | ... | - | to 8th March | | | | | - | | | | | | - |With River Column, | 107 | 3 | 1 | ... | - | 1st January to | | | | | - | 8th March | | | | | - | | | | | | - |Korti, Dongola, and | 347 | 5 | 9 | ... | - | other Stations, | | | | | - | 9th March to | | | | | - | 20th June | | | | | - | | | | | | - |Dongola, Assouan, | 380 | ... | 2 | ... | - | 21st June to | | | | | - | 1st July 1885 | | | | | - | +----------+------------+-------------+--------+ - | Total deaths | ... | 27 | 24 | 20 | - +----------------------+----------+------------+-------------+--------+ - -_A few practical lessons learnt._ - -1. When water was limited to two gallons or less it was given in -small quantities, not all at once. Even one pint to the horses, or -just enough to moisten their mouths, enabled them to come up to -time again. On one occasion, late at night, the horses were much -exhausted--we were 35 miles from water, and less than one pint left -per horse--the horses could not eat, their mouths were so parched. I -had a sack of dhourra meal, and with the water made a number of moist -balls of meal. These balls revived the horses, and they marched on -their 35 miles next morning. I obtained this hint, previous to the -campaign, from General V. Baker, who told me that the Turkomans used -to carry in skins balls of grease, or oil and meal. - -2. The horses were saved on every possible occasion, and by every -possible device. The men never sat on their horses’ backs for a -moment longer than necessary. Marches in column were avoided, -extended line being used, so that each horse had pure air to breathe; -when picketed, horses always had plenty of room and their heads to -the breeze; when possible, they were washed two or three times a -week, which tended much towards their healthy condition. - -3. Several horses were severely wounded, but recovered rapidly, -although in a very exhausted condition. - -4. The horses were fed, whenever possible, on the grass of the Bayuda -Desert. This grass was very dry. The horses chewed it, but ate very -little. During the last few days of the march to Matammeh, there was -no opportunity for giving the horses any grass. - -On several occasions, tins of mouldy biscuit, unfit for issue to the -men, were obtained from the Commissariat, and the biscuit given to -the horses. - -They ate this greedily and worked on it. - - P. H. S. BARROW, - _Lieut.-Colonel, 19th Hussars_. - - CAIRO, _1st August 1885_. - - - - -INDEX - - - Abercromby, Gen., 68, 80, 90, 94 - - Aboukir, 235 - - Abu Dom, 260 - - Abu Hamed, 256, 259 - - Abu Klea, action at, 249-251, 255 - - Abu Krou, 253 - - Abu Kussi, 260 - - Adams, Major Gen., 46 - - Affleck, Major, 70 - - Agra, 134, 135, 227 - - Ahmednugger, 132, 133, 134; - captured, 136 - - Aix-la-Chapelle, Treaty of, 1 - - Ajunta Pass, 137, 138, 148, 149 - - Akola, 149 - - Aldborough, 11 - - Aldershot, 229, 266 - - Alexandria, 234 - - Allahabad, 133, 134, 222, 227 - - Alyghur, 132, 134 - - Amboor, 82 - - Ameer Khan, 115 - - America, War in, 10, 19 - - Amherstberg, 176, 179 - - Ancaster, 180, 209 - - Anstey, Robert, 28 - - Apthorp, Capt., 261 - - Arabi Pasha, 233; - his rebellion, 233; - number of men, 235; - surrenders, 238 - - Arcot, 52, 124 - - Argaum, 135, 149; - battle of, 150-152 - - Arikera, 88; - battle of, 89 - - Armstrong, J. W., 229 - - Armstrong, Major William, 231 - - Army, increase of the, 3, 11; - size of letters, 111 - - Arnee, 31, 72, 78, 80; - battle of, 23; - mutiny at, 51 - - Arrekeery, 124 - - Arthur, Lieut. Sir G., 232 - - Assaye, battle of, 131, 135, 138-144, 154; - village, 137, 140 - - Asseerghur, 135, 149 - - Assiout, 263 - - Assouan, 263 - - _Assyrian Monarch_, 234, 236 - - Athy, 158 - - Aurungabad, 137, 148, 149 - - Austria, coalition with France, 2 - - Avaracoorchi, 69 - - Aylmer, Lieut., 234 - - - Badajoz, 173 - - Badges, 113, 156, 217, 246, 264, 266 - - Baillie, Colonel, 20 - - Baird, Major Gen. Sir David, 58, 108 - - Baker, Fort, 241 - - Baker, Major Gen., 240, 241 - - Balasore, 133, 135 - - Baltimore, 214 - - Bangalore, 82, 94, 107, 266; - captured, 87 - - Barabuttee, 135 - - Baramahal, 78 - - Barclay, Lieut., 238 - - Baring, Capt. R., 226 - - Baroda, 126, 133 - - Barrington, 27; - Sir Jonah, 158; - Mr, 158 - - Barrow, Major Gen. Lousada, 264 - - Barrow, Lieut. Col., 241, 242, 243, 247, 249, 253, 254, 319; - death, 264, 309 - - Barrow, Cornet S. D., 226 - - Bassein, Treaty of, 129 - - Bateman, Private Jonas, 30 - - Bayly, Lieut., 70 - - _Beatson’s Mysore War_, extract from, 110, _note_ - - Beaver Dam, 182 - - Beccles, 15 - - Beckwith, Lieut. John, 24, 28 - - Bednore, 36, 115 - - Begum Somroo, 148 - - Belbeis, 238 - - Belfast, 231 - - Belleisle, siege of, 64 - - Benares, 133, 227 - - Benedict, 213 - - Bengal, 1st European Light Cavalry, formation of, 222; - services transferred to the Crown, 223; - the “White Mutiny,” 224; - at Cawnpore, 225; - designated 19th Light Dragoons, 225; - 19th Hussars, 226 - - Berber, 246 - - Bhagelcottah, 120 - - Bhonslay, Rajah of Berar, 126, 130, 148; - encamped at Argaum, 149; - defeated, 152; - sues for peace, 153 - - Bhowani river, 69 - - Bickerton, Vice-Adm. Sir R., 29, 36 - - Biddulph, Lieut. J., 226 - - Birti, 257 - - Bisshopp, Lieut. Col., 183 - - Bissolee Pass, 124 - - Black Rock, Fort, 183; - occupied, 186 - - Bladensberg, 213 - - Blagrove, Lieut., 232 - - Blairfindie, 217 - - Boerstler, Col., 182 - - Bokerdun, 137 - - Bombay, 30, 227, 266 - - Boscawen, 4 - - Boseley, Private, 243 - - Boulderson, Cornet J., 226 - - Bourquien, 135 - - Bowser, Lieut. Col., 118 - - Bowyer, Fort, 215 - - Boyd, 104, _note_; - Gen., 190, 191 - - Boyle, Capt., 144 - - Brackenbury, Col. H., 259 - - Braddock, his expedition to New England, 2 - - Brady, Sergeant, 162, 167 - - Brandywine, 64 - - Brathwaite, Col., 31, 100 - - Brest, blockade of, 4 - - Bridgenorth, 14 - - Brighton, 228 - - British troops, position of on the Niagara frontier, 195 - - Broach, 134 - - Brock, Major Gen., 176, 177; - death, 178 - - Bromley, 15 - - Brook, Col., 214 - - Brooke, Capt., 203 - - Brooks, Major J. H., 226 - - Broughton, Lieut. Col., 133 - - Brown, Gen, 190, 197, 208; - Geo., 8 - - Bruce, Major Gen., 41, 46, 49 - - Brunswick, Prince Ferdinand of, 4 - - Buchanan, Private, 85 - - Budnapore, 137 - - Buffalo, 179; - taken, 186 - - Bulger, Lieut., 195 - - Buller, Major Gen. Sir Redvers, 255, 256 - - Bullum, Rajah of, 123 - - Bundelcund, 132, 134 - - Bungay, 15 - - Bunker’s Hill, 64 - - Burgoyne, Col. Sir John, in command of the 23rd Regiment of - Light Dragoons, 23, 24, 29; - Orders and Instructions, 25-27; - on the treatment of his regiment, 42; - Commander-in-Chiefship conferred, 43; - refuses to accept, 44; - difficulties of his position, 45-48; - interview with Lord Macartney, 49; - assumes command, 50; - arrest, 51; - court-martial, 54; - acquitted, 56; - his death, 57 - - Burhanpore, 131, 135, 148 - - Burlington Heights, 181, 184, 196 - - Bury St Edmunds, 31 - - Buswapore, 121 - - - Cabul, 102 - - Cairo, 238 - - Calicut, 80 - - Calpee, 135 - - Calvert, Harry, 113, 156, 217 - - Cambay, Bay of, 125 - - Campbell, Major Gen. Alan, 46, 51 - - Campbell, Sir Archibald, inspection of the 19th Light Dragoons, 64 - - Campbell, Capt. Lieut. John, 24, 28 - - Campbell, Lieut. Col, 133 - - Canara, 124 - - Caniembadi, 88, 90 - - Cannanore, 107 - - Capper, Lieut. Col., 120 - - Capsah, 135 - - Cathcart, Capt., 144 - - Cauveripatam, 78 - - Cauvery river, 79, 88, 95, 97, 109 - - Cawnpore, 133, 227 - - _Ceres_, 29 - - Chambly, 215 - - Champaneer, 135 - - Champlain Lake, 178, 188, 195 - - Chandler, Gen., 182 - - Changama Pass, 72, 82 - - Chapman, Lieut. A. H., 226 - - Charlotte, Queen, her funeral, 218 - - Chateaugay river, 188; - battle, 188 - - Chatham, 11 - - Chazy, 211 - - Cherbourg, 4 - - Cheyloor, 123 - - Chicago, 194 - - Child, Lieut., W. G., 24, 28; - Capt., 73, 84, 98 - - Chinroypatam, 123 - - Chippewa, 197; - battle of, 198 - - Chitteldroog, 117 - - Chrystler’s Farm, 184; - battle of, 190 - - Chumbul, 127 - - Chunar, 133 - - Ciudad Rodrigo, 173 - - Clair, St, Lake, 209 - - Clarke, Capt. M., 226 - - Clonmel, 172 - - Coates, Major, 163 - - Cockburn, Vice-Adm., 213 - - Coghill, Lieut. Col., K. J. W., 231, 234, 236 - - Coimbatore, 68, 69, 74, 77, 93 - - Colle, La, 195 - - Combe, Col. Boyce, 265 - - Combermere, Lord, 102 - - Conaghul, 122 - - Conflans, 4 - - Conjeveram, 59, 68 - - Connaught, Duke of, 235 - - Coorg, 124; - Rajah of, 110 - - Coote, Sir Eyre, his victory at Porto Novo, 20; - on the want of cavalry, 22; - forced to resign, 31, 39; - his death, 36, 41; - treatment by the Madras Government, 41 - - Cornwallis, Lord, 21, 79; - capitulates, 20; - assumes command of the army, 81; - his advance on Bangalore, 82; - improvement in the order of march, 82; - captures Bangalore, 87; - attack on Seringapatam, 96; - takes possession of French territories, 100 - - Cotapilli, 87 - - Cotton, Lieut. Col. Stapleton, 101 - - Couch, G., 226 - - Coveripoorum Pass, 111 - - Covington, Gen., 191 - - Cowdelghee, 120 - - Cowgatchy, 34 - - Cox Heath, 11 - - Crabbe, Lieut., 232 - - Cradock, Lieut. Gen. Sir J., 160 - - Craigie, Capt. H. C., 226 - - Craven, Lieut., 253 - - Crawford, Lieut. G. H., 24, 28 - - Crespigny, Lieut. de, 232 - - Croydon, 15 - - Cuddalore, 31; - attack on, 36; - siege of, 41 - - _Culloden_, 166 - - Cumberland, Duke of, evacuates Hanover, 3 - - Currie, H. O., 226 - - Cuttack, 132, 135 - - _Cygnet_, 174 - - - Dalling, Lieut. Gen. Sir J., Commander-in-chief in Madras, 54 - - Damodar River, 133 - - Darapooram, 69, 72, 78 - - Darley, Major, 73 - - Dartmoor, 229 - - Datchet, 218 - - David’s, St, village, burnt, 200 - - De Boigne, 127 - - Dearborn, Gen., 178, 181 - - Deare, Major Gen., 133 - - Delaware, 195 - - Delhi, 126; - battle of, 135 - - Demiacotta, 69, 76 - - Deodroog, 121, 122 - - Deogam, 153 - - Deogheri, 118 - - Desert Column, 249 - - Detroit, Fort, 178; - frontier, 175 - - Devis, A. W., 98 - - Deyrah Dhoon, 167 - - Dharwar, 80, 90, 115 - - Dhoondia, Punt Gokla, 116, 118 - - Dhoondia Wao, 115; - head quarters, 116; - adherents, 117; - defeated and killed, 122 - - Dindigal, 71, 72 - - Dirom, extract from, 97 - - Dobbs, Capt., 207 - - Dodd, Capt. Thomas Crewe, 28 - - Domingo, St, 159 - - Dongola, 270, 263 - - Dover, village of, burnt, 196 - - Dowlut Rao Scindia, 127 - - Downie, Capt., 212 - - Dragoons, Light, 19th Regiment of, 5; - notification to raise, 5; - Royal Warrant, 6-8; - change of number, 9; - uniform, 9, 12; - formation, 12; - strength, 12; - clothing accounts, 12; - quartered at various places, 14; - disbanded, 15 - - Dragoons, Light, 23rd, formation of, 23; - appointments, 24; - despatched to India, 27; - strength, 28, 65, 100, 104, 171, 210, 219; - list of the officers, 28; - embark, 29; - at Madras, 30, 32, 92; - appearance, 33; - casualties among the horses, 52; - review, 59; - at Shevtamodoo, 59, 99; - change of number, 62; - uniform, 62-64; - under orders, 67; - casualties, 76, 86, 90, 144, 152, 205; - remounted, 92; - return to Trichinopoly, 100, 112; - badges granted, 113, 155, 216; - expedition against Dhoondia Wao, 117; - at Cheyloor, 123; - the battle of Assaye, 142; - conspicuous gallantry, 146; - honorary colours granted, 147; - battle of Argaum, 150; - march against banditti, 154; - encamped at Panwell, 155; - return to England, 168, 171, 218; - approbation of their services, 169-171; - in Ireland, 172, 218; - ordered to Canada, 173; - equipped as lancers, 218; - disbanded, 219 - - Drogheda, Earl of, 5 - - Drummond, Lieut. Gen., 185, 195; - his attack on Oswego, 196; - at Toronto, 200; - Lundy’s Lane, 201-205; - wounded, 205; - blockade of Fort Erie, 206-208 - - Drummond, Lieut. Col., 207 - - Dublin, 172 - - Dudrenec, 132 - - Dufferin, Lady, 238 - - Dummul, 119 - - - Earle, Major Gen. W., 248, 256; - death, 258 - - East India Company, condition of the European forces, 20; - want of cavalry, 21; - jealousy of the King’s Officers, 37; - raises European cavalry regiments, 221; - cease to exist, 223 - - Egypt, Khedive of, deposed, 233 - - El Kooa, 257 - - El Magfar, 235 - - El Teb, battle of, 241-244 - - Ellice, Capt. H. E., 226 - - Ellichpore, 152 - - Elliott, Sir John, 60 - - Ellore, 53 - - Emsdorf, battle of, 60 - - England, condition of, in 1779, 10; - in 1781, 19 - - Epsom, 15 - - Eratoor, 95 - - Erie, Fort, 177, 179, 186, 197; - evacuated, 181; - assault on, 206-208; - Lake, 175, 177; - naval action on, 180 - - Erode, 71, 72, 77 - - Es Salihiyeh, 237 - - _Euphrates_, 266 - - Europe, state of affairs in 1756, 1; - peace in, 36 - - Eustace, Capt., 207, 208, 209 - - Ewell, 15 - - Eyre, Thomas, 28 - - - Fairbrother, Capt. C. M. S., 226 - - Fairlie, Lieut. C. H., 226 - - Fancourt, Col., 161 - - Fatt, Sergeant James, 244 - - Fawcett, Lieut. Gen., 18 - - Fenton, Sergeant, 243 - - Fenwick, Col., 133 - - Ferguson, Lieut. Col., 133 - - Finglass, Capt., 104, _note_ - - Fitzgibbon, Lieut., 182 - - Fitz-Patrick, R., 17 - - Floyd, Lieut. Col. John, 24, 28, 29, 46, 49, 94, 98, 100, 106; - his birth, 60; - commission in the 15th Light Dragoons, 60; - appointed Major of the 21st and Lieut. Col. of the 23rd, 61; - his advance on Coimbatore, 69; - takes the Fort of Satyamunglum, 71; - retreat, 74; - reaches Velladi, 76; - casualties, 76; - reconnoissance, 84; - wounded, 85; - on the attack at Seringapatam, 96; - charge at Mallavelly, 108; - sails for England, 114; - appointed Colonel of the 26th Light Dragoons, 114; - death, 114 - - Forbes, Lieut. Col., 163 - - Fortnam, Cornet John, 90 - - Forty-mile Creek, 182 - - Four Mile Creek, 183 - - France, coalition with Austria, 2; - declares war against England, 10, 99 - - Freeman, Capt., 242 - - Fremantle, Major Gen., 261 - - French, Major, 250, 255, 256 - - French Mills, 191 - - Frenchtown, 179 - - Fullarton, Col., 36, 82 - - Fullerton, Cornet John, 24 - - - Gaekwar of Baroda, 126 - - Gaines, Gen., 207 - - Ganjam, 133, 134 - - Gardner, Private Joseph, 30 - - Gawilghur, 135, 148, 149, 152 - - _Geelong_, 265 - - George II., his death, 9 - - George IV., his review of the regiments, 218 - - George, Fort, 33, 177, 179, 183, 197, 199; - evacuated, 181; - re-occupied, 185 - - Ghent, Treaty of Peace signed at, 215 - - Ghuffoor Khan, 115 - - Gibbs, Major Gen., 215 - - Gibraltar, siege of, 19 - - Gillespie, Lieut. Col. R. R., 157; - his career, 158; - treatment of the Vellore mutiny, 163-166; - death, 167 - - Gladwin, Lieut., 183 - - Godavery, 133, 137, 154 - - Gokauk, 120 - - Gordon, Col., 42, 186, 240, 246 - - Gough, Capt. H. H., 226 - - Gowdie, Major, 84, 86 - - Graham, Major Gen., 236, 240, 244, 245, 261, 308 - - Grand River, 210 - - Grant, Lieut. Alex., 146 - - Grant, Major Gen. Sir Hope, 222 - - _Grant Duff’s History of the Mahrattas_, extracts from, 142, 146 - - Grenadier Island, 188, 189 - - Guadaloupe captured, 4 - - Gubat, 254; - evacuated, 255 - - Gudduck, 119 - - Guiche, Comte de, 29 - - Guidons, 231, 232 - - Gunjicotta, 92 - - Guns, galloper, 105 - - Gurramconda, 94 - - Gutpurba river, 120 - - Guzerat, 133, 134 - - Guzulhutti Pass, 68, 70, 71, 72 - - Gwalior, 136, 152, 153 - - - Hale, Cornet, 98 - - Halesworth, 15 - - Hall, Gen., 186 - - Hall, Lieut. Gen. John, 227, 228 - - Hamdab, 256 - - Hamdoob, 261 - - Hamley, Lieut. Gen. Sir E., 236 - - Hampton, Gen, 188 - - Handcock, Major, 195 - - Hanford-Flood, Major, 243, 256 - - Hanoor, 120 - - Hanover, 3 - - Harcourt, Lieut. Col., 133, 135 - - Harding, Cornet F. D., 226 - - Haren, Major du, 182 - - Hari Punt, 81, 91, 94 - - Harris, Gen., 89, 106, 107, 109; - on the Cavalry Division, 112; - raised to the peerage, 113 - - Harrison, Gen., 179 - - Hartley, Col., 68, 72, 78, 80 - - Harvey, Col., 182 - - Hasheem, 261, 262 - - Hassan, 124 - - Hastings, Warren, 37, 40 - - Havre, 4 - - Hawke, blockades Brest, 4; - destroys a French fleet, 4 - - Hearsey, Lieut. A., 226 - - Hebbeh, 259 - - Helena, St, 171 - - Helouan, 238 - - Hessing, 129 - - Hicks, Major Gen., 240 - - Hill, Capt. Sir J., 226 - - Hilton, Robert, 28 - - Hinde, Lieut. T. J. V., 24, 28 - - Holkar, 126, 128; - hostilities against Scindia, 129; - alliance, 130 - - Holland, Lieut., 232, 237 - - Holland, declaration of war in 1781, 14 - - Honorary Colours for Assaye, 147, 231 - - Hoobli, 120 - - Hooli, 120 - - Hooliadroog, 92, 95 - - Hoonagoonda, 121 - - Horsefall, John, 28 - - Horsham, 15 - - Horton, Lieut., 197, 199 - - Horwood, Sergeant, 255 - - Hounslow, 218, 230, 265, 266 - - Howe, Lord, 4; - Lieut. Gen. the Hon. Sir W., 156; - appointed Colonel of the 19th Light Dragoons, 64; - his death, 216 - - Huella, 259 - - Hughes, 31 - - Hull, Gen., 176 - - Hunmunsagur, 121 - - Hunter, Major Edgar, 157 - - Huron, Lake, 175, 179 - - Hurrianah, 115 - - Hurryhur, 117, 131 - - Hussars, 19th, 226; - ordered to England, 227, 232, 265; - badges granted, 229, 246, 264, 266; - in Ireland, 230; - restoration of guidons, 231; - ordered to Egypt, 232; - to Suakin, 240; - casualties, 243, 245, 304, 306, 310; - return to Cairo, 246; - ordered up the Nile, 247; - designation of “Princess of Wales’ Own” conferred, 264; - ordered to India, 266; - honours granted, 305, 307, 311 - - Hutchinson, Major Gen. Coote Synge, 266 - - Huth, Cornet F. H., 226 - - Hyder Ali, of Mysore, 20, 31; - death, 35 - - Hyderabad, 65, 102; - dispersal of the French contingent, 103 - - - India, results of the campaign of 1781, 20; - condition of the European troops, 20; - want of cavalry, 21; - state of affairs in, 31; - relations between civil and military, 37 - - Indore, 126, 129 - - _Iona_, 265 - - Ireland, 230 - - Ismailia, 235 - - Izard, Gen., 209 - - - Jackson, Gen., 215 - - Jaffirabad, 137 - - Jaffrey, John, 28 - - Jakdul, 249, 255 - - Jalasore, 133 - - Jalgaum, 137 - - _Jane, Duchess of Gordon_, 171 - - Jaulna, 137, 154 - - Jellahal, 120 - - Jenkins, Capt., 243; - Lieut. Col. C. V., 226 - - Jenkinson, C., 11, 14, 24 - - Jervoise, Lieut. C. C., 226 - - Johnston, Lieut. Gen. James, 12, 18 - - Jowrah, State of, 115 - - Juah river, 138, 141 - - Juggernaut, 135 - - Jumna, 127 - - _Jumna_, 227 - - - Kaitna River, 138 - - Kalunga, 167 - - Kandeish, 129 - - Karoor, 69, 72, 78 - - Kassassin, 236 - - Keane, Major Gen., 215 - - Kelly, Col., 68, 72 - - Kemp, Private Simon, 30 - - Kennedy, Lieut. Col., 157, 164; - Capt., 109 - - Khanagheri, 121 - - Khartoum, 240; - expedition to relieve, 247; - captured by the Mahdi, 254; - preparations for the advance on abandoned, 263 - - Kingston, 175, 179, 181, 184 - - Kirbekan, 257; - victory at, 258 - - Kistna river, 66, 120 - - Kistnapah Naik, 123 - - Kittoor, 118 - - Kloster-Severn, convention of, 3 - - Kolapore, Rajah of, 126, 128 - - Kolar, 94 - - Koondgul, 119 - - Kopaul, 81 - - Kordofan, 239 - - Korosko, 263 - - Korti, 248, 249, 253, 255, 256 - - Kurot, 260 - - - La Prairie, 178, 215, 217 - - La Terriere, Lieut., 232 - - Lagos, Bay of, 4 - - Lahore, 104 - - Lake, Gen., 133, 134, 135 - - Lang, Lieut. Col., appointed Commander-in-Chief, 44; - withdrawn from the service, 57 - - Laswaree, 135 - - Lawrence, St, 175, 187, 191 - - Lawrence, Sir John, 227 - - Leeds, 230 - - Leger, St, Lieut. Col. the Hon. Arthur, 151 - - Legge, H. B., 8 - - Leigh, Lieut. Hon. R., 232 - - Lewiston captured, 186, 201 - - Lexden Heath, 12 - - Lima, Quarter Master A. G., 252, 263 - - Lisle, Capt., 175, 183, 184, 186; - Major, 196, 199, 201, 209 - - Lister’s Corps, 12 - - Little, Capt., 91 - - Longford, 172 - - Long Island, 64 - - Long Point, 196, 197 - - Long Sault, 190 - - Louisbourg, expedition against, 3, 4 - - Lowe, Major Gen., 236 - - Luard, Capt. F. P., 226 - - Ludlow, 14 - - Lundy’s Lane, 201; - battle of, 202-205 - - _Lundy’s Lane Hist. Society_, extracts from, 185, 195, 198, _notes_ - - Lunkia Naik, 101 - - - Macartney, Lord, 32, _note_, 36; - Governor of Madras, 39; - character, 47; - his treatment of Sir J. Burgoyne, 48; - interview with him, 49; - resigns his post, 54; - sails for England, 54; - duels, 55 - - Macdonell, 187, 189 - - Mackenzie, Lieut. Col., 47, 158; - Cornet Roderick, 85, 90 - - Mackinaw, island of, 176, 178, 194 - - Macomb, Gen., 211 - - Macpherson, Major Gen. Sir H., 235 - - Madho Rao Scindia, 127 - - Madras, 30; - famine in, 31; - mismanagement of the administration, 33, 38; - council, 38; - treatment of Sir E. Coote, 41; - native cavalry, 65 - - Magre, 94 - - Mahé, 20 - - Mahomed Ahmed, 239 - - Mahommed Tewfik, 233 - - Mahrattas, 20, 80; - arrival of, 91; - supremacy, 125; - quarrels, 128 - - Mahsamah, 236, 237 - - Maidstone, 216 - - Majendie, Capt. Lieut. Lewis, 24 - - Malabar, 80 - - Mallavelly, 107; - battle of, 108 - - Malpurba, 119, 120 - - Malwa, 128 - - Manapur, 101 - - Mangalore, peace of, 66 - - Manikpatam, 135 - - Manners, Major Gen. R., Letter of service to, 11; - warrant to refund clothing money, 12 - - Manoli, 119 - - Mansfield, Major Gen. Sir W., 222 - - Marshall, Quartermaster Sergeant W., 243 - - Maryborough, 159 - - Matthews, Major Gen., 36 - - Mauritius, 103 - - Maxwell, Lieut. Col., 72, 78, 89, 141; - killed, 143; - pension to his widow, 147 - - McArthur, Gen., 209 - - McClure, Gen., 184, 185 - - M‘Culloch, John, 28 - - McDouall, Col., 194 - - Medows, Major Gen., 67, 89; - in command of the army, 68; - advance on Coimbatore, 69, 77 - - Meerut, 167, 227 - - Meigs, Fort, 180 - - Merawi, 259, 260; - evacuated, 263 - - Metemmeh, 248, 249, 254 - - Miami river, 180 - - Michigan, Lake, 176, 179 - - Midnapore, 133 - - Militia Bill, 3 - - Milne, S. M., _Standards and Colours of the Army_, 232 - - Minden, 4 - - Minorca, fall of, 2 - - M‘Intyre, 129 - - Mirzapore, 133 - - Mitcham, 15 - - M‘Kay, Col., 194 - - Mobile Point, 215 - - Mocher, Lieut. Gen., 18 - - Money, Cornet E. A., 226 - - Monghyr, 34 - - Montcalm, 3 - - Montreal, 175, 179, 217; - preparations for the attack on, 188 - - _Montreal_, 234, 236 - - Moodgul, 134 - - Moodianoor, 135 - - Mooglee Pass, 82 - - Morgan, Capt., 133, 135 - - Mornington, Lord, 103 - - Morris, Lieut. R., 226, 232 - - Morrison, Lieut. Col., 190, 191 - - Mudgheri, 121 - - Munro, Sir Hector, 20, 25 _note_; - resigns his command, 31 - - Murray, Col., 133, 185, 188; - Corporal, 85 - - Musgrave, Major Gen., 80, 93 - - Mysore, 68; - fall of, 112 - - - Nagmunglum, 92 - - Nagpore, 126, 153; - Rajah, 131 - - Nana Farnawis, 126, 128 - - Nash, Capt. Thomas, 24, 28 - - Naulniah, 138, 144 - - Neemgaum, 154 - - _Neera_, wreck of the, 241 - - Nefisha, 235 - - Negapatam, 31 - - Nerbudda, 131, 133 - - Neville, Lieut., 66 - - New Orleans, 214; - expedition against, 215 - - Newark, 183; - burnt, 185 - - Newbridge, 218 - - Newcastle, Holles, 8 - - Niagara, Fort, 181; - success at, 186; - frontier, 175; - position of the British troops, 195 - - Nizam of Hyderabad, 20, 80, 106; - the horse, 89; - decrease of his power, 125 - - Noix, Isle aux, 188, 217 - - Northampton, 171 - - Norwich, 14, 265 - - Nundydroog, 93 - - - Occarro, 70 - - Ogdensburg, 187, 189, 190 - - Ogle, Major Gen., 46, 50 - - Oldham, Col., 70 - - Oliphant, Lieut., 101 - - O’Neill, Lieut. Col. the Hon. J., 174, 183 - - Ontario, Lake, 175, 177, 181 - - Oojain, 126, 129 - - Ooscotta, 94, 112 - - Ootradroog, 94 - - _Orient_, 234 - - _Osiris_, 241 - - Osman Digna, 240 - - Oswald, James, 8 - - Oswego, 177, 196 - - - Pachet, 133 - - Pakenham, Major Gen. Sir E., 215 - - Palghat, 71, 77 - - Paliar river, 60 - - Palicode Pass, 82 - - Pareshram Bhow, 81, 91, 94 - - Paris, Peace of, in 1763, 9 - - Parkes, Private, 78 - - Parterly, 149 - - Partoor, 137 - - Paterson, Major, 123 - - Patree, 149 - - Patterson, Cornet James, 90 - - Pattle, Gen. William, 226 - - Paugri, 138 - - Pawaghur, 135 - - Payne, Lieut. Gen. Sir W., 216 - - Pearl river, 215 - - Pearson, Lieut. Col., 199, 201 - - Pednaikdirgum Pass, 94 - - Peepulgaon, 139 - - Peishwa, 125; - under the protection of the British Government, 129 - - Pellew, Rear Adm. Sir E., 171 - - Pembroke, Lord, his book on military equitation, 60 - - Periapatam, 90, 94, 107, 109 - - Permacoil, 80 - - Perron, 115, 127, 128; - number of his troops, 132 - - Persia, Shah of, 229, 266 - - Petley, Capt. Lieut. John, 28 - - Pewsey, 229 - - Philipstown, 172 - - Pike, Gen., 181 - - Pitt, his management of affairs, 3 - - Plattsburgh, 178, 179, 188, 189, 195; - expedition against, 211-213 - - Plymouth, 11, 171 - - Pohlman, 142 - - Point aux Pins, 196 - - Pondicherry, 51, 80; - capitulates, 100 - - Ponies, Arab, 313-317; - casualties, 317, 318 - - Poodicherim Pass, 94 - - Poona, 125, 129, 131 - - Poonamallee, 51, 65 - - Poongar Ford, 73 - - Porter, Gen., 198 - - Porto Novo, 20, 72 - - Portsmouth, 11, 266 - - Potomac river, 213 - - Powell, Lieut. Col., 133, 134, 135, 136; - Sergeant, 207, 208 - - Prairie du Chien, 194 - - Prescott, 190 - - Prevost, Lieut. Gen. Sir George, 177, 183, 184, 197, 209; - fails to capture Sackett’s Harbour, 187; - failure of his expedition against Plattsburgh, 211-213 - - Prinsep, Lieut. C. J., 226 - - Proctor, Lieut. Col., 176, 179; - victory over Gen. Winchester, 180; - retreats to Ancaster, 180 - - Purdy, Col., 189 - - Pyche, Rajah, 123 - - - Quebec, 174, 217; - taken, 4 - - Queenston, 185, 197, 199 - - Quiberon Bay, 4 - - Quintin, St, Cornet C. R., 226 - - - Radipole, Barracks, 216 - - Rajoora, 149 - - Rajpoot, States, 126 - - Ranee Bednore, 117 - - Regis, St, 188 - - Rensselaar, Gen. Van., 177 - - Riall, Gen., 186, 197; - despatch after the battle of Chippewa, 199; - night march, 199; - wounded, 203 - - Richardson, Major R., 226 - - Ridley, Lieut., 232 - - Rigby, Richard, 6 - - Ripley, Gen., 206 - - River Column, 256 - - Rivett-Carnac, Lieut. E. S., 226 - - Roberts, Capt., 176 - - Rochefort, 3 - - Rodney, 4 - - Romford, 172, 218 - - Ross, Major Gen., 213; - killed, 214 - - Rottenburg, Major Gen. de, 183, 184 - - Rowley, Capt., 159 - - _Royal Henry_, 29 - - Rughonath Rao, 126 - - Runjeet Singh, 115 - - Russia, Emperor of, 230 - - Rycottah, 107 - - - Sackett’s Harbour, 181, 184; - failure to capture, 187; - U.S. Squadron blockaded, 196, 199, 200 - - Sadasheo Bhow, 129 - - Sage, Lieut. William, 28 - - Said Sahib, 69 - - Salaberry, Lieut. Col. de, 188 - - Salbye, Treaty of, 32, 128 - - Sale, Capt., 144, 146 - - Salisbury, 12, 14 - - Salmon river, 191 - - Sandhurst, Lord, 222 - - Sandusky, 179, 180 - - Sandwich, 176, 180 - - Saone, 133 - - Sara, 92, 124 - - Saranac creek, 212 - - Sasseram, 133 - - Satara, Rajah of, 125 - - Satyamunglum, Fort of, 71 - - Savandroog, 93 - - Savanoor, 118, 121 - - Saxmundham, 15 - - Schlosser, Fort, 183, 201 - - Scindia, 126; - hostilities, 129; - retreats to Thalnair, 148; - armistice, 149; - peace signed, 153 - - Scott, Col., 201, 202, 203; - Lieut., 232; - Major, 97 - - Secunder Jah, 94 - - Secunderabad, 266 - - Sedaseer, 107 - - Sepoys, mutiny, 161-166 - - Seringapatam, 65, 72, 82, 95; - advance on, 88, 94; - siege, 109; - taken, 112 - - Seringham, 100 - - Serle, Cornet, 147 - - St Servan, 4 - - Seven Years’ War, 2, 9 - - Shah Alum, 125 - - Shapoor, 120 - - Shawoor, 70, 74 - - Sheaffe, Major Gen., 178, 181 - - Shevtamodoo, 59, 94 - - Shinoor, 121, 122 - - Shorncliffe, 228, 266 - - Shropshire, 14 - - Shukook Pass, 257 - - Shumshere Bahadoor, 132, 135 - - Shute, Major Gen., 229 - - Sinkat, 240 - - Sirdhana, 148 - - Sirhetty, 119 - - Sirsoni, 150 - - Sivaji, 126 - - Skelly, Major, 87 - - Skelton, Capt., 165 - - Sloper, Lieut. Gen. R., 18; - Commander-in-Chief in India, 54 - - Smelt, Lieut. Col., 210 - - Snake Hill, 207 - - Songhur, 133 - - Soondooti, 119, 120 - - Soorong, 135 - - Sosilay, 109 - - Soudan, 239 - - Stapleton, Capt. R. T. P., 226 - - Sterling, Lieut. Col., 50 - - Stevenson, Col., 120, 131, 133, 137; - occupies Burhanpore, 149 - - Stewart, Col. H., 241, 244, 248, 308; - wounded, 252; - death, 255 - - Stoney Creek, 182 - - Strange, Sergeant, 146 - - Straubenzee, Lieut. Col., 50 - - _Streatham_, 171 - - Stuart, Major Gen., 25 _note_, 36, 39; - his position, 40; - charges against, 42; - dismissal, 43; - arrest, 44; - shipped off to England, 49; - colonelcy of H.M.’s 31st, 57 - - Stuart, Lieut. Gen., 107, 109; - Col., 71, 77, 97 - - Suakin, 240, 244, 260 - - Sudbury, 15 - - Suez Canal, 235 - - Suffren, 20, 31 - - Surat, 133 - - Surjee Anjengaum, 153 - - Sutherland, 75 - - Sutlej, 127 - - Sutton Park, 24 - - Swift, Gen., 200 - - _Sybelle_, 174 - - Syringhi, 121 - - - Table Bay, 171 - - Tamai, 263; - battle of, 244 - - Tani, 260 - - Tapoor Pass, 79 - - Tapti, 133 - - Taylor, Lieut. Col., G.C.B., 226, 236 - - Tecumseh, slain, 180 - - Tel-el-Kebir, 237 - - Tel-el-Mahuta, 235, 236 - - Thalnair, 148 - - Thames, Battle of the, 180 - - Thomas, Capt. J., 24, 28 - - Thomas, 115 - - Thomé, San, 33, 37 - - _Thorn’s Memoir of the War in India_, extracts from, 105, 153 - - Tiaghur, 79 - - Ticonderago, 4, 64, _note_ - - Tilbury, 171, 218 - - Tippoo, Sahib of Mysore, 35; - treaty of peace, 36; - war with, 66; - advance, 72; - march on Trichinopoly, 78; - loss at Seringapatam, 96; - surrenders, 98; - animosity against the English, 102; - various embassies, 102; - killed, 112 - - Tofrik, 262 - - Toka, 137 - - Tokar, 240, 244 - - Tonk, State of, 115 - - Toombadra river, 117, 121 - - Toronto, 179, 183 - - Tour, M. le Maitre de la, on the English troops in India, 21 - - Travancore, Rajah of, 67 - - Trichinopoly, 67, 69, 79, 100 - - Trincomalee captured, 31 - - Trinkitat, 241, 244 - - Trinomalli, 80 - - Tryon, Major Gen., 15 - - Tucker, Lieut. Col., 200 - - Tullamore, 172 - - Twelve Mile Creek, 200 - - - United States declare war against England, 173; - plan of invading Canada, 175, 179, 193 - - Uxbridge, Lord, 216 - - - Vandeleur, Major Gen. Sir J. O., 113, 167, 216, 231 - - Vaniembadi, 78 - - Velladi, 70, 74 - - Vellore, 36, 65, 104, 106; - mutiny at, 160-166 - - Vellout, 80, 81 - - Venkitagheri, 87 - - Vincent, St, Capt. Lord., 232; - Major Gen., 181, 184 - - - Wadsworth, Gen., 178 - - Wady Haifa, 247, 263 - - Walkee, 131, 133 - - Wallace, Lieut. Col. W., 157 - - Wallajabad, 59, 67, 100, 104 - - Walton, Lieut. William, 24, 28 - - Warley, 11 - - Waroor, 139 - - Warrants, Royal, 6-8, 11, 13, 15-17, 23, 25-27 - - Washington, 213 - - Watteville, de, 184 - - Webster, Lieut. Col. A. G., 226, 236, 240, 241, 243, 308 - - Wellesley, Col. the Hon. A., 103, 106; - expedition against Dhoondia Wao, 117; - Scindia, 131; - distribution of troops, 132; - captures Ahmednugger, 136; - battle of Assaye, 138-144; - of Argaum, 150-152; - march against banditti, 154 - - Wellington, Field Marshal the Duke of, 106, _note_ - - Wellington, Fort, 190 - - Werdah river, 118 - - Whitehill, Mr, 39 - - Wilkinson, Gen., 188, 190, 195 - - William Henry, Fort, taken, 3 - - _William Pitt_, 171 - - Williams, Cornet George, 28 - - Willis, Lieut. Gen., 236 - - Wilson, Nathan, Capt., 144, 146, 163, 164; - Lieut. Col. Sir R., 157; - Col. Sir C., 252, 254; - _From Korti to Khartoum_, 253 - - Winchester, Gen., 179; - taken prisoner, 180 - - Winder, Gen., 182, 213 - - Windsor, 229 - - Wolfe, 4 - - Wolseley, Lieut. Gen. Sir G., 234, 248, 312 - - Wood, Lieut. Col., 241 - - Woodbridge, 15 - - Woodhouse, Lieut., 165 - - Woodington, Lieut. Col., 134 - - Worseley, Lieut., 195 - - - Yarmouth, 15 - - Yeo, Sir James, 182 - - Yepalpurri, 121, 122 - - Yorke, Major Gen. John, 229, 266 - - Yorktown, 20 - - - Young, Lieut., 144, 165 - - Zeman Shah, 102, 104 - - Zobehr Pasha, 246 - - - - - Printed at - - The Edinburgh Press - - 9 & 11 Young Street - - - - -FOOTNOTES: - -[1] Charles, 6th Earl of Drogheda, Governor of Meath, and Lieutenant -Colonel of the 1st Irish Horse. - -[2] Annual Register, 1779. - -[3] The 23rd Light Dragoons. - -[4] The commissions of Sir Hector Munro, General Stuart, and Sir John -Burgoyne were afterwards antedated to 9th May 1777, to ensure the -succession of one of them to the command of the troops in India next -to Sir Eyre Coote. - -[5] 101st and 102nd. - -[6] Madras Govt. Dispatch to Court of Directors 31st Oct. 1782. - -[7] This was the reason given by the Madras Council. According to -another account, the rice was not landed, because the Governor, Lord -Macartney, had laid an embargo on it, and would neither give an -adequate price for it, nor suffer it to be landed for sale to the -people. - -[8] _Annual Register._ - -[9] Portuguese half castes and native Christians. - -[10] “We conceive that there is a slight transition from refusal to -employ the King’s troops upon a requisition by the Civil Government, -to the employing them without a requisition, and we submit to you -to what uses such an authority might be applied, and where the -consequences might end.”--_Letter to Court of Directors, December -1782._ - -[11] _13th August 1783._ - -[12] The power of ordering Courts Martial for the trial of officers -and soldiers, both in the service of the King and those acting under -the Company, was vested in the Commander in Chief of His Majesty’s -forces for the time being. - -[13] Twelve of the ringleaders were selected for execution. Eleven -of them were blown away from guns: the twelfth was pardoned after -the gun had missed fire three times. This was the recognised mode of -execution in India for military mutiny, and the Company’s European -troops were equally liable to this punishment. - -[14] 135 horses died or were cast between 1st June 1783 and 10th May -1785. - -[15] Soon after his arrival in England he received a challenge -from General Stuart, by whom he was wounded in a duel, fought near -Kensington, 8th June 1786. A letter from Sir John Burgoyne, written -whilst under arrest, shows his intention of calling Lord Macartney to -account in a similar way. - -[16] This would seem to show that Lang, like Stuart, also held a -half-pay commission from the King. - -[17] _Calcutta Gazette. 18th August 1785._ - -[18] Narrative of the Military operations on the Coromandel Coast. -_Innes Munro._ 1789. - -[19] _Lieut. Colonel Floyd, private letter, 18th April 1786._ - -[20] _Military equitation, or a Method of Breaking Horses, and -Teaching Soldiers to ride, by Henry, Earl of Pembroke._ - -[21] _See_ page 15. - -[22] In the same order the 73rd Highland Regiment was re-numbered the -71st, and the 78th was re-numbered the 72nd. - -[23] Brother of Lord Howe, who was killed at Ticonderago, and of the -famous Admiral. He succeeded as 5th Viscount Howe in 1799, and died -in July 1814. - -[24] _Lieut. Colonel Floyd, private letter, 14th January 1790._ - -[25] Younger brother of the famous Sir Ralph Abercromby. - -[26] Afterwards Lieut. General Sir James Affleck, Colonel of the 16th -Light Dragoons: died 1833. - -[27] The fortified town as distinguished from the fort. - -[28] _Dirom._ - -[29] _Wilks._ - -[30] _Dirom._ - -[31] _Dirom._ - -[32] _Dirom._ - -[33] One of these is now the property of the Junior United Service -Club. - -[34] Among the Europeans in the Nizam’s service was one Captain -Finglass, who had formerly been a Quarter Master in the 19th Light -Dragoons. He commanded a corps, and, in company with another corps -commander, an American named Boyd, made known his determination to -uphold the Company’s authority against French intrigues. Some time -after the disarmament of the Nizam’s troops he was reinstated in his -position in the Nizam’s service. - -[35] In November 1802 the number of gun lascars was reduced to 1 -First Tindal and 10 men for each European Regiment. - -[36] _Thorn._ - -[37] Afterwards Field Marshal the Duke of Wellington. - -[38] Not the officer of the same name who was formerly -Commander-in-Chief in Madras. - -[39] _Lord Combermere’s correspondence._ - -[40] _Wilks’s Mysore._ - -[41] “Time and the number of guns formed the principle of our -signals; for example, three guns at half-past seven denoted a -position two marches from Seringapatam: two guns at eight might have -denoted any other communication. And in this manner may detachments -or armies on some occasions communicate intelligence, which, by -messenger, might be impracticable. To ascertain that the signal of -the Bombay army was understood, it was agreed to fire the same number -of guns, in our camp ten minutes afterwards.”--_Beatson’s Mysore -War._ General Floyd’s signal to establish communication with General -Stuart on the 8th was two guns fired precisely at four o’clock; and, -a little afterwards, four guns at intervals of a minute each. In -about half an hour afterwards the same signal was repeated.--_Memoirs -of a Field Officer._ - -[42] _Wellesley correspondence._ - -[43] The rest of the army did not reach Poona till the 23rd. - -[44] According to the order of march observed, the advanced guard was -composed of one half company from each Infantry Regiment, forming the -picquets coming on duty, under the Field Officer of the day. In the -same way, the rearguard was formed of the picquets coming off duty. - -[45] _Grant Duff’s History of the Mahrattas._ - -[46] _Life of Mountstuart Elphinstone._ - -[47] _History of the Madras Army._ The number of guns captured at -Assaye is generally stated as 98. This apparently does not include -some guns abandoned by the enemy between the field of battle and the -Ajunta Pass, which fell into the hands of Stevenson’s corps. - -[48] _M.S. note in India Office Library._ - -[49] _M.S. note in India Office Library._ - -[50] _Grant Duff’s Mahrattas._ - -[51] _Court of Directors’ Letter, 3rd July 1805._ - -[52] _Milne’s Standards and Colours of the British Army._ - -[53] _Twelve years of military adventure._ - -[54] _Thorn’s Memoir of the War in India._ - -[55] The force would appear a very large one to deal with a band -of freebooters, but according to one who was present they numbered -upwards of 50,000 men. Though this was probably an exaggeration, it -suffices to show that they were very numerous. - -[56] “Nothing would appear to be more trivial to the public interests -than the length of the hair on the upper lip of a sepoy, yet to the -individual himself, the shape and fashion of the whisker is a badge -of his caste, and an article of his religion.”--_Report of Special -Commission on mutiny at Vellore._ - -[57] _Quebec Mercury_, 18th May 1813. - -[58] He had been created a Knight of the Bath for his victory at -Detroit. - -[59] The present town of Toronto was known as York in 1813. - -[60] _Lundy’s Lane Hist. Society._ - -[61] Afterwards Sir Gordon Drummond, K.C.B. - -[62] _Lundy’s Lane Historical Society._ - -[63] _Lundy’s Lane Historical Society._ - -[64] L.L.H.S. - -[65] The force actually engaged on the British side consisted only -of a single Division of 1500 men and a Naval rocket battery. Ross -attacked without waiting for his Rear Division and the rest of the -Naval Brigade. - -[66] _See_ page 167. - -[67] Horse Guards order, dated 28th October 1817. - -[68] It is not quite certain whether the guidons were new ones given -to the Regiment in 1808, or the old ones with the badges embroidered -on them in that year. - -[69] _Standards and Colours of the Army_, by S. M. Milne. I am mainly -indebted to Mr Milne for the drawings from which the accompanying -Plate was prepared. - -[70] The force was mainly composed of the men who had fought against -us under Arabi. They could hardly have been expected to fight well. - -[71] G.O. by Sir G. Graham. - -[72] Sir Charles Wilson, in _From Korti to Khartoum_. - -[73] Number of regiment changed to the Eighteenth in this year. - -[74] Number of the regiment changed in this year to the Nineteenth. - - - - - TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE - - Some placenames have been adjusted to be consistent within the - book. Some have been left unchanged even when they are probably - incorrect, for example ‘Ticonderago’ and ‘Chumbul’. - - Obvious typographical errors and punctuation errors have been - corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within - the text and consultation of external sources. - - In Appendix A which has tables of the officer lists for most - years from 1760 to 1899, lists for the years 1764 to 1778, - 1822 to 1858 and 1862 were absent from the original book. - - The { and } bracketing has been removed from the tables in the - Appendices, and from the tables on pages 14, 28 and 226, in order - to save table space and make the etext more readable. In the - tables of Appendix A, sometimes a space has been removed to fit a - name or title in a cell; for example, ‘_Asst. Surgeon_’ has been - changed to ‘_Asst.Surgeon_’. - - Except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the text, - and inconsistent or archaic usage, have been retained: for example, - overtaxed, over-taxed; reinforcements, re-inforcements; aweful; - feudatory; necessaries; signalised; chesnut. - - Pg 66: ‘up acccording to’ replaced by ‘up according to’. - Pg 97: ‘Abercomby joined’ replaced by ‘Abercromby joined’. - Pg 144 Footnote 46: ‘Life of Mounstuart’ replaced by - ‘Life of Mountstuart’. - Pg 163: ‘hastily gallopping’ replaced by ‘hastily galloping’. - Pg 177: ‘Sir George Prevot,’ replaced by ‘Sir George Prevost,’. - Pg 194: ‘on the Mississipi,’ replaced by ‘on the Mississippi,’. - Pg 215: ‘Mississipi which’ replaced by ‘Mississippi which’. - Pg 227: ‘battles of Meanee’ replaced by ‘battles of Meeanee’. - Pg 230: ‘Abor Hill’ replaced by ‘Arbour Hill’. - Pg 236: ‘at Mahsama without’ replaced by ‘at Mahsamah without’. - - Index: ‘Jaffrabad,’ replaced by ‘Jaffirabad,’. - Index: ‘Mahsama,’ replaced by ‘Mahsamah,’. - Index: ‘M‘Arthur,’ replaced by ‘McArthur,’. - Index: ‘M‘Clure,’ replaced by ‘McClure,’. - Index: ‘M‘Douall,’ replaced by ‘McDouall,’. - - - -***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NINETEENTH AND THEIR TIMES*** - - -******* This file should be named 60290-0.txt or 60290-0.zip ******* - - -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: -http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/6/0/2/9/60290 - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |